Issuu on Google+

9833 WHT front cov.:Layout 1

1/16/08

9:13 AM

Page 1

P R O V E N T O O L S™ F O R R E S E A R C H

2008-09 CATALOG

2008-09

PRODUCT

CATALOG

1

!MPULES

651462 Series

651482 Series Pre-Scored

#RYULEš¬#RYOGENIC¬!MPULE • For biological sample preservation • Allows for storage at low temperatures • Can be used in the gas phase of liquid nitrogen

These glass cryogenic vials are designed for preserving biological materials with liquid nitrogen. They are made of Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM Type I, Class A requirements. The special design allows for storage at low temperatures as well as rapid thawing.

Wheaton ampules are all glass containers that can be hermetically sealed to preserve sample purity and extend sample shelf life. Wheaton ampules are ideal for standards packaging, environmental and diagnostic standards, lyophilization and cryogenic storage. These ampules protect against sample contamination due to their tamper-evident seal. A gold band on the stem of the ampule indicates that the ampule is pre-scored to facilitate snapping off the top of the ampule eliminating the need to file the ampule. Wheaton ampules are offered in sizes ranging from 1 to 50 mL capacity. Our line includes pre-scored, funnel-top, standard, glass Cryule® cryogenic ampules and Vacule® lyophilization ampules. Wheaton can also design a custom ampule to fit your special requirements.

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

*OD at Top (mm)

651462 651463 651464 651466 651469 651470

1 1.2 1.5 2 5 10

10.5 x 61 11.8 x 58 11.5 x 61 11.5 x 70 16.5 x 98 19.5 x 114

5 5 5 5 8 9

Qty/Case

144 144 144 144 144 144

* Approximate OD

#RYULEš¬#RYOGENIC¬!MPULE ¬0RE 3CORED • • • •

Pre-scored to eliminate filing For biological sample preservation Allows for storage at low temperatures Can be used in the gas phase of liquid nitrogen

These glass cryogenic vials are designed for preserving biological materials with liquid nitrogen. They are made of Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM Type I, Class A requirements. Their special design allows for storage at low temperatures as well as rapid thawing. Pre-scored ampules eliminate the need for filing. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

*OD at Top (mm)

651482 651483 651486

1 1.2 2

10.5 x 61 11.8 x 58 11.5 x 70

5 5 5

Qty/Case

144 144 144

* Approximate OD

6ACULEš ¬,YOPHILIZATION¬!MPULE¬¬¬¬ • Ideal for small volume lyophilization samples • Heat or stopper sealed

3EALING¬-ETHODS

This small volume lyophilization ampule can be flame-sealed or stored with a stopper in place. They are made of Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM Type I, Class A requirements. Stoppers can be purchased separately.

Standard Ampules Tip Seal Method: While holding the ampule body, insert the tip of the ampule stem into the sealing flame. Heat the tip approximately 3-4 mm from the top. Gently rotate the ampule while heating the tip until the melted glass fuses into a smooth dome. Funnel-Top Ampules Pull Seal Method: In addition to easier filling, the funnel-top ampule is easier to seal using the Pull Seal method. Hold the funnel top with one hand and the body of the ampule with the other hand. Insert the center of the ampule stem into the sealing flame. As the glass softens, rotate the ampule while pulling the funnel top off. This will require very little force and will allow the glass to seal itself. This method can be used for all ampule configurations.

WHEATON

Cat. No.

Description

651446 W651450

2 mL Vacule 11 mm Stopper

Dia x H (mm)

*OD at Top (mm)

12 x 86 —

10 —

* Approximate OD

¬

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

144 144

!MPULES

6ACULEš¬,YOPHILIZATION¬!MPULE ¬0RE 3CORED • Ideal for freeze drying • Pre-scored to eliminate filing • Heat sealed only

These ampules are designed for freeze drying, protein hydrolysis, and microdetermination of ketones and amino acids. The long stem provides a convenient means for heat sealing under vacuum. The pre-scored feature allows for easy opening. They are made of Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

*OD at Top (mm)

651502 651506 651509 651510

1 2 5 10

10 x 108 11.8 x 122 16.5 x 133 19.5 x 154

10 11.75 9 10

Qty/Case

!MPULE ¬&UNNEL 4OP ¬0RE 3CORED • Funnel top provides easier filling • Stem is pull sealed • Available in clear glass only

Pre-scored ampules eliminate the need for filing. Ampules are made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and also ASTM Type I, Class A to prevent change of pH and to maintain the purity of contents. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

176732 176740

1 10

10.5 x 88 19 x 130

Qty/Case

144 144

144 144 144 144

* Approximate OD

!MPULE ¬3TANDARD¬ • Commonly used for packaging certified standards • Consistent with low background counts

These ampules are utilized for sealed standards used in calibrating liquid scintillation spectrometers. Manufactured from Wheaton 180 low potassium borosilicate glass that meets USP Type I and ASTM Type I, Class A requirements for consistent and low background counts.

!MPULE ¬0RE 3CORED • Pre-scored to eliminate filing • Available in clear or amber glass • Stems can be pull or tip sealed

The stem can be pull sealed or tip sealed to seal the ampule (See sealing methods on previous page). The pre-scored feature saves time by eliminating filing. The clear glass ampules are made of Wheaton 33 expansion low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and also ASTM Type I, Class A requirements. The amber ampules are manufactured from Wheaton 320 amber borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements and protects light-sensitive samples. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Qty/Case

1 2 5 10 20 50

10.5 x 67 12 x 75 16.5 x 84 19 x 107 22.5 x 130 29.5 x 175

144 144 144 144 144 144

1 2 5

10.5 x 67 12 x 75 16.5 x 84

144 144 144

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

176759 176762

7 20

17 x 100 28 x 100

Amber 176792 176796 176799

WHEATON

25 25

!MPULE¬3NAPPER ¬¬ $ISPOSABLE¬ • Protects against glass splinters • Prevents cross contamination

This disposable plastic fracture and safety collar protects against glass splinters when used to break open pre-scored ampules. Just slip the Ampule Snapper over the top of the ampule, slide it down to the pre-scored position, and snap it. The Ampule Snapper and ampule top can be discarded to prevent crosscontamination.

Clear 176772 176776 176779 176780 176782 176784

Qty/Case

Cat. No.

177105

For Ampule Size

1 & 2 mL

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

144

2

3

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

60 mL BOD Bottle

"/$¬"OTTLE ¬¬M,¬

"/$¬"OTTLES¬

Cat. No.

Wheaton BOD Bottles are ideal for incubating diluted samples of sewage, sewage effluents, polluted waters, and industrial wastes to determine the amount of oxygen required during the stabilization of the decomposable organic matter by aerobic biochemical action. We recommend the 300 mL capacity bottles for the five-day BOD test as referenced in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 21st Edition, 5210B, 2005. These BOD bottles have a specially designed shoulder radius that sweeps all air from inside the bottle during filling. The interchangeable stoppers have a tapered bottom that also prevents air entrapment. The bottles have a flared mouth to form a water seal around the stopper that prevents air from being drawn into the bottle during incubation. The stopper joint is compatible with the probes of the leading meters for BOD and dissolved oxygen. All of the BOD bottles have large, permanently screened-on marking areas. The numbered versions of the 300 mL size bottles are supplied with bar codes for quick and accurate recording of bottle numbers. All of the bottles are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass.

"/$¬"OTTLE ¬¬M,¬¬ Cat. No.

Number Sequence

Dia x H (mm)

Qty/Case

With Glass Pennyhead Stopper 227494-00G 227494-01G 227494-02G 227494-03G 227494-99G

Un-numbered 01-36 37-72 73-108 Specials

43 x 115 43 x 115 43 x 115 43 x 115 43 x 115

36 36 36 36 36

43 x 115 43 x 115 43 x 115 43 x 115 43 x 115

36 36 36 36 36

With Glass Robotic Stopper 227494-00 227494-01 227494-02 227494-03 227494-99*

Un-numbered 01-36 37-72 73-108 Specials

2EPLACEMENT¬ 3TOPPERS •

Pennyhead Stopper

300 mL BOD bottle

For 60 mL and 300 mL BOD Bottles

Number Sequence

Dia x H (mm)

Qty/Case

69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165 69 x 165

24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

69 x 143

24

With Glass Pennyhead Stopper 227497-00G 227497-01G 227497-02G 227497-03G 227497-04G 227497-05G 227497-06G 227497-07G 227497-08G 227497-09G 227497-10G 227497-11G 227497-12G 227497-13G 227497-14G 227497-15G 227497-16G 227497-17G 227497-18G 227497-99G*

Un-numbered 01-24 25-48 49-72 73-96 97-120 121-144 145-168 169-192 193-216 217-240 241-264 265-288 289-312 313-336 337-360 361-384 385-408 409-432 Specials

With Glass Robotic Stopper 227497-00 227497-01 227497-02 227497-03 227497-04 227497-05 227497-06 227497-07 227497-08 227497-09 227497-10 227497-11 227497-12 227497-13 227497-14 227497-15 227497-16 227497-17 227497-18 227497-99*

Un-numbered 01-24 25-48 49-72 73-96 97-120 121-144 145-168 169-192 193-216 217-240 241-264 265-288 289-312 313-336 337-360 361-384 385-408 409-432 Specials

Bottle Without Stopper 227498

Un-numbered

*For specials contact Wheaton Customer Service.

Robotic Stopper

Cat. No.

Description

227670 227672

Robotic Stopper, Glass Pennyhead Stopper, Glass

WHEATON

Qty/Case

12 12

For environmental testing apparatus see pages 65-82. For sampling devices see pages 129-132.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

4

"/$¬"OTTLE ¬"LACK ¬ ¬M, • For light sensitive samples • With glass Robotic stopper

"/$¬"OTTLE¬#AP¬ • Polyethylene cap prevents evaporation • Includes foam insert

This is a standard 300 mL BOD bottle with black PVC plastic coating that blocks all visible light up to 800 nm. This inhibits the production of oxygen by algae. We recommend this bottle for use in marine photosynthesis projects in which you need to compare oxygen in a light and a dark bottle. This bottle is supplied complete with a glass robotic stopper and an opaque black cap. To replace stopper use catalog number 227670. Cat. No.

Dia x H (mm)

227667

73 x 167

This polyethylene cap, complete with a closed cell foam insert, snaps firmly over the flared mouth of Wheaton BOD bottles. This closure prevents the evaporation of the water seal during the five-day BOD incubation period. The foam insert fits into the cap and exerts pressure on the bottle stopper to hold it securely in place. Cat. No.

Description

227723

BOD Bottle Cap

Qty/Case

50

Qty/Case

20

"/$¬"OTTLE ¬¬,ITERS¬ • With glass Robotic stopper • Large capacity

"/$¬"OTTLE¬2ACK¬ • Conveniently transports bottles safely • Racks are stackable

We recommend this 2 Liter BOD Bottle for long-term BOD and ultimate BOD analysis. This bottle is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and also ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements and comes complete with a glass robotic stopper. To replace stopper use catalog number 227670. Cat. No.

Dia x H (mm)

227580

These stackable, rugged wire racks are plastic-coated for corrosion resistance and quietness. They provide a convenient way to transport large amounts of bottles in the lab or in the field. The rack comes in three different sizes, which hold the 60 mL or 300 mL bottles.

Qty/Case

128 x 272

1

!CCESSORIES

Cat. No.

For Bottle Size

Holds

227728 227730 227735

60 mL 300 mL 300 mL

20 Bottles 12 Bottles 24 Bottles

L x W x H (in/cm)

Qty/Case

13 x 10 x 7 in (33.03 x 25.4 x 17.78 cm) 13 x 10 x 7 in (33.03 x 25.4 x 17.78 cm) 19 x 12 x 7 in (48.26 x 30.48 x 17.78 cm)

1 1 1

"/$¬"OTTLE¬!ERATOR • • • •

40-60 micron porosity glass frit Low extractable borosilicate glass For use with 300 mL bottle EPA Method 245.1 Manual Cold Vapor Technique

"/$¬3TOPPER¬,EASH This unit is useful in determining inorganic forms of mercury and organic mercurials in drinking, surface, and saline waters, as well as domestic and industrial waste. The Aerator has a 40-60 micron porosity cylindrical glass frit that provides even bubble distribution. It is manufactured from Wheaton 200 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and also ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Reference: U.S. EPA Method 245.1, “Manual Cold Vapor Technique.” Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

227700

BOD Aerator

1

WHEATON

• Never lose a stopper again • Keeps stopper secure to the neck of bottle

This rubber leash ensures that the stoppers do not become lost when collecting samples in from the field. The 10 mm diameter holes at each end of the leash expand to fit securely around both the stoppers and the bottle necks. Cat. No.

Description

776580

Stopper Leash

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

25

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

5

$ROPPING¬"OTTLES

%XTRACTION¬"OTTLES

4#,0¬%XTRACTION¬"OTTLE $ROPPING¬"OTTLE ¬"ARNES • • • • •

Used to store and dispense liquids Perfect for educational use 30 mL capacity Average drop size is 46 μL Glass pipette holds approximately 480 μL

This clear, square shaped bottle is manufactured from Wheaton 400 borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. The lower portion of the isoprene rubber bulb forms a tightly fitting stopper. The bottle is supplied with the bulb and pipette. Replacement bulbs and pipettes are available separately. Cat. No.

Description

W211523 211523 211530 211533

30 mL capacity 30 mL capacity Replacement bulbs Replacement bulbs & pipettes

Dia x H (mm)

35 x 103 35 x 103 — —

Qty/Case

Use these bottles to determine if any of 40 contaminants are in waste material. Heavy-duty borosilicate bottles are used in EPA methods 1310 Extraction Procedure, 1311 Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP,) and 1312 Synthetic Precipitation Leaching Procedure (SPLP) for those substances subject to regulation under Subtitle C of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). The EPA recommends that borosilicate bottles be used. All TCLP bottles have GPI 100-400 thread finish. Pre-cleaned TCLP bottles are available on special order. Contact Wheaton Science Products for more information. Cat. No.

Capacity (L)

Description

OD x Length (mm)

216711 216712 216731

2.2 2.2 3.2

Single-End Opening Double-End Opening Single-End Opening

110 x 325 110 x 334 110 x 450

Qty/Case

1 1 1

6 36 100 100

240202

240203

240204

4#,0¬%XTRACTION¬"OTTLE¬#AP • • • •

W211734, W211755

$ROPPING¬"OTTLE ¬!LL¬'LASS¬ • • • •

100-400 mm polypropylene screw cap For use with TCLP Extraction Bottles Available in 3 styles Purchase liners separately

Cat. No.

Description

240202 240203

White heavy duty PP screw cap; resilient to mechanical and chemical attack White heavy duty PP screw cap with center hole. Use with Zitex® Cap Liner (Cat. No. 240555) to self-vent the bottle. White light duty PP screw cap with a shorter skirt

240204

Delivers stains or indicator solutions drop by drop Available in clear or amber glass Ground glass stopper 50 and 100 mL capacity

Capacity (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Qty/Case

50 100

45 x 95 56 x 120

6 6

50 100

45 x 95 56 x 120

6 6

Clear W211734 W211735

Amber W211754 W211755

WHEATON

4 4 4

#AP¬,INER

These bottles deliver stains and indicator solutions drop by drop from a projecting drip-tip on the side of the stopper. A partial turn of the ground glass stopper seals the bottle. Amber bottles are perfect for storing light-sensitive materials. Bottles are manufactured from soda-lime glass that conforms USP Type III requirements. Not autoclavable. Cat. No.

Qty/Case

• For TCLP Extraction Bottles • Zitex® liner provides unique venting properties • PTFE / Silicone liner provides excellent chemical resistance

The Zitex® liner consist of a laminate that combines Zitex®, a porous form of PTFE with unique venting properties, to a resilient foam backing. Zitex® also provides chemical resistance and a hydrophobic barrier that prevents pressure buildup in a container. The PTFE/Silicone liner consists of 0.005" PTFE bonded to 0.060" silicone and provides excellent chemical resistance. Cat. No.

Description

240555 240557

Zitex® Cap Liner PTFE/Silicone Cap Liner

For Cap Size (mm)

100 - 400 100 - 400

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

4 4

"OTTLES ÂŹ'LASS

'ENERAL0URPOSE'LASS"OTTLES • Bottles manufactured from soda-lime glass that conforms to USP Type III requirements • Available in clear glass or amber glass for light sensitive samples • Narrow mouth bottles are ideal for liquids • Wide mouth bottles are ideal for dry and viscous samples • Valumetric bottle are for measuring while you sample • White polypropylene or black phenolic screw caps • Screw caps are pre-attached to the containers or are available separately • Choice of cap liners: TeonŽ faced foamed polyethylene liner, Poly-Vinyl liner, Rubber liner, TeonŽ faced rubber, or Poly-SealŽ (cone) liner • Tamper Evident Seal/HAZCOM Label provided in each case of bottles with the exception of bulk packs

0ACKAGING • Packaged in convenience packs with caps attached • Convenience Bulk Packs provide larger quantities with or without caps attached for high use items or facilities with centralized stockrooms

Actual Label Size

4AMPERÂŹ%VIDENTÂŹ3EALÂŹÂŹ(!:#/-ÂŹ,ABELÂŹ • HAZCOM label allows for ID of content and safety notiďŹ cation • Labels provided in each case of bottles with the exception of bulk packs • Tamper Evident Seal keeps bottle sealed, protecting contents from accidental misuse

#APÂŹ,INERÂŹ3PECIlCATIONS Material

Description

Applications

Poly-Vinyl

One mil poly-vinyl ďŹ lm bonded to one mil HDPE on a #30 white pulp paper backing. Superior to plain pulp paper because it provides an excellent moisture barrier.

General purpose: Suitable for wide range of applications. Chemical resistance: Good for mild acids, alkalis, solvents, alcohols, oils and aqueous products. Poor for active hydrocarbons and bleaches.

TeonŽ Faced Foamed Polyethylene

Teon faced foamed polyethylene liner that offers the excellent chemical resistance of Teon with the compressibility and sealing properties of polyethylene foam.

Typical applications: analytical lab samples, high purity chemicals, strong acids, solvents. Excellent for environmental samples, pharmaceuticals and diagnostic reagents.

Poly-SealÂŽ

Manufactured from polyethylene (LDPE). The unique cone design provides a wedge type seal that not only seals across the top but also across the inside diameter.

Unique problem solving type of liner. This liner is stress crack resistant and offers superior torque retention and excellent sealing characteristics. It is recommended that this liner be tested prior to use for leak seal.

Styrene-Butadiene Rubber (14B)

The 14B white rubber lining material consists of homogeneous sulfur cured styrene-butadiene rubber. FDA Status complies with 21CFR 177.26, “Rubber articles intended for repeated use.�

Excellent properties of resilience, resistant to moisture vapor. Satisfactory for most moderate chemicals. Not good for oils, strong acids and hydrocarbons. Autoclavable.

TeonŽ Faced Rubber

The white rubber/0.005" PTFE liner consists of virign PTFE bonded to the white sulfur cured styrene-butadiene rubber. Complies with the FDA 21CFR 177.1550.

Designed for the ultimate in product safety. PTFE provides totally inert inner seal and surface facing the sample or product. Autoclavable.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

6

7

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

!#¬2OUND¬"OTTLE ¬#LEAR

"OSTON¬2OUND¬"OTTLE¬

• Clear USP Type III soda-lime glass • 30-500 mL (1 oz-16 oz) sizes

• 30-1000 mL (1 oz-32 oz) sizes • Polypropylene caps with choice of liners • Clear or Amber glass for light sensitive samples

AC Round Bottles have a taller and narrower profile than Straight Sided Jars. These bottles come packaged in convenience packs with caps attached or bulk packs without caps. Caps may also be purchased separately. Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

48 48 24 24 24

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216995 W216996 W216997 W216998 W216999

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127 76 x 145

With White Polypropylene Cap/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner W217000 W217001 W217002 W217003 W217004

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127 76 x 145

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

48 48 24 24 24

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127 76 x 145

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

432 288 144 96 48

*Approximate capacity.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

®

White Polypropylene/Teflon Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239236 239237 239240 239242 239244

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

72 72 72 72 24

144 72 72 72 48

72 72 72 72 24

144 72 72 72 48

White Polypropylene/Poly-Vinyl Liner 239212 239213 239216 239218 239220

Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 24 24 12 12 12

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216800 W216801 W216802 W216803 W216804 W216805

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

W216806 W216807 W216808 W216809 W216810 W216811

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 24 24 12 12 12

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 24 24 12 12 12

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 24 24 12 12 12

With Black Phenolic Cap/Poly-Seal® Liner

2EPLACEMENT¬#APS¬FOR¬!#¬2OUND¬"OTTLES Cat. No.

"OSTON¬2OUND¬"OTTLE ¬#LEAR

With White Polypropylene Cap/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner

Bottles Only Bulk W217005 W217006 W217007 W217008 W217009

Narrow Mouth Bottles are available in both clear and amber Type III soda-lime glass and conform to USP Type III requirements. These bottles are ideal for solvent, chemical and sample storage and are packaged in convenience packs with caps attached or bulk packs with or without caps. Caps may also be purchased separately.

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

W216812 W216813 W216814 W216815 W216816 W216817

1 2 4 8 16 32

With Black Phenolic Cap/Rubber Liner W216818 W216819 W216820 W216821 W216822 W216823

1 2 4 8 16 32

Labels provided in each case of bottles with the exception of bulk packs

30 60 125 250 500 1000

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner Bulk W216824 W216825 W216826 W216827 W216828 W216829

1 2 4 8 16 32

Bottles Only Bulk

Tamper Evident Seal / HAZCOM Label

30 60 125 250 500 1000

W216830 W216831 W216832 W216833 W216834 W216835

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

432 288 160 108 60 12

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

432 288 160 108 60 12

*Approximate capacity

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ¬'LASS "OSTON¬2OUND¬"OTTLE ¬!MBER¬ Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 24 24 12 12 12

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216836 W216837 W216838 W216839 W216840 W216841

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

With White Polypropylene Cap/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner W216842 W216843 W216844 W216845 W216846 W216847

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 24 24 12 12 12

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 24 24 12 12 12

39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

24 24 12 12 12

With Black Phenolic Cap/Poly-Seal® Liner W216848 W216849 W216850 W216851 W216852 W216853

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

With Black Phenolic Cap/Rubber Liner W216854 W216855 W216856 W216857 W216858

2 4 8 16 32

60 125 250 500 1000

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner Bulk W216859 W216860 W216861 W216862 W216863 W216864

Bottles Only W216865 W216866 W216867 W216868 W216869 W216870

1 2 4 8 16 32

Bulk 1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

432 288 160 108 60 30

30 60 125 250 500 1000

31 x 79 39 x 94 48 x 112 60 x 136 75 x 168 94 x 206

20-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

432 288 160 108 60 30

*Approximate capacity

2EPLACEMENT¬#APS¬FOR¬"OSTON¬2OUND¬"OTTLES Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

Black Phenolic with Rubber Liner W239298 W239299 W239300 W239301 W239302

20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 144

72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 144

Black Phenolic/PE Poly-Seal® Liner 239253 239255 239257 239259 239260

20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

White Polypropylene/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239229 239231 239233 239235 239236

20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 144

72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 144

20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

WHEATON

• • • •

15-500 mL (0.5 oz-16 oz) sizes Square shape maximizes storage space Clear for sample observation 4 different cap liners

French Square Bottles are made with USP Type III soda-lime glass and conform to USP Type III requirements. The square design allows for full utilization of any storage area, maximizing space efficiency. Bottles are packaged in convenience packs with caps attached or bulk packs with or without caps. Caps may also be purchased separately. Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

48 48 48 24 24 24

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216871 W216872 W216873 W216874 W216875 W216876

.5 1 2 4 8 16

15 30 60 125 250 500

26 x 62 31 x 72 39 x 87 45 x 111 56 x 137 68 x 167

With White Polypropylene Cap/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner W216877 W216878 W216879 W216880 W216881 W216882

.5 1 2 4 8 16

15 30 60 125 250 500

26 x 62 31 x 72 39 x 87 45 x 111 56 x 137 68 x 167

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

48 48 48 24 24 24

26 x 62 31 x 72 39 x 87 45 x 111 56 x 137 68 x 167

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

48 48 48 24 24 24

26 x 62 31 x 72 39 x 87 45 x 111

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

48 48 48 24

With Black Phenolic Cap/Rubber Liner W216883 W216884 W216885 W216886 W216887 W216888

.5 1 2 4 8 16

15 30 60 125 250 500

With Black Phenolic Cap/Poly-Seal® Liner W216889 W216890 W216891 W216892

.5 1 2 4

15 30 60 125

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner Bulk W216893 W216894 W216895 W216896 W216897

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

31 x 72 39 x 87 45 x 111 56 x 137 68 x 167

24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

280 240 120 84 40

30 60 125 250 500

31 x 72 39 x 87 45 x 111 56 x 137 68 x 167

24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

280 240 120 84 40

Bottles Only Bulk W216898 W216899 W216900 W216901 W216902

1 2 4 8 16

*Approximate capacity

White Polypropylene/Poly-Vinyl Liner 239205 239207 239209 239211 239212

&RENCH¬3QUARE¬"OTTLE ¬#LEAR

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

8

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

9

Standard Wide Mouth Bottle, continued...

2EPLACEMENT¬#APS¬FOR¬&RENCH¬3QUARE¬"OTTLES Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

125 250 500 2000 4000

52 x 84 63 x 110 79 x 133 122 x 213 157 x 256

48-400 58-400 63-400 83-400 89-400

24 24 24 6 4

Bottles Only

Black Phenolic with Rubber Liner W239298 W239300 W239301 W239302 W239304 W239306

Cat. No.

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

72 72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 72 72

72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144

W216934 W216935 W216936 W216937 W216938

4 8 16 65 130

*Approximate capacity

®

Black Phenolic/PE Poly-Seal Liner 239253 239257 239259 239260

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400

White Polypropylene/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239229 239233 239235 239236 239238 239240

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

72 72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 72 72

72 72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 72 72

White Polypropylene with Poly-Vinyl Liner 239205 239209 239211 239212 239214 239216

20-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 43-400 48-400

2EPLACEMENT¬#APS¬FOR¬3TANDARD¬7IDE¬-OUTH¬"OTTLES Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

White Polypropylene/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239240 239242 239243 239245 239246

48-400 58-400 63-400 83-400 89-400

72 72 24 24 24

72 72 48 48 48

72 72 24 24 24

72 72 48 48 48

White Polypropylene/Poly-Vinyl Liner 239216 239218 239219 239221 239222

48-400 58-400 63-400 83-400 89-400

3TRAIGHT¬3IDED¬*AR ¬#LEAR • • • • •

3TANDARD¬7IDE¬-OUTH¬"OTTLE ¬#LEAR • • • •

Clear, Type III soda-lime glass 125-4000 mL (4 oz-130 oz) sizes Largest bottles available Ready-to-use storage container

Standard Wide Mouth Bottles are ideal for general small to large volume storage. Caps available with the choice of two different liners. Bottles are packaged in convenience packs with or without caps attached. Caps may also be purchased separately. Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

48-400 58-400 63-400 83-400 89-400

24 24 24 6 4

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216924 W216925 W216926 W216927 W216928

4 8 16 65 130

125 250 500 2000 4000

52 x 84 63 x 110 79 x 133 122 x 213 157 x 256

With White Polypropylene Cap/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner W216929 W216930 W216931 W216932 W216933

4 8 16 65 130

125 250 500 2000 4000

WHEATON

52 x 84 63 x 110 79 x 133 122 x 213 157 x 256

48-400 58-400 63-400 83-400 89-400

24 24 24 6 4

Clear USP Type III soda-lime glass 60-1000 mL (2 oz-32 oz) sizes Wide mouth design is great for large solid samples Walls allow for complete removal of contents Ideal for soil sampling and environmental applications

Straight Sided Jars are packaged in convenience packs with caps attached or bulk packs with or without caps. Caps may also be purchased separately. Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

53-400 58-400 70-400 89-400 89-400

24 24 12 12 12

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216903 W216904 W216905 W216906 W216907

2 4 8 16 32

60 125 250 500 1000

55 x 48 60 x 68 73 x 88 91 x 95 95 x 170

With White Polypropylene Cap/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner W216908 W216909 W216910 W216911 W216912

2 4 8 16 32

60 125 250 500 1000

55 x 48 60 x 68 73 x 88 91 x 95 95 x 170

53-400 58-400 70-400 89-400 89-400

24 24 12 12 12

60 x 68

58-400

24

With Black Phenolic Cap/Rubber Liner W216913

4

125

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ÂŹ'LASS Straight Sided Jar, continued... Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Valumetric Bottle, continued...

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner Bulk W216914 W216915 W216916 W216917 W216918

2 4 8 16 32 2 4 8 16 32

Capacity (oz)

55 x 48 60 x 68 73 x 88 91 x 95 95 x 170

53-400 58-400 70-400 89-400 89-400

144 24 24 12 12

60 125 250 500 1000

55 x 48 60 x 68 73 x 88 91 x 95 95 x 170

53-400 58-400 70-400 89-400 89-400

144 24 24 12 12

W216978 W216979 W216980 W216981

1 2 4 8

W216982 W216983 W216984 W216985 W216986

2EPLACEMENTÂŹ#APSÂŹFORÂŹ3TRAIGHTÂŹ3IDEDÂŹ*ARS

Bottles Only

Bulk

W216989 W216990 W216991 W216992 W216993

1 2 4 8 16

Qty/Case

White Polypropylene/TeonŽ Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239241 239242 239244 239246

53-400 58-400 70-400 89-400

72 72 24 24

72 72 48 48

72 72 24 24

72 72 48 48

White Polypropylene/Poly-Vinyl Liner 239217 239218 239220 239222

53-400 58-400 70-400 89-400

Cap Size

Qty/Case

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400

48 48 24 24

30 60 125 250 500

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

432 288 144 96 48

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127 76 x 145

With Black Phenolic Cap/Poly-SealÂŽ Liner Bulk 1 2

Qty/Pack

30 60 125 250

1 2 4 8 16

W216987 W216988

Cap Size

Dia x H (mm)

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner Bulk

*Approximate capacity

Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)*

With Black Phenolic Cap/Rubber Liner

60 125 250 500 1000

Bottles Only Bulk W216919 W216920 W216921 W216922 W216923

Cat. No.

30 60

34 x 68 42 x 83

33-400 38-400

432 288

30 60 125 250 500

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127 76 x 145

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

432 288 144 96 48

*Approximate capacity

2EPLACEMENT#APSFOR6ALUMETRICš"OTTLES Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

Black Phenolic/PE Poly-SealÂŽ Liner 239260

33-400

72

144

White Polypropylene/TeonŽ Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239236 239237 239240 239242 239244

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

72 72 72 72 24

144 72 72 72 48

72 72 72 72 24

144 72 72 72 48

White Polypropylene/Poly-Vinyl Liner 239212 239213 239216 239218 239220

/ILÂŹ3AMPLEÂŹ"OTTLE ÂŹ#LEAR

6ALUMETRICš'RADUATED"OTTLE #LEAR • • • •

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

• Clear, Type III soda-lime glass • Bottles come with cork inserted

Clear USP Type III soda-lime glass 30-500 mL (1 oz-16 oz) sizes Easy removal of contents Graduated in mL and oz

Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

4

125

37 x 163

W216994

Qty/Case

144

*Approximate capacity

Graduated bottles are ideal for general storage. With the choice of two different liners, these bottles are excellent for storage of liquid or dry materials. They come packaged in convenience packs with caps attached or bulk packs with or without caps. Caps may also be purchased separately. Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

48 48 24 24 24

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216966 W216967 W216968 W216969 W216970

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127 76 x 145

ty e SafeB ottl

&ORÂŹ3AFETYÂŹ#OATEDÂŹ "OTTLESÂŹSEEÂŹPAGESÂŹ  

With White Polypropylene Cap/TeonŽ Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner W216971 W216972 W216973 W216974 W216975

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

34 x 68 42 x 83 51 x 102 62 x 127 76 x 145

33-400 38-400 48-400 58-400 70-400

48 48 24 24 24

33-400 38-400

48 48

With Black Phenolic Cap/Poly-SealÂŽ Liner W216976 W216977

1 2

30 60

WHEATON

34 x 68 42 x 83

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

10

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

11

Wide Mouth Packer, continued... Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

28-400 33-400 38-400

24 24 24

With Black Phenolic Cap/Poly-Seal Liner W216951 W216952 W216953

1 2 4

30 60 125

37 x 65 44 x 75 54 x 95

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner Bulk W216954 W216955 W216956 W216957 W216958 W216959

Bottles Only

7IDE¬-OUTH¬0ACKER ¬!MBER • • • • •

W216960 W216961 W216962 W216963 W216964 W216965

30-1000 mL (1 oz-32 oz) sizes Ideal for storage of dry powders Easy removal of contents For light-sensitive samples Amber, USP Type III soda-lime glass

Amber Wide Mouth Packers can be used to store light-sensitive samples. The wide mouth design allows for easier handling of dry or solid samples. These bottles are packaged in convenience packs with caps attached or bulk packs with or without caps. Caps may also be purchased separately. Cat. No.

Capacity (oz)

Capacity (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

28-400 33-400 38-400 45-400 53-400 53-400

24 24 24 24 12 12

With White Polypropylene Cap/Poly-Vinyl Liner W216939 W216940 W216941 W216942 W216943 W216944

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

37 x 65 44 x 75 54 x 95 66 x 119 80 x 146 99 x 178

With White Polypropylene Cap/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner W216945 W216946 W216947 W216948 W216949 W216950

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

37 x 65 44 x 75 54 x 95 66 x 119 80 x 146 99 x 178

28-400 33-400 38-400 45-400 53-400 53-400

(YBRIDIZATION¬"OTTLES

24 24 24 24 12 12

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

37 x 65 44 x 75 54 x 95 66 x 119 80 x 146 99 x 178

28-400 33-400 38-400 45-400 53-400 53-400

432 216 180 84 60 36

30 60 125 250 500 1000

37 x 65 44 x 75 54 x 95 66 x 119 80 x 146 99 x 178

28-400 33-400 38-400 45-400 53-400 53-400

432 216 180 84 60 36

Bulk 1 2 4 8 16 32

*Approximate capacity

2EPLACEMENT¬#APS¬FOR¬7IDE¬-OUTH¬0ACKERS Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

®

Black Phenolic/PE Poly-Seal Liner 239259 239260

28-400 33-400

72 72

144 144

White Polypropylene/Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239235 239236 239237 239239 239241

28-400 33-400 38-400 45-400 53-400

72 72 72 72 72

144 144 72 72 72

72 72 72 72 72

144 144 72 72 72

White Polypropylene/Poly-Vinyl Liner 239211 239212 239213 239215 239217

28-400 33-400 38-400 45-400 53-400

Use Wheaton Hybridization Bottles in nucleic acid and protein blotting procedures that require a minimum of probe solution. Wheaton hybridization bottles eliminate the need for messy bags and allow hybridization and wash solutions to be quickly poured in and out. They fit many hybridization ovens such as Barnstead, Hybaid and Bellco. We offer a variety of bottle sizes to ensure proper membrane fit. Our hybridization bottles are manufactured from Wheaton 200 borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements and feature heavy 3.2 mm sidewalls for added safety. In addition, safety coated bottles are available with a strong, slip-resistant plastisol coating to reduce potential breakage and exposure to hazardous materials. The 35 mm ID bottle caps are Polybutylene Terephthalate (PBT) with Teflon®/silicone liners. The 70 mm ID bottle caps are Polypropylene with Teflon®/silicone liners. An acrylic rack is also available for safe transporting or laboratory storage. The rack holds up to 6 bottles of size ID 35 mm. Cat. No.

Size ID x L (mm)

Cap Size (mm)

Qty/Case

Hybridization Bottles 805000 805001 805003 805007 805011

35 x 75 35 x 100 35 x 150 35 x 300 70 x 300

45 45 45 45 70-400

1 1 1 1 1

45 45 45 45 70-400 —

1 1 1 1 1 1

Safety Coated Hybridization Bottles

• Bottles fit most standard hybridization ovens • Five bottle sizes accommodate a variety of membrane sizes • Acrylic storage rack available separately

WHEATON

805020 805021 805023 805027 805031 805015

35 x 75 35 x 100 35 x 150 35 x 300 70 x 300 Acrylic Storage Rack

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ¬'LASS -EDIA¬"OTTLES • • • • • •

125 – 1000 mL size with narrow mouth Special pour lip facilitates pouring Hand grips on 1 Liter bottle provides easy handling Available with or without graduations Black phenolic screw caps with choice of three liners Packaged in partitioned carton

Wheaton Media bottles are manufactured from Wheaton 400 borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements and has a low alkali content to help prevent changes in pH to maintain the purity of its contents. The pour lip and sloped shoulders facilitate pouring and cleaning and the hand grips on the 1 Liter bottle makes for easy handling. Bottles come with or without graduations and have a large writing patch. Bottles are available with or without caps. Pre-attached black phenolic screw caps include the following liners: • 14B white rubber liner widely used for mixing and storing culture media. Autoclavable. • Polyethylene (LDPE) liner used for distilled water, analytical standards and reagents. • Teflon® faced rubber liner inert to most chemicals. Autoclavable.

d HanG rips

-EDIA¬,AB¬"OTTLES ¬'RADUATED

Media Lab Bottles, Graduated, continued...

• • • •

Cat. No.

Clear borosilicate glass bottle with graduations and marking patch Amber borosilicate glass bottle in 125 mL size only Pre-attached black phenolic screw caps with choice of three liners Hand grips on 1 L bottle provide easy handling

#LEAR¬'LASS¬"OTTLE¬¬ Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Cap Off Dia x H (mm)

125 250 500 1000

55 x 123 67 x 152 88 x 192 103 x 235

55 x 119 67 x 148 88 x 188 103 x 231

Cap Size

219815 219817 219819 219820 Qty/Case

125 250 500 1000

33-430 33-430 33-430 38-430

48 48 24 24

33-430 33-430 33-430 38-430

48 48 24 24

With Polyethylene (LDPE) Lined Phenolic Cap 219715 219717 219719 219720

125 250 500 1000

55 x 123 67 x 152 88 x 192 103 x 235

55 x 119 67 x 148 88 x 188 103 x 231

125 250 500 1000

55 x 123 67 x 152 88 x 192 103 x 235

WHEATON

55 x 119 67 x 148 88 x 188 103 x 231

Cat. No.

Qty/Case

55 x 119 67 x 148 88 x 188 103 x 231

Capacity (mL)

Cap On Dia x H (mm)

Cap Off Dia x H (mm)

125

55 x 123

55 x 119

48 48 24 24

33-430 33-430 33-430 38-430

48 48 24 24

Cap Size

Qty/Case

Without Cap 219845

33-430

48

33-430

48

33-430

48

With Polyethylene (LDPE) Lined Phenolic Cap 125

55 x 123

55 x 119

With (Autoclavable) Rubber Lined Phenolic Cap 219865

125

55 x 123

55 x 119

With (Autoclavable) Teflon® Faced Rubber Lined Phenolic Cap 219875

33-430 33-430 33-430 38-430

Cap Size

!MBER¬'LASS¬"OTTLE¬

219855

With (Autoclavable) Rubber Lined Phenolic Cap 219755 219757 219759 219760

Cap Off Dia x H (mm)

55 x 123 67 x 152 88 x 192 103 x 235

Without Cap 219435 219437 219439 219440

Cap On Dia x H (mm)

With (Autoclavable) Teflon® Faced Rubber Lined Phenolic Cap

¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬ Cap On Dia x H (mm)

Capacity (mL)

125

55 x 123

55 x 119

33-430

48

See replacement caps on page 13.

Media bottles are ideal for holding your bottle top dispenser. For a complete selection of Bottle Top Dispensers see pages 99-100.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

12

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

13

-EDIA¬"OTTLE ¬,AB¬©¬'RADUATED¬"OTTLES¬ • • • • • •

-EDIA¬,AB¬"OTTLES ¬.ON 'RADUATED • • • •

Clear borosilicate glass bottle without graduations Amber borosilicate glass bottle in 125 mL size only Pre-attached black phenolic screw caps with choice of liner Hand grips on 1 Liter bottle provide easy handling

Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Cap On Dia x H (mm)

Cap Off Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

Clear Glass Bottle Without Cap 219415 219417 219419 219420

125 250 500 1000

55 x 123 67 x 152 88 x 192 103 x 235

55 x 119 67 x 148 88 x 188 103 x 231

33-430 33-430 33-430 38-430

48 48 24 24

Clear Glass Bottle With Polyethylene (LDPE) Lined Phenolic Cap 219495 219497 219499 219500

125 250 500 1000

55 x 123 67 x 152 88 x 192 103 x 235

55 x 119 67 x 148 88 x 188 103 x 231

33-430 33-430 33-430 38-430

48 48 24 24

Clear Glass Bottle With (Autoclavable) Rubber Lined Phenolic Cap 219575 219577 219579 219580

125 250 500 1000

55 x 123 67 x 152 88 x 192 103 x 235

55 x 119 67 x 148 88 x 188 103 x 231

33-430 33-430 33-430 38-430

48 48 24 24

55 x 119

33-430

48

Amber Glass Bottle without Cap 219885

125

55 x 123

Borosilicate glass helps prevent pH changes Available in 100 mL - 2 L size with wide mouth Graduated with writing patch Special pour lip facilitates pouring Provided with or without screw caps Color coded caps can be purchased separately

Wheaton Lab 45 Media Bottles are manufactured from USP Type I borosilicate glass. These versatile bottles have a 45 mm screw thread finish, a large writing area and approximate volume graduations. The wide 45 mm finish facilitates filling and retrieval of contents. Sloping shoulders allow for easy cleaning and complete drainage while the polypropylene pour ring eliminates dripping. The Lab 45 is available with a white polypropylene cap and pour ring pre-attached. Caps and pour rings may be purchased separately. The cap has a built-in wedge shaped sealing ring, eliminating the need for a liner. Lab 45 is also ideal for freeze-drying when used with 224100-503 or 224100-507 slotted stoppers and a 240736 screw cap. The bottles, caps, and pour rings are autoclavable. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size (mm)

Qty/Case

Bottles with Caps and Pour Rings Attached 219925 219927 219929 219930 219931

100 250 500 1000 2000

56 x 109 70 x 144 86 x 186 101 x 233 137 x 267

45 45 45 45 45

12 12 12 12 6

45 45 45 45 45

12 12 12 12 6

Bottles without Caps or Pour Rings 219915 219917 219919 219920 219921

100 250 500 1000 2000

56 x 103 70 x 138 86 x 180 101 X 227 137 X 261

!CCESSORIES ¬,AB¬©¬-EDIA¬"OTTLES¬

Solid Top Cap with Liner

• • • •

Open Top Cap with Septa

2EPLACEMENT¬#APS¬FOR¬-EDIA¬"OTTLES • For Wheaton media bottles • Black phenolic caps with 33 and 38 mm screw threads Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Case

33-430 38-430

200 200

33-430 38-430

200 200

With Polyethylene (LDPE) Liner 240080 240081

With Rubber Liner (Autoclavable) 240280 240281

With Teflon® Faced Rubber Liner (Autoclavable) 240480 240481

33-430 38-430

100 100

Open Top Cap With Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Septa and Flange (Autoclavable) 240680 240683

33-430 33-430

100 1000

For Sterile PET Square Media Bottles and Individually Wrapped Media Bottles see pages 26 and 30. WHEATON

45 mm screw cap with or without sealing ring High temperature screw caps Caps and stoppers for lyophilization Pour rings

The 45 mm polypropylene screw cap with sealing ring are replacements for caps that are provided with Lab 45 media bottles. For high temperature applications use the PBT (polybutylene terephthalate) screw caps and the ETFE (ethylene tetrafluoroethylene) pour lips which can withstand temperatures up to 180ºC. For lyophilization applications use the solid or open top polypropylene screw cap without the sealing ring and use the black lyophilization stopper. Cat. No.

Description

240726 240726-03 240726-04 240736 240740 240746 240750 240756 240760 224100-503 224100-507

White PP cap with sealing ring Red PP cap with sealing ring Blue PP cap with sealing ring White PP cap without sealing ring White PP cap with Teflon® faced silicone liner White PP cap with open top Red PBT cap with Teflon® Faced Silicone Liner Natural Polypropylene Pour Rings Red ETFE Pour Rings Halobutyl/60 Black Lyophilization Stoppers EPDM Black Lyophilization Stoppers

Size (mm)

45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 43 43

For Safety Coated Media Bottles see page 17.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

12 12 12 12 12 12 10 12 10 12 12

"OTTLES ¬'LASS

14

2EAGENT¬"OTTLES Wheaton borosilicate glass reagent bottles with ground glass stoppers are ideal when needing an all glass bottle. Bottles are available in clear or amber glass with a narrow or wide mouth. Bottles are autoclavable.

ss a l G l Al ttle Bo

2EAGENT¬"OTTLE ¬7IDE¬-OUTH¬ • • • • •

Borosilicate glass bottle and stopper Features no-drip pour lip Ground glass stopper fits securely Wide mouth ideal for solids and viscous liquids Autoclavable

Wide mouth reagent bottles with ground glass stoppers feature a no-drip pour lip for easy pouring of contents. The bottles are ideal for solids and viscous liquids. These bottles feature a unique design that makes them easy to clean with a lab brush or in a glassware washer. The ground stoppers are octagon-shaped and interchangeable. The bottle’s specially designed rim will not allow fluids to run down the outside of the bottle. The bottles are made from borosilicate glass. Cat. No.

W216014 W216015 216017 216019 216020 216021

Capacity (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Stopper Size

50 100 250 500 1000 2000

43 x 90 54 x 110 72 x 140 89 x 175 109 x 215 135 x 260

24/20 29/22 34/35 45/40 60/46 60/46

Qty/Case

6 6 10 10 10 6

2EAGENT¬"OTTLE ¬.ARROW¬-OUTH

2EAGENT¬"OTTLE ¬3CREW¬#AP¬

• • • • •

• Borosilicate glass bottle • Features no-drip pour lip • Pre-attached polypropylene screw cap with Teflon® liner • Large writing patch • Autoclavable

Borosilicate glass bottle and stopper Features no-drip pour lip Ground glass stopper fits securely Narrow mouth ideal for liquids Autoclavable

Narrow mouth reagent bottles with ground glass stoppers feature a no-drip pour lip for easy pouring of contents. An octagon-shaped ground-glass stopper, which protects contents from airborne contaminants, is included. These bottles are manufactured from borosilicate glass and are available in clear or amber glass. Use amber bottles to protect light-sensitive samples during storage. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Stopper Size

53 x 115 72 x 145 88 x 175 110 x 215 135 x 265 175 x 320

14/23 19/26 24/29 29/32 29/32 45/40

Qty/Case

Clear Glass Bottles W215235 215237 215239 215240 215241 215243

100 250 500 1000 2000 5000

6 10 10 10 6 1

Amber Glass Bottles W215255 215257 215259

100 250 500

53 x 115 72 x 145 88 x 175

WHEATON

14/23 19/26 24/29

6 10 10

These bottles feature a no-drip pour lip and a large screened writing patch for content identification, eliminating the need for manual label application. The pre-attached polypropylene caps have a solid Teflon® liner. The bottles’ sloping shoulders allow for easy filling, cleaning, and safer pouring without liquid surge. The product is manufactured from Wheaton 400 borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements to help prevent changes in pH levels and maintain content purity. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

220163 220223 220283

125 250 500

55 x 120 67 x 150 88 x 190

33-430 33-430 33-430

6 6 6

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

15

"OTTLES ¬'LASS 2ESERVOIR ¬(IGH¬#APACITY • Ideal as mobile phase or filtration reservoir • Safety coated glass bottles provide an added measure of safety • UV protectant coating • Manufactured from 33 low extractable borosilicate glass • Screw cap size 45 mm

Safetyoated C

These reservoirs can be used for a variety of applications including mobile phase and filtration reservoirs and for general sample and buffer storage. The reservoirs have a plastic safety coating with a UV blocking agent on the outside. This coating helps retain the liquid contents and glass fragments in case of breakage and blocks virtually all UV light up to 385 nm. The safety coating is also autoclavable up to 121°C at 15-20 psig for 15-20 minutes. The reservoir is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to ASTM Type I, Class A and USP Type I requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Cap Size (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

264710 264711

2000 5000

45 45

138 x 246 186 x 318

Qty/Case

1 1

3CREW¬#AP¬¬3TOPPER¬ • • • •

45 mm white polypropylene screw cap 43 mm Halobutyl/60 stopper Fits high capacity reservoirs 264710, 264711 Teflon faced silicon liner is ultrasonically bonded to eliminate toxicity

Cat. No.

Description

240736 224100-503* 240740

45 mm Screw Cap without Sealing Ring 43 mm Halobutyl/60 stopper 45 mm Screw Cap with Teflon Faced Silicone Liner

Qty/Case

12 12 12

*43 mm stopper can only be used with 240736 cap

2OLLER¬"OTTLES • Reusable • Strong borosilicate glass to withstand repeated wet or dry sterilization • 38, 45 or 51 mm screw thread • Autoclavable

These culture vessels are made to exacting tolerances in order to provide higher cell yields. The glass is specially selected for optical clarity, interior surface smoothness, and the absence of glass imperfections. The neck area is tapered for easy cleaning and removal of cells. Glass wall thickness is 2.6 mm. The wider opening vessels provide easier access to the inside for removing cells or cleaning. These vessels are made of Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and also ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

ller o R s Glas

Bottle

Dia x Flat Overall Usable Length (mm) Surface Area (cm2)

Surface (cm2)

Approx Capacity (mL)

Qty/Case

Roller bottle with 38 mm deep skirted, black phenolic screw cap with white styrene-butadiene rubber liner (G.P.I. 38-415) 348252 348253 348256 348258

110 x 240 110 x 285 110 x 480 110 x 550

550 700 1320 1555

680 840 1500 1680

1380 1760 3450 4230

4 4 4 4

Roller bottle with 45 mm white polypropylene screw cap with inner sealing ring, and polypropylene pour ring. This bottle can also be used with the Vented Cap (Cat. No. W240751) 348272 348273

110 x 240 110 x 285

550 700

680 840

1380 1760

4 4

Roller bottle with 51 mm black phenolic screw cap with shallow skirt and white styrene-butadiene rubber liner (G.P.I. 51-400) 348522 348524 348528

110 x 270 110 x 355 110 x 535

700 940 1555

840 1070 1680

1760 2500 4230

4 4 4

6ENTED¬#AP ¬¬MM • Sterile cap with 0.2 μm Gore-Tex® filter • Fits 348272 and 348273 bottles

For a complete listing of Wheaton Roller Culture Apparatus see pages 58-63.

WHEATON

Cat. No.

Description

Cap Size (mm)

W240751 W240752

Vented Cap Vented Cap

45 45

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

4 12

"OTTLES ¬'LASS 3AFETY¬#OATED¬"OTTLES • • • • •

Promotes safety by retaining contents if bottle is accidentally broken PVC-based plastisol coats exterior of bottle Sizes from 4 oz to 5 gallon Clear or amber glass Available with or without caps

Create a safe work environment with Wheaton’s safety coated bottles. If a bottle is accidentally broken, the PVC based plastisol coating on the bottle retains the contents long enough for proper disposal. Ideal for lab or field applications, the bottle’s non-slip coating allows for greater ease and stability when handling wet or dry. Most bottles are manufactured from soda-lime glass that conforms to USP Type III requirements. The media and reagent bottles are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass which conforms to USP Type I requirements.

3AFETY¬#OATED¬"OTTLE ¬!MBER¬'LASS 3AFETY¬#OATED¬"OTTLE ¬#LEAR¬'LASS¬ • • • • •

Plastisol coating for safety Made from clear soda-lime glass that conforms to USP Type III requirements Available with or without caps 8, 16 & 32 oz Boston Round style 80 oz with jug handle

Cat. No.

Approx Size (oz)

Dia x H cap on (mm)

Dia x H cap off (mm)

16 32 80*

76 x 172 96 x 210 135 x 295

76 x 170 96 x 208 135 x 291

16 32

76 x 172 96 x 210

76 x 170 96 x 208

16 32

76 x 172 96 x 210

76 x 170 96 x 208

16 32

76 x 172 96 x 210

8 16 32 80*

62 x 142 76 x 172 96 x 210 135 x 295

Dia x H cap off (mm)

220935 220936 220939

16 32 4L

76 x 172 96 x 210 160 x 340

76 x 170 96 x 208 160 x 336

28-400 33-400

24 12

With Poly-Seal® LDPE Cone Lined Black Phenolic Cap

28-400 33-400

24 12

76 x 170 96 x 208

28-400 33-400

24 12

62 x 140 76 x 170 96 x 208 135 x 291

24-400 28-400 33-400 38-439

48 24 12 6

220945 220946 220949 220955 220956 220959

16 32 4L 16 32 4L

76 x 172 96 x 210 160 x 340 76 x 172 96 x 210 160 x 340

76 x 170 96 x 208 160 x 336 76 x 170 96 x 208 160 x 336

WHEATON

Qty/Case

28-400 33-400 38-430

24 12 4

28-400 33-400 38-430

24 12 4

28-400 33-400 38-430

24 12 4

With Teflon® Faced Rubber Lined Black Phenolic Cap (Autoclavable) 220975 220976 220979

16 32 4L

76 x 172 96 x 210 160 x 340

76 x 170 96 x 208 160 x 336

28-400 33-400 38-430

24 12 4

62 x 140 76 x 170 96 x 208 160 x 336

24-400 28-400 33-400 38-430

48 24 12 4

Without Cap (Autoclavable) 220924 220925 220926 220929

8 16 32 4L*

62 x 142 76 x 172 96 x 210 160 x 340

*Manufactured with jug handle

*Manufactured with jug handle

Cap Size

With Aluminum Foil Lined Black Phenolic Cap

With Polyethylene (LDPE) Lined Black Phenolic Cap

Without Cap (Autoclavable) 220724 220725 220726 220728

Dia x H cap on (mm)

24 12 6

With Teflon® Faced Rubber Lined Black Phenolic Cap (Autoclavable) 220775 220776

Approx Size (oz)

28-400 33-400 38-439

With Poly-Seal® LDPE Cone Lined Black Phenolic Cap 220755 220756

Cat. No.

Qty/Case

With Polyethylene LDPE Lined Black Phenolic Cap 220745 220746

Plastisol coating for safety Made from amber soda-lime glass that conforms to USP Type III requirements Available with or without caps 8, 16 & 32 oz Boston Round style 4 Liter with jug handle

Cap Size

With Aluminum Foil Lined Black Phenolic Cap 220735 220736 220738

• • • • •

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

16

"OTTLES ÂŹ'LASS

17

3AFETY#OATED-EDIA,AB"OTTLE 3AFETY#OATED*AR • • • •

Plastisol coating for safety Made from clear soda-lime glass that conforms to USP Type III requirements Wide mouth for use with solid samples Available with or without caps

Cat. No.

Approx Size (oz)

Dia x H cap on (mm)

Dia x H cap off (mm)

• • • • • •

Plastisol coating for safety Made from clear borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements 125 & 250 mL size Provided with graduations and writing patch 33-430 mm screw cap can be purchased separately Autoclavable

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Approx Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

219455 219457

125 250

55 x 119 67 x 148

33-430 33-430

48 48

Cap Size

Qty/Case

75 x 90 78 x 146 95 x 180

70-400 70-400 70-400

12 12 12

3CREWÂŹ#APS ÂŹ"LACKÂŹ0HENOLIC

75 x 90 78 x 146 95 x 180

70-400 70-400 70-400

12 12 12

Cat. No.

Cap Size

240280 240080 240480

33-430 33-430 33-430

With Poly-Vinyl Lined Black Phenolic Cap 216627 216629 216631

8 16 32

75 x 92 78 x 147 95 x 182

Without Cap (Autoclavable) 216637 216639 216641

8 16 32

75 x 92 78 x 147 95 x 182

• Available with your choice of three liners • 14B rubber lined caps autoclavable Liner

Qty/Case

14B White Rubber Liners Polyethylene (LDPE) Liners* PTFE Faced (14B) Styrene-Butadiene

200 200 100

* Not autoclavable

3AFETY#OATED 2EAGENT"OTTLE • • • • • •

Plastisol coating for safety Clear borosilicate glass with writing patch 33-430 screw cap attached Polypropylene cap with TeonŽ liner 125 & 250 mL size Autoclavable

3AFETY#OATED,ABŠ -EDIA2EAGENT"OTTLE • • • • • • •

Plastisol coating for safety Made from clear borosilicate glass 45 mm white polypropylene screw cap attached Pour ring eliminates drips 100 to 1000 mL size Autoclavable Color coded caps available separately

Cat. No.

219935 W219937 219939 219940

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Approx Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

221014 221017

125 250

58 x 122 69 x 151

33-430 33-430

6 6

3AFETYÂŹ#OATEDÂŹÂŹ 3OLUTIONÂŹ"OTTLEÂŹ

Size (mL)

Approx Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size (mm)

100 250 500 1000

56 x 109 70 x 144 86 x 186 101 x 233

45 45 45 45

Qty/Case

• Plastisol coating for safety • Made from low extractable borosilicate glass • Serum ďŹ nish takes rubber stopper closure

12 12 12 12

Safetyoated C

#OLOR#ODED#APSFOR,ABŠ"OTTLES Cat. No.

Description

240726 240726-03 240726-04

White PP, w/ Wedge-Shaped Inner Sealing Ring Red PP, w/ Wedge-Shaped Inner Sealing Ring Blue PP, w/ Wedge-Shaped Inner Sealing Ring

Size (mm)

WHEATON

45 45 45

Qty/Case

12 12 12 Cat. No.

Size

Approx Dia x H (mm)

Stopper Size

221029

5 gallon

294 x 502

12

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1

"OTTLES ÂŹ'LASS 3CREWÂŹ.ECKÂŹ$IAGNOSTICÂŹ"OTTLES

Solid Top Screw Cap

3CREWÂŹ#APSÂŹFORÂŹ3CREWÂŹ.ECKÂŹÂŹ $IAGNOSTICÂŹ"OTTLES

3CREW.ECK$IAGNOSTIC"OTTLE • • • • •

• • • •

Alternative to serum bottles and vials Can be used for lyophilization Fits with I-Loc™ closure or screw cap with stopper Superior chemical resistance Autoclavable

Screw Neck diagnostic bottles are an alternative to serum bottles and vials. Each bottle has a controlled ID which allows for ďŹ t with the I-Loc™ closure or with a 20-400 screw cap with thin ange stopper. The product is made from Wheaton 400 borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

5 10 20 50

21 x 48 25 x 61 32 x 66 42 x 80

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

480 480 480 288

5 10 20 50

21 x 48 25 x 61 32 x 66 42 x 80

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

480 480 480 288

Clear 219360 219361 219362 219364

Amber 219370 219371 219372 219374

Open Top Screw Cap

Polypropylene screw caps in 5 colors Use with 224100-203 thin ange stopper Screw cap size 20-400 Autoclavable

Use these unlined polypropylene caps with screw neck diagnostic bottles. These solid and open topped caps come in ďŹ ve colors and can be used with thin ange lyophilization stoppers. Screw cap thread size 20-400. Cat. No.

Color

Qty/Case

Black White Red Blue Yellow

300 300 300 300 300

Black White Red Blue Yellow

300 300 300 300 300

Solid Top Screw Caps 240706-01 240706-02 240706-03 240706-04 240706-05

Open Top Screw Caps 240716-01 240716-02 240716-03 240716-04 240716-05

3TOPPER 4HIN&LANGE ) ,OCŠ#LOSURE • • • •

For use with Screw Neck Diagnostic Bottles Advantages of an aluminum seal with the convenience of a screw cap Polypropylene screw cap with gray bromobutyl/50 stopper Autoclavable

These closures are speciďŹ cally designed for diagnostic applications and offer all the advantages of an aluminum seal and stopper with the convenience of a screw cap. The unique combination of a stopper and screw cap ensures excellent sealing characteristics making them ideal for liquid reagents. The contents can be accessed using a syringe through the stopper or with a pipette after removing the screw cap. These polypropylene closures are available in black, white, red, blue, and yellow. Tolerances in the stoppers are maintained to +/-.010. Cat. No.

Color

Cap Size

Qty/Case

240676-01 240676-02 240676-03 240676-04 240676-05

Black White Red Blue Yellow

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

100 100 100 100 100

WHEATON

• Use with screw caps for Screw Neck Diagnostic Bottles • Gray chlorobutyl/55 3-leg lyophilization stopper • Autoclavable

Use this gray chlorobutyl/55 three-leg lyophilization stopper with Wheaton screw neck diagnostic bottles, in conjunction with open top caps (240716-01 series) or solid top caps (240706-01 series). Cat. No.

224100-203

Stopper Size

20 mm

Qty/Case

300

New &ORÂŹ3TERILEÂŹ0%4ÂŹ$IAGNOSTICÂŹ "OTTLESÂŹSEEÂŹPAGEÂŹÂŹ

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

18

19

"OTTLES ¬'LASS 3ERUM¬"OTTLE ¬'RADUATED

3ERUM¬"OTTLES¬¬6IALS

cate i l i s o r o B lass G

• • • •

Made from Type I borosilicate glass Large capacity 250 & 500 mL Graduations in mL Accepts standard stoppers and seals

These bottles are manufactured from Wheaton 400 borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. Raised graduations indicate approximate capacities in milliliters. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

223950 223952

250 500

15 x 30 15 x 30

60 x 158 75 x 190

Qty/Case

35 24

Conforms to USP Type I Requirements

3ERUM¬4UBING¬6IAL¬ • Made from low extractable borosilicate glass • Special design adds strength for freeze-drying applications • Shrink-wrapped modules reduce particulate contamination

The blowback feature in the neck and specially designed bottom radius, for added strength, are important for lyophilization applications. The clear vials are manufactured from low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to ASTM Type I, Class A and USP Type I requirements. The amber vials are manufactured from low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. Vials are packaged in shrink-wrapped modules to greatly reduce particulate contamination.

3ERUM¬"OTTLE • Fits most lyophilization applications • Borosilicate glass conforms to USP Type I requirements • Shrink-wrapped partitioned modules reduce breakage

Catalog No.

Serum bottles are ideal for long and short term sample storage, lyophilization and vaccine/injectable drug containers. These molded bottles have excellent wall strength and chemical tolerances, which are important for storage applications. Bottles are manufactured from Wheaton 400 borosilicate molded glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. Bottles are package in shrink-wrapped partitioned modules with the exception of 2 mL size, which has no partition. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

Fits Rack

Qty/Case

7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

17.5 x 35 23 x 47 25 x 54 32 x 58 37 x 63 43 x 73 41 x 91 52 x 95 54 x 107

868805 868805 868806 868615 868615 868615 868615 868617 —

288 288 288 288 288 288 144 144 144

13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

23 x 47 25 x 54 32 x 58 37 x 63 43 x 73 52 x 95

868805 868806 868615 868615 868615 868617

288 288 288 288 288 144

Clear Serum Bottles 223712 223738 223739 223742 223743 223745 223746 223747 223748

2 5 10 20 30 50 60 100 125

Size (mL)

Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

Fits Rack

Qty/Case

7 x 13 7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

15 x 32 17 x 38 22 x 40 24 x 50 30.5 x 58

868804 868810 868805 — —

144 144 144 144 120

7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20

15 x 32 22 x 40 24 x 50

868804 868805 —

144 144 144

Clear Tubing Vials 223683 223684 223685 223686 223687

2 3 5 10 20

Amber Tubing Vials 223693 223695 223696

2 5 10

Amber Serum Bottles 223760 223761 223762 223763 223764 223766

5 10 20 30 50 100

Note: Select aluminum seal and stopper size by using the mouth OD dimension of the bottle or vial.

For Crimpers and Decappers see pages 35-36.

WHEATON

PP Serum Bottle

HDPE Serum Bottle

3ERUM¬"OTTLE ¬0OLYPROPYLENE¬00 • 3 mL size used extensively for diluent solutions • Accepts rubber stoppers and aluminum seals • Autoclavable at 121°C for 20 minutes Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

224007

3

7 x 13

17 x 38

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

500

"OTTLES ¬'LASS Serum Bottles, continued...

3ERUM¬"OTTLE ¬($0%¬¬ • • • •

15, 30, 60 & 120 mL size Manufactured from high density polyethylene Widely used for animal health products and storage of non-medical products Accepts standard rubber stoppers and aluminum seals

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

224031 224033 224036 224037

15 30 60 120

13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

28 x 56 32 x 67 38 x 84 47 x 103

Qty/Case

300 200 100 100

• Create a dropper bottle using a serum bottle with 20 mm OD • Dropper tip is made from PVC with PP cap • Dispenses 40 μL drop using water

The Dropper Tip is made from PVC with a white polypropylene overcap to protect contents and fits all 20 mm serum finish containers. It provides an economical way to convert a glass serum bottle to a dropping bottle where glass packaging is mandatory. The dropper dispenses 40 μL per drop when using distilled water at room temperature. 224080

Description

Dia x H (mm)

PVC Dropper Tip

23 x 44

Uni-Dose PET Vial

5NI $OSEš¬"OTTLE¬¬6IAL

3ERUM¬"OTTLE ¬¬ 06#¬$ROPPER¬4IP¬

Cat. No.

Uni-Dose Glass Bottle

Qty/Case

100

• Available in amber glass or amber PET • Mouth OD 28.5 mm • Use with Wheaton tamper evident safety cap

These products feature a large labeling surface for easy product identification. The bottles are made from Wheaton 900 soda-lime amber glass that conforms to USP Type III requirements and are packaged in convenient trays of 100. The plastic PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate) vials provide an alternative to glass and they cost less to ship. Use the 224316 Crimper to secure the tamper-evident safety caps (Cat. No. 224195) to the bottle or vial. Tamper-evident safety caps can be purchased separately. For sterilization information, see our Technical Data Section. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Trays/Case

32 x 42 36 x 58 43 x 83

5 5 2

Qty/Case

Amber Glass Bottle 226732 226733 226734

15 30 60

500 500 200

Amber PET Vial 226772 226773

15 30

32 x 42 34 x 55

450 300

3NAP¬#AP¬3AMPLE¬"OTTLE • 4 to 120 mL size • Pre-attached low density polyethylene snap caps

These bottles are ideal for collecting, storing, and exhibiting a wide variety of specimens in the lab or field. The caps snap over a special sealing ring to form an effective moisture barrier. The bottles are packed in a carton constructed of corrugated trays with partitions. They are made from Wheaton 800 soda-lime clear glass that conforms to USP Type III requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

225532 225534 225535 225536 225538 225539 225540 225541 225543 225544 225546

4 8 12 16 24 30 37 44 30 60 120

23 x 27 22 x 39 22 x 51 30 x 40 30 x 52 30 x 63 31 x 73 32 x 83 37 x 50 45 x 60 50 x 95

22 22 22 30 30 30 30 30 34 45 45

Qty/Case

144 144 144 144 144 144 72 72 72 72 72

4AMPER %VIDENT¬3AFETY¬#AP¬ • For use with Wheaton Uni-Dose® Bottles and Vials

These three-piece lined aluminum caps have unique metal inserts. Contents cannot be contaminated without removing cap or leaving evidence of puncture or insert. A metal tab with a rolled safety edge "perks up" to provide visual proof of tight seal. The caps remove quickly and easily in one piece. They fit all Wheaton Uni-Dose bottles and vials. Tamper-Evident Safety Cap catalog number 224196 is stamped inside "For Oral Use." Safety Caps can be attached to Uni-Dose Bottle & Vials by using the Wheaton Crimper (Cat. No. 224316). Cat. No.

Description

224195 224196 224316

Cap for Uni-Dose Bottle and Vial Cap with “For Oral Use” Imprint Crimper

For Mouth OD (mm)

28.5 28.5 28.5

Qty/Case

2500 5000 1

2EPLACEMENT¬3NAP¬#APS¬ Cat. No.

Cap Size

242612 242615 242616 242619

22 30 34 45

WHEATON

Qty/Case

200 200 200 200

For Aluminum Seals & Rubber Stoppers for serum bottles and vials see pages 32-34. Also see the new Wheaton Premium Stoppers on page 33.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

20

21

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC &ACTORS¬FOR¬THE¬3ELECTION¬OF¬A¬0LASTIC¬#ONTAINER

P

lastic containers have been developed for a variety of applications across many different industries over the years. There are many different types of Polymers used in the creation of these containers to help fill the demands for the various applications. Polymers offer a variety of properties, each having different levels of importance with different users depending on the application. Some users may have flexibility within their product formula or filling process and therefore focus on economical containers while others may need containers that are stronger, autoclavable, transparent, sterilized, etc., therefore requiring more specifications. Wheaton Science Products can help with polymer selection through comprehension of the customer’s product, goals, and adaptability. Several questions should be posed to gather this understanding. Some examples include: • What is the container size and physical design. Narrow mouth vs. wide mouth, tall vs. short, etc.? • Must the package be transparent, translucent, opaque or colored for either marketing or light protection? • Are there specific shipment and storage conditions such as refrigeration, freezing, exclusion of light, etc.? • Are there governmental regulations pertaining to the product? • How is the product going to be dispensed by the user? • Have any tests been run in plastic? Was it unsuccessful and why? What type of plastics?

WHEATON

Many things govern polymer suitability for package use. These include: • • • • • • • • •

Permeation/Barrier Sorption Characteristics Chemical Resistance Stress Crack Resistance Rigidity/Flexibility Impact Resistance Sterilizability Recyclability Temperature Resistance

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC 0LASTIC¬2ESINS High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Flexible but more rigid than LDPE. Natural color is milky white, semitranslucent depending on density. Good impact strength and stress crack resistance. Good chemical resistance. Good vapor barrier but poor gas barrier. Sterilizable via ethylene oxide (EtO) or gamma radiation. SPI resin identification code number 

New

Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) Very flexible, natural milky color, translucent with high impact strength. Excellent for mild and strong buffers, good chemical resistance. Good water vapor and alcohol barrier properties. Poor gas barrier, sterilizable with EtO or gamma radiation. Good stress crack and impact resistance. SPI resin identification code number 

Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET) Semi-rigid to rigid depending on wall thickness. Natural color - clear and transparent. Good alcohol and solvent barrier; good gas and fair moisture barrier. Good to fair chemical barrier; not good for strong acids or bases. Good moldability. Sterilizable through EtO and gamma radiation. Good stress crack and impact resistance at room temperature and above. SPI resin identification code number 

Polypropylene (PP) Rigid, solid, durable in container or cap forms. Opaque, natural grayish yellow in natural form. Excellent stress crack and impact resistance. Excellent moisture barrier, good oil and alcohol barrier, poor gas barrier properties. Good chemical resistance. Sterilizable with EtO or autoclaving. SPI resin identification code number 

Polystyrene (PS) PS is a transparent, rigid and glasslike polymer. Good resistance to inorganic chemicals. Light and heat stable, biologically inert and nontoxic. Poor impact and stress crack resistance, poor barrier properties. EtO or gamma sterilizable. SPI resin identification code number 

Resin Identification Codes Wheaton follows the Society of Plastics Industry guidelines for marking plastic containers with the appropriate code numbers as shown below:

3TERILE ¬0%4¬$IAGNOSTIC¬"OTTLE • • • •

Ideal for reagents and buffer solutions Sterilized and sold with white caps attached Clear and amber available A variety of sterile, polypropylene caps are offered separately

Wheaton PET diagnostic bottles and caps are gamma radiation sterilized. These bottles are ideal for storage and shipment of reagents and buffer solutions. They are lightweight and break resistant. They come with pre-attached white polypropylene caps lined with F217 foamed LDPE. The bottles are packaged in 20 per module and 5 modules per case. Sterile, colored caps can also be purchased separately. Assorted caps come with 1 pack each of blue, red, yellow, green, and black caps in a case of 100. Bottles and caps can be autoclaved.* Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Color

Qty/Pk

Qty/Cs

5 10 20

Clear Clear Clear

20 20 20

100 100 100

5 10 20

Amber Amber Amber

20 20 20

100 100 100

Cap Size (mm)

Color

Qty/Pk

20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410

Blue Red Yellow Green Black White Assorted

20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Clear W219981 W219982 W219983

Amber W219985 W219986 W219987

Polypropylene Screw Caps Cat. No.

W219990 W219991 W219992 W219993 W219994 W219995 W219996

Qty/Cs

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

*Autoclavable for 15 minutes at 121ºC at 15 psi.

$ISPENSING¬"OTTLE ¬,$0%¬ PETE

HDPE

PP

V

PS

Made from Low Density Polyethylene Translucent color Very flexible with high impact strength Excellent for mild and strong buffers, good chemical resistance • Raise the spout to dispense contents and depress spout to seal bottle • 60 – 500 mL capacity • • • •

LDPE

OTHER

Wheaton marks their containers on the bottom with the appropriate resin recycle code.

3EE¬THE¬4ECHNICAL¬$ATA¬SECTION¬¬ PAGES¬ ¬AND¬PAGE¬¬for more information on chemical compatibility, properties of plastics, permeability of plastics, and sterilization of plastics. WHEATON

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

211194 211195 211199

60 125 500

39 x 92 43 x 130 68 x 180

20-410 20-410 28-410

12 12 6

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

144 72 36

22

23

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC $ROPPING¬"OTTLES

!BOUT¬7HEATON¬$ROPPING¬"OTTLES

$ISPENSING¬#HARACTERISTICS

Wheaton LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) Dropping Bottles are available in natural or white to protect UV light sensitive products. The controlled dropping tip is easy to attach and remove from the bottle. Dropping bottles, tips and caps are manufactured to strict quality control standards to ensure the best product for your application. Many different colors and sizes are available to meet your requirements. Special sizes, colors, resins and configurations are available upon request.

Controlled dropper tips are tips which have their orifices pierced during a secondary operation. A .020 inch needle is used to pierce the tips. The general tolerance for the hole size in a pierced part is +/- 0.003 inches. The average drop size for stock, controlled round tips (8 mm – 20 mm) is 41 μL +/- 5 μL*. The Wheaton line of dropper bottles, tips and caps offer quality and versatility in a variety of dispensing applications. *Average drop size was calculated through statistical analysis of randomly selected dropper tips using distilled water at room temperature of approximately 78ºF.

$ROPPING¬"OTTLE¬/NLY ¬.ATURAL¬¬7HITE • Bottle made of natural or white LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) • White LDPE bottle helps protect UV light sensitive samples • Packaged in cases of 100, 1000 or bulk Size (mL)

Cap Size

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

100/Case W242830 W242831 W242832 W242833 W242834 W242835 W242836 W242837 W242838

1,000/Case W242830-A W242831-A W242832-A W242833-A W242834-A W242835-A W242836-A — —

Bulk/Case W242830-X W242831-X W242832-X W242833-X W242834-X W242835-X W242836-X W242837-X W242838-X

Bulk/Case 3000 3000 2400 1800 1400 800 1500 800 450

Natural Dropping Bottles 100/Case

1,000/Case W242820-A W242821-A W242822-A W242823-A W242824-A W242825-A W242826-A — —

Bulk/Case W242820-X W242821-X W242822-X W242823-X W242824-X W242825-X W242826-X W242827-X W242828-X

Bulk/Case 3000 3000 2600 1800 1400 800 1500 800 450

White Dropping Bottles 1 3 6 7 10 15 30 60 125 1 3 6 7 10 15 30 60 125

WHEATON

8-425 8-425 13-425 15-415 15-415 15-415 20-410 20-410 20-410 8-425 8-425 13-425 15-415 15-415 15-415 20-410 20-410 20-410

W242820 W242821 W242822 W242823 W242824 W242825 W242826 W242827 W242828

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC

%XTENDED¬#ONTROLLED¬$ROPPER¬4IP

$ROPPER¬4IP¬#APS

• • • •

• Screw cap made of radiation grade polypropylene • Variety of colors • Packaged in case of 100, 1000 or bulk

Tip made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) Extended controlled dropper tip dispenses one drop at a time Average drop size is 41 μL +/- 5 μL Packaged in case of 100, 1000 or bulk

Color

8 mm Tip Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow Brown White

13 mm Tip Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow White

15 mm Tip Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow Brown White

20 mm Tip Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow White

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Color

Size 8-425

100/Case 242401-01 242401 242402 242403 242404 242405 242406 242407 242408 — 242410

1,000/Case W242401-01-A W242401-A W242402-A W242403-A W242404-A W242405-A W242406-A W242407-A W242408-A — W242410-A

20,000/Case W242401-01-X W242401 -X W242402 -X W242403 -X W242404 -X W242405 -X W242406 -X W242407 -X W242408 -X — W242410 -X

Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow Brown White

100/Case 242411-01 242411 242412 242413 242414 242415 242416 242417 242418 242420

1,000/Case W242411-01-A W242411-A W242412-A W242413-A W242414-A W242415-A W242416-A W242417-A W242418-A W242420-A

10,000/Case W242411-01-X W242411 -X W242412 -X W242413 -X W242414 -X W242415 -X W242416 -X W242417 -X W242418 -X W242420 -X

Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow White

100/Case 242421-01 242421 242422 242423 242424 242425 242426 242427 242428 — 242430

1,000/Case W242421-01-A W242421-A W242422-A W242423-A W242424-A W242425-A W242426-A W242427-A W242428-A — W242430-A

9,000/Case W242421-01-X W242421 -X W242422 -X W242423 -X W242424 -X W242425 -X W242426 -X W242427 -X W242428 -X — W242430 -X

Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow Brown White

100/Case 242431-01 242431 242432 242433 242434 242435 242436 242437 242438 242440

1,000/Case W242431-01-A W242431-A W242432-A W242433-A W242434-A W242435-A W242436-A W242437-A W242438-A W242440-A

5,000/Case W242431-01-X W242431 -X W242432 -X W242433 -X W242434 -X W242435 -X W242436 -X W242437 -X W242438 -X W242440 -X

Natural Pink Red Orange Blue Gray Green Purple Yellow White

Size 13-425

Size 15-415

Size 20-410

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

100/Case 242501-01 242501 242502 242503 242504 242505 242506 242507 242508 242509 242510

1,000/Case W242501-01-A W242501-A W242502-A W242503-A W242504-A W242505-A W242506-A W242507-A W242508-A W242509-A W242510-A

26,000/Case W242501-01-X W242501 -X W242502 -X W242503 -X W242504 -X W242505 -X W242506 -X W242507 -X W242508 -X — W242510 -X

100/Case 242531-01 242531 242532 242533 242534 242535 242536 242537 242538 242540

1,000/Case W242531-01-A W242531-A W242532-A W242533-A W242534-A W242535-A W242536-A W242537-A W242538-A W242540-A

15,000/Case W242531-01-X W242531 -X W242532 -X W242533 -X W242534 -X W242535 -X W242536 -X W242537 -X W242538 -X W242540 -X

100/Case 242511-01 242511 242512 242513 242514 242515 242516 242517 242518 242519 242520

1,000/Case W242511-01-A W242511-A W242512-A W242513-A W242514-A W242515-A W242516-A W242517-A W242518-A W242519-A W242520-A

8,000/Case W242511-01-X W242511 -X W242512 -X W242513 -X W242514 -X W242515 -X W242516 -X W242517 -X W242518 -X — W242520 -X

100/Case 242521-01 242521 242522 242523 242524 242525 242526 242527 242528 242530

1,000/Case W242521-01-A W242521-A W242522-A W242523-A W242524-A W242525-A W242526-A W242527-A W242528-A W242530-A

4,500/Case W242521-01-X W242521 -X W242522 -X W242523 -X W242524 -X W242525 -X W242526 -X W242527 -X W242528 -X W242530 -X

See page 25 for dropping bottles, tips, and caps packaged together.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Cat. No.

24

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC

25

er Dropp d e l l o Contr ith Filter Tip w

$ROPPING¬"OTTLE ¬.ATURAL ¬WITH¬4IP¬¬#AP

$ROPPING¬"OTTLE ¬WITH¬4IP¬¬#AP

• • • •

• • • •

Bottle made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) Extended controlled dropper tip contains filter Filtered tip removes particulates when delivering liquid Polypropylene caps packaged separately

The bottles are manufactured from natural LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene). The filter tip has a pore size of 20 to 30 microns. The filter tip is designed to remove particulates when delivering liquids. The average drop size for a filtered tip is 18 μL +/- 1 μL. The white polypropylene screw cap is autoclavable. The bottle is not autoclavable. Dropper bottles, tips and caps are packaged separately. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

211590 211592

1 3

12 x 36 14 x 49

8-425 8-425

12 12

Qty/Case

144 144

a

Bottle made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) Extended controlled dropper tip dispenses one drop at a time Average drop size is 41 μL+/- 5 μL Radiation grade polypropylene screw caps and tips packaged separately

The bottles are manufactured from natural LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene). The white pigmentation in the white dropping bottle helps protect UV light-sensitive samples. The tip is designed to dispense one drop at a time. Average drop size is 41 μL +/- 5 μL. The tip snaps into place and is easily removed for filling. The white polypropylene screw cap is autoclavable. The bottle is not autoclavable. Dropper bottles, tips and caps are packaged separately. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

12 x 36 14 x 49 17 x 58 19 x 63 25 x 78 32 x 85 39 x 101 47 x 125

8-425 8-425 13-425 15-415 15-415 20-410 20-410 20-410

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6

144 144 144 144 144 144 144 72

12 x 36 14 x 49 17 x 58 19 x 63 25 x 78 32 x 85 39 x 101 47 x 125

8-425 8-425 13-425 15-415 15-415 20-410 20-410 20-410

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6

144 144 144 144 144 144 144 72

Natural Dropping Bottles 211628 211630 211631 211632 211633 211634 211635 211636

m Strea s e s n Dispef Liquid o

enses DispD rop One Time ta

1 3 6 7 15 30 60 125

White Dropping Bottles 211618 211620 211621 211622 211623 211624 211625 211626

1 3 6 7 15 30 60 125

$ROPPING¬"OTTLE ¬.ATURAL ¬WITH¬4IP¬¬#AP • Bottle made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) • Tip dispenses a stream of liquid • Radiation grade polypropylene cap packaged separately

The bottles are manufactured from natural LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene). The tip is designed to dispense a stream of liquid. Use it when a controlled drop is not desired. The tip snaps into place and is easily removed for filling. The white polypropylene screw cap is autoclavable. The bottle is not autoclavable. Dropper bottles, tips and caps are packaged separately. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

211602 211603 211604 211605 211606 211607

6 7 15 30 60 125

17 x 58 19 x 63 25 x 78 32 x 85 39 x 101 47 x 125

13-425 15-415 15-415 20-410 20-410 20-410

12 12 12 12 12 6

Qty/Case

See pages 23-24 to purchase dropping bottles, tips, and caps separately.

WHEATON

144 144 144 144 144 72

$ROPPING¬"OTTLE¬6IAL¬&ILEš • • • • •

3 mL LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) bottles Assembled with dropper tip and cap attached to bottle Average drop size is 41 μL +/- 5 μL Packaged in a reusable plastic case Extended controlled dropper tip dispenses one drop at a time

Vial Files are sized to provide optimum storage in minimum space. Alphanumerical indexing of contents provides quick identification and location of samples. Each case contains 40 vials arranged in four rows of 10. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Vials/File

211641

3

14 x 49

8-425

40

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC 'ENERAL¬0URPOSE¬0LASTIC¬"OTTLES

2OUND¬"OTTLE ¬,$0% ¬4RANSLUCENT Natural Cylinder Round

White Cylinder Round

#YLINDER¬2OUND¬"OTTLE ¬($0% ¬.ATURAL • • • • •

High Density Polyethylene, natural color Good chemical resistance Narrow mouth ideal for liquids 30 – 500 mL sizes Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

Cat. No.

Size (oz)

Size (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

221153 221154 221155 221159

1 2 4 16

30 60 125 500

27 x 78 35 x 98 41 x 123 67 x 176

20-410 20-410 20-410 28-410

12 12 12 8

Qty/Case

72 72 72 48

• • • • • •

Low Density Polyethylene, translucent color LDPE is very flexible with high impact strength Excellent for mild and strong buffers, good chemical resistance Narrow mouth ideal for liquids 7 – 125 mL sizes Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

221140 221142 221143 221144 221145

7 15 30 60 125

19 x 63 25 x 78 33 x 73 39 x 88 47 x 109

15-415 15-415 20-410 20-410 20-410

12 12 12 12 12

Qty/Case

144 144 72 72 72

*Approximate capacity

#YLINDER¬2OUND¬"OTTLE ¬($0% ¬7HITE¬ • • • • • •

High Density Polyethylene, white color White HDPE helps protect light sensitive samples Good chemical resistance Narrow mouth ideal for liquids 30 – 120 mL sizes Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

221163 221164 221165

30 60 120

27 x 78 35 x 98 41 x 123

20-410 20-410 24-410

12 12 12

Qty/Case

72 72 72

PET Bottle

Sterile PET Bottle

0%4¬"OTTLE ¬4RANSPARENT¬ • • • • • • • •

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

221131 221133 221135

22 45 120

29 x 64 36 x 76 41 x 120

20-415 20-400 20-410

12 12 12

Qty/Case

72 72 72

0%4¬"OTTLE ¬4RANSPARENT ¬3TERILE

*UG ¬($0% • • • • •

Polyethylene Terephthalate, transparent PET offers clarity of glass with the safety of plastic Good alcohol and solvent barrier; not good for strong acids and bases Sterilizable through EtO and gamma radiation 120 mL cylinder round style, smaller sizes have sloped shoulders Narrow mouth ideal for liquids 22 – 120 mL size Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

High Density Polyethylene, natural color Good chemical resistance Narrow mouth ideal for liquids 1 gallon size Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with polyvinyl liner

Cat. No.

Size

Cross Section x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

222333

1 gallon

143 x 285

38-400

4

WHEATON

• • • • • • •

Sterile and individually wrapped Excellent for sensitive cell culture or production sampling Good chemical resistance against mild acids, oils and alcohol PET offers clarity of glass with the safety of plastic Narrow mouth ideal for liquids 125 mL size Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

219955

125

52 x 115

33-430

12

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

26

"OTTLES ÂŹ0LASTIC

27

General Purpose Bottles, continued...

7IDE-OUTH2OUND0ACKER ($0% .ATURAL 7IDE-OUTH"LAKE0ACKER ($0% .ATURAL • • • • • •

High Density Polyethylene, natural Good chemical resistance Blake design maximizes storage space Wide mouth ideal for solids 120 – 1000 mL size Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

Cat. No.

Size (oz)

Size (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

209683 209685 209686

4 16 32

120 500 1000

41 x 50 x 94 62 x 77 x 149 79 x 96 x 192

38-400 43-400 53-400

72 48 24

• • • • • •

High Density Polyethylene, natural Good chemical resistance Round style Wide mouth ideal for solids 60 – 1000 mL size Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

Cat. No.

Size (oz)

Size (mL)*

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

209672 209673 209674 209675 209676

2 4 8 16 32

60 120 250 500 1000

39 x 77 50 x 88 65 x 102 77 x 142 95 x 179

33-400 38-400 53-400 53-400 53-400

72 72 72 48 24

*Approximate capacity

*Approximate capacity

&ORÂŹTHEÂŹ3MALLERÂŹ3AMPLESÂŹINÂŹ,IFEÂŹÂŹ ÂŹÂŹÂŹÂŹSEEÂŹTHEÂŹ6IALÂŹ3ECTIONÂŹONÂŹPAGESÂŹ 

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC

28

New 7IDE¬-OUTH¬#ONTAINER ¬0OLYSTYRENE

7IDE¬-OUTH¬0LASTIC¬#ONTAINERS • • • • • • •

• • • •

Wide mouth design is ideal for large solid samples Safer to use than glass jars Choice of resins: HDPE, polypropylene or polystyrene Clear polystyrene offers clarity of glass Polypropylene is autoclavable 30 to 3840 mL size Optional foam-lined caps help prevent leaks

The Wheaton line of wide mouth plastic containers are ideal for use with powders and solids. The large surface area of these containers makes it easy to label, either on the wide-mouth cap or directly on the side of the container. Unlike glass jars, plastic jars will not break easily when bumped or dropped. This makes these jars an excellent choice for lab or field sampling. Only the polypropylene containers are autoclavable.

Clear polystyrene offers clarity of glass and safety of plastic Good resistance to inorganic chemicals 30 to 1000 mL size Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

W209912 W209913 W209914 W209915 W209916 W209917

30 60 125 250 500 1000

43-400 53-400 58-400 89-400 89-400 120-400

72 48 36 36 24 24

7IDE¬-OUTH¬#ONTAINER ¬($0% • • • •

7IDE¬-OUTH¬#ONTAINER ¬00¬!UTOCLAVABLE • Durable container with good chemical resistance • 30 to 1000 mL size • Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap unlined or with foamed polyethylene liner • Polypropylene container with linerless cap is autoclavable Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Cap Size

30 60 125 250 500 1000

43-400 53-400 58-400 89-400 89-400 120-400

72 48 36 36 24 24

Polypropylene with Polyethylene Lined Cap Attached W209906 W209907 W209908 W209909 W209910 W209911

30 60 125 250 500 1000

43-400 53-400 58-400 89-400 89-400 120-400

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

W209677 W209678 W209679

2000 3000 3840

89-400 100-400 89-400

6 4 4

Qty/Case

Polypropylene with Linerless Cap Attached (Autoclavable) W209900 W209901 W209902 W209903 W209904 W209905

HDPE, natural color Good chemical resistance Largest container available: 2000 to 3840 mL size Pre-attached white polypropylene screw cap with foamed polyethylene liner

72 48 36 36 24 24

Resin Identification Codes Wheaton follows the Society of Plastics Industry guidelines for marking plastic containers with the appropriate code numbers as shown below:

PETE

HDPE

PP

V

PS

LDPE

OTHER

Wheaton marks their containers on the bottom with the appropriate resin recycle code.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC

29

,EAK¬2ESISTANT¬.ARROW¬-OUTH¬"OTTLES

,EAK¬2ESISTANT¬7IDE¬-OUTH¬"OTTLES

• • • • •

• • • • •

HDPE, LDPE or Polypropylene Amber or natural Leak resistant design with double-seal closure No-drip pour lip for safe and clean pouring Cap attached

HDPE, LDPE or Polypropylene Amber or natural Leak resistant design with double-seal closure No-drip pour lip for safe and clean pouring Cap attached

Premium narrow mouth plastic bottles feature our superior double seal closure, which is designed to be leak resistant. The special no-drip pour lip ensures safe, clean pouring. Bottles are convenience packed with polypropylene closures attached.

Premium wide mouth plastic bottles feature a superior double seal closure, designed to be leak resistant. The special no-drip pour lip ensures safe, clean dispensing. These bottles are convenience packed with polypropylene closures attached.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Size (oz)*

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

Low Density Polyethylene, Natural 208923 208924 208925 208926 208927 208928 208929

.3 .5 1 2 4 8 16

8 15 30 60 125 250 500

25 x 43 25 x 56 32 x 69 39 x 84 50 x 101 61 x 129 72 x 171

20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410 24-410 24-410 28-410

12 12 12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 72 72 48

13-425 20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410 24-410 24-410 28-410 38-430

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 48 24

13-425 20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410 24-410 24-410 28-410 38-430

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 48 24

13-425 20-410 20-410 20-410 20-410 24-410 24-410 28-410 38-430

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 6

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 48 24

High Density Polyethylene, Natural 209041 209043 209044 209045 209046 209047 209048 209049 209050

.1 .3 .5 1 2 4 8 16 32

4 8 15 30 60 125 250 500 1000

16 x 38 25 x 43 25 x 56 32 x 69 34 x 84 50 x 101 61 x 129 72 x 171 91 x 210

High Density Polyethylene, Amber 209121 209123 209124 209125 209126 209127 209128 209129 209130

.1 .3 .5 1 2 4 8 16 32

4 8 15 30 60 125 250 500 1000

Size (oz)*

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

33 x 69 39 x 68 51 x 98 61 x 125 72 x 164

28-410 28-410 38-410 43-410 53-410

12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 48

33 x 69 39 x 88 51 x 98 61 x 125 72 x 164 91 x 199

28-410 28-410 38-410 43-410 53-410 63-415

12 12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 48 48

33 x 69 39 x 88 51 x 98 61 x 125 72 x 164 91 x 199

28-410 28-410 38-410 43-410 53-410 63-415

12 12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 48 48

28-410 28-410 38-410 43-410 53-410

12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 48

Low Density Polyethylene, Natural

16 x 38 25 x 43 25 x 56 32 x 69 34 x 84 50 x 101 61 x 129 72 x 171 91 x 210

209425 209426 209427 209428 209429

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

High Density Polyethylene, Natural 209545 209546 209547 209548 209549 209550

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

High Density Polyethylene, Amber 209625 209626 209627 209628 209629 209630

1 2 4 8 16 32

30 60 125 250 500 1000

Polypropylene, Natural (Autoclavable) 209665 209666 209667 209668 209669

1 2 4 8 16

30 60 125 250 500

33 x 69 39 x 88 51 x 98 61 x 125 72 x 164

*Approximate capacity

Polypropylene, Natural (Autoclavable) 209161 209163 209164 209165 209166 209167 209168 209169 209170

.1 .3 .5 1 2 4 8 16 32

4 8 15 30 60 125 250 500 1000

16 x 38 25 x 43 25 x 56 32 x 69 34 x 84 50 x 101 61 x 129 72 x 171 91 x 210

Double Seal Closure Leak resistant double seal ensures safe transport for samples

No-Drip Pour Lip Special lip is designed to prevent liquids from spilling down the side while pouring

*Approximate capacity

Color code your leak resistant narrow mouth bottles with Wheaton colored screw caps. See page 42 for ordering information.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

"OTTLES ¬0LASTIC -EDIA¬"OTTLES -EDIA¬"OTTLE ¬3TERILE¬0%4¬ • • • •

Permanent in-mold graduations No-drip pour lip Lightweight 20% headspace for additives

Wheaton PET Square Media Bottles are manufactured from polyethylene terephthalate which provides the clarity of glass, the strength of plastic, and a space-saving design. These sterile bottles are tested superior for pH stability, temperature durability, cloning efficiency and cytotoxicity. Graduations: size 125 mL is graduated in 25 mL increments; size 500 mL is graduated in 50 mL increments. The bottles come with caps pre-attached and are shrink-wrapped in convenient trays. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

Cap Size

Qty/Tray

219975 219979

125 500

53 x 53 x 99 mm 75 x 75 x 175 mm

33-430 33-430

24 12

48 24

125 & 500 mL Bottle

Nperw oved

-EDIA¬"OTTLE ¬3TERILE¬0%4¬ • • • • •

Qty/Case

New improved 1 Liter Bottle Thicker wall weight Wide mouth design Permanent in-mold graduations Linerless closure

Im

New Improved 1 Liter Bottle

The new improved 1 L Sterile PET (polyethylene terephthalate) media bottle’s wall weight has been increased by 30%, providing added handling strength and an increased permeation barrier. The mouth of the bottle has increased from 33 mm to 38 mm, providing greater space for pipette entry, which minimizes the risk of contamination. Our engineers integrated the Wheaton superior leak proof designed, double-seal closure system, found on our HDPE leak-resistant bottles, into the 1000 mL PET Media Square. This improved closure system greatly increases seal integrity and eliminates the risk of contamination from cap lining materials. Graduations: size 1 L is graduated in 100 mL increments. Cat. No.

W219980

Size (mL)

Dimensions (L x W x H)

Cap Size

Qty/Tray

1000

91 x 91 x 220 mm

38-430

12

Qty/Case

24

For a sterile, individually wrapped PET media bottle, see page 26.

For a plastic serum bottle see page 19.

Eliminate the need to hand pour plates and tubes by using the automated Omnispense® Plus Dispenser. For more details see page 126.

3PRAY¬"OTTLE¬ • • • •

Bottle made of LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene) Includes bottle, atomizer tip, dip tube and screw cap Screw cap made from polypropylene 15 – 60 mL size

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Cross Section x H (mm)

Cap Size

Shelf/Pack

226432 226433 226434 226436

15 20 35 60

19 x 33 x 75 20 x 38 x 83 22 x 46 x 94 27 x 53 x 108

15-415 15-415 18-410 18-410

12 12 12 12

WHEATON

Qty/Case

144 144 144 144

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

30

31

#APS¬¬#LOSURES 7HEATON¬#APS¬¬#LOSURES Wheaton Science Products completes your package with the right closure. We provide a wide variety of caps, seals and stoppers to ensure a perfect fit for your container. Wheaton offers closures suited for a wide range of applications. Products include: • • • • • • • • • •

Aluminum seals ................................... 32-33 New Complete Coat rubber stoppers ................ 33 I-LOC™ Closures........................................ 42 Leak resistant caps .................................. 42 Microlink® caps ........................................ 39 Rubber stoppers ................................. 33-34 Screw thread GPI finish caps ............... 37-42 Septa ........................................................ 38 Snap caps ................................................. 42 New Ultra Pure rubber stoppers........................ 33

#APS¬¬&INISHES Screw thread cap sizes are expressed in two numbers, which refer to the cap diameter (in millimeters) and the GPI finish (the top of the container). For example, a size 28-430 cap has a thread diameter of 28 mm, and fits a container with a 430 GPI thread finish. Below is a selection of caps and finishes.

425

400

410

415

350

430

Glass Serum Finish

Double Seal Closure & No-Drip Pour Lip

Snap Cap

Double Seal Closure

No-Drip Pour Lip

Wheaton I-LOC™ Closure

Plastic Serum Finish

Lab 45

#AP¬,INER¬3PECIlCATIONS Material

Description

Applications

Poly-Vinyl

One mil poly-vinyl film bonded to one mil HDPE on a #30 white pulp paper backing. Superior to plain pulp paper because it provides an excellent moisture barrier.

General purpose: Suitable for wide range of applications. Chemical resistance: Good for mild acids, alkalis, solvents, alcohols, oils and aqueous products. Poor for active hydrocarbons and bleaches.

Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene

Teflon faced foamed polyethylene liner that offers the excellent chemical resistance of Teflon with the compressibility and sealing properties of polyethylene foam.

Typical applications: analytical lab samples, high purity chemicals, strong acids, solvents. Excellent for environmental samples, pharmaceuticals and diagnostic reagents.

Poly-Seal®

Manufactured from polyethylene (LDPE). The unique cone design provides a wedge type seal that not only seals across the top but also across the inside diameter.

Unique problem solving type of liner. This liner is stress crack resistant and offers superior torque retention and excellent sealing characteristics. It is recommended that this liner be tested prior to use for leak seal.

Styrene-Butadiene Rubber (14B)

The 14B white rubber lining material consists of homogeneous sulfur cured styrene-butadiene rubber. FDA Status complies with 21CFR 177.26, “Rubber articles intended for repeated use.”

Excellent properties of resilience, resistant to moisture vapor. Satisfactory for most moderate chemicals. Not good for oils, strong acids and hydrocarbons. Autoclavable.

Teflon® Faced Rubber

The white rubber/0.005" PTFE liner consists of virign PTFE bonded to the white sulfur cured styrene-butadiene rubber. Complies with the FDA 21CFR 177.1550.

Designed for the ultimate in product safety. PTFE provides totally inert inner seal and surface facing the sample or product. Autoclavable.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#APS¬¬#LOSURES !LUMINUM¬3EALS

Open Top Lined Seal

Open Top Lined Seal

Open Top Unlined Seal

Center Disc Tear-Out Lined Seal

Solid Top Unlined Seal

,INED¬!LUMINUM¬3EALS¬ These seals are ideal for filling or retrieving contents with a syringe and as closures for many instrumentation applications. The 8 mm seal is designed for smaller serum finish vials commonly used in autosamplers. Cat. No.

Color

For Mouth OD (mm)

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

Open Top Seal Lined with Teflon® Faced Natural Red Rubber 224209-01 224211-01 224211-05 224211-06 224211-07

Natural Natural Blue Red Green

8 11 11 11 11

100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Open Top Seal Lined with Teflon® Faced Silicone 224218-01 224219-01 224219-05 224219-06 224219-07

Natural Natural Blue Red Green

8 11 11 11 11

Center Disc Tear-Out Seal Lined with Teflon® Faced Natural Red Rubber 224222-01 224223-01

Natural Natural

13 20

100 100

1000 1000

100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000

100 100

1000 1000

Open Top Seal Lined with PTFE/Silicone/PTFE This seal is recommended for use in autosamplers. 224231-01 224231-05 224231-06 224231-07

Natural Blue Red Green

11 11 11 11

Open Top Seal Lined with Teflon® Faced Gray Butyl 224234-01 224235-01

Center Disc Tear-Out Unlined Seal

Natural Natural

8 11

Tear-Off Unlined Seal

5NLINED¬!LUMINUM¬3EALS We offer unlined aluminum seals in a wide range of styles and sizes, in natural aluminum, blue, red and green. Cat. No.

Color

For Mouth OD (mm)

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

Open Top Unlined Aluminum Seals 224175-01 224175-05 224175-06 224175-07 224176-01 224176-05 224176-06 224176-07 224177-01 224177-05 224177-06 224178-01 224178-05 224178-06 224178-07

Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Natural Blue Red Green

8 8 8 8 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 20 20 20 20

— — — — 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Center Disc Tear-Out Unlined Aluminum Seals The center disc tears out, exposing the top of the stopper to the syringe. 224182-01 224182-05 224182-06 224182-07 224183-01 224183-05 224183-06 224183-07 224187-01

Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Green Natural

13 13 13 13 20 20 20 20 30

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Solid Top Unlined Aluminum Seals These seals are excellent for long-term storage of samples. 224189 224191

4AMPER¬%VIDENT¬3AFETY¬#APS¬ These three-piece lined aluminum caps have unique metal inserts. Contents cannot be pilfered without removing cap or leaving evidence of puncture or insert. A metal tab with a rolled safety edge “perks up” to provide visual proof of tight seal. The caps remove quickly and easily in one piece. They fit all Wheaton Uni-Dose® Bottles and Vials (see page 20). Cap 224196 is stamped inside “For Oral Use.” For Mouth OD (mm)

224195 224196

28.5 28.5

WHEATON

11 20

100 100

1000 1000

Tear-Off Unlined Aluminum Seals This seal can be completely removed and the contents readily poured from bottle.

With Pulp/Saran Liners

Cat. No.

Natural Natural

Qty/Case

2500 5000

224192-01 224192-05 224192-06 224192-07 224193-01 224193-05 224193-06 224193-07 224197-01

Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Green Natural

13 13 13 13 20 20 20 20 30

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

32

33

#APS¬¬#LOSURES

Tear Cap Seal

Flip Cap Seal

Flip Cap Seals are easy to use, autoclavable and tamper-evident. Push upward on the red plastic button to access the stopper or septum. There are no sharp metal edges to cut fingers or gloves. Plus, you can remove the Flip Cap button with one hand, freeing the other for the syringe. Tear Cap Seals are used for center tear-off and complete tear-off applications. The red plastic top flips off easily with pressure from the thumb exposing the aluminum seal with center hole and pull ring. Access contents by syringe or seal can be torn off completely by pulling on the center tear ring. This seal addresses the need for a recyclable product, especially in Europe, which allows the complete separation of plastic, aluminum, rubber and glass after use. Cat. No.

For Mouth OD (mm)

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

13 20

100 100

1000 1000

20

100

1000

Flip Cap Seal 224202 224203

Tear Cap Seal 224208

Teflon® Faced Gray Butyl Septa

Silicone Septa

&LIP¬AND¬4EAR¬#AP¬!LUMINUM¬3EALS¬

3EPTA¬FOR¬5NLINED¬!LUMINUM¬3EALS Cat. No.

For Mouth OD (mm)

Qty/Case

Silicone Septa 224162 224163

13 20

1000 1000

13 20 30

100 100 100

Teflon® Faced Silicone Septa 224172 224173 224174

Teflon® Faced Gray Butyl Septa This is a special molded seal with a Teflon® insert. Sealing surfaces of butyl and Teflon® effect a more positive seal than plain Teflon® faced septa. 224168*

20

100

This item is a specially molded septa with a Teflon® inset. The sealing surface of butyl and Teflon® effect a more positive seal than plain Teflon® faced septa.

7HEATON¬0REMIUM¬3TOPPERS

New

Straight Plug

Wheaton’s premium stoppers add confidence with purity. There are three new styles to choose from. Two of the styles feature a new rubber formulation that redefines rubber purity. The third style is a stopper that is completely coated with a fluorinated polymer coating. This coating gives the stopper a chemical resistance similar to the chemical resistance of PTFE. As a result, this coating ensures sample purity. These stoppers are a good choice if you are using harsh chemicals that require high levels of purity.

3-Leg

Igloo

2-Leg

Cat. No.

W224100-400 W224100-401 W224100-402 W224100-405 W224100-406 W224100-407 W224100-408

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Stopper Style

7 x 13 7 x 13 7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

Straight Plug 2-Leg Stopper Igloo Stopper Straight Plug 2-Leg Stopper 3-Leg Stopper Igloo Stopper

Stopper Material Shelf Pack Qty/Case

Gray Bromobutyl/47 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/47 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

5LTRA¬0URE¬3TOPPER

#OMPLETE¬#OAT¬3TOPPER

Straight Plug Stopper

Straight Plug Stopper

Wheaton’s new Ultra Pure straight plug stoppers are made from a bromobutyl rubber compound containing the highest level of chemical purity. These stoppers are Water for Injection (WFI) compatible. They also have an ultra low level of extractables and they remain stable when exposed to gamma irradiation making them very well suited for Ready-for-Sterilization and Ready-for-Use applications.

Wheaton’s new Complete Coat stoppers are completely coated with a fluorinated polymer that has barrier properties similar to PTFE. The fluorinated polymer coating is all that comes in contact with the sample. Chemical reactions due to unwanted interference with the rubber itself are virtually eliminated. These stoppers are manufactured in a siliconefree environment. A specialized manufacturing process is used to produce extremely low levels of visible and subvisible particles. These stoppers provide users the greatest level of confidence in avoiding interference with samples.

Lyophilization Stopper Wheaton’s new Ultra Pure lyophilization stoppers are made from a bromobutyl rubber compound containing the highest level of chemical purity. These stoppers demonstrate a very low level of moisture absorption and a low level of extractables. They are compatible with Water for Injection (WFI) applications and are not suitable for packaging applications. They are free from natural rubber or natural rubber latex. They are ideal for use in most lyophilization applications. WHEATON

Cat. No.

W224100-420 W224100-421

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Stopper Style

7 x 13 13 x 20

Straight Plug Straight Plug

Stopper Material Shelf Pack Qty/Case

Gray Bromobutyl/39 Gray Bromobutyl/39

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

100 100

1000 1000

#APS¬¬#LOSURES 2UBBER¬3TOPPERS Wheaton offers the cleanest, most precise pharmaceutical grade rubber stoppers available for research and parenteral drug applications. • Production equipment is engineered to yield components with exceptional dimensional stability • Manufacturing tolerances for flange heights on stock stoppers are routinely held to ±.010" • A variety of styles and sizes are available • Manufactured from the highest quality raw materials available • Rubber formulations include gray butyl, natural rubber, and silicone

2-Leg Lyophilization Stoppers 3-Leg Lyophilization Stopper

3-Leg Thin Flange Lyophilization Stopper

Sleeve Style

¬  ,EG¬,YOPHILIZATION¬3TOPPER

Straight Plug Style

This all-purpose design for lyophilization applications reduces the possibility of legs sticking to each other. Cat. No.

224100-092 224100-093 224100-192 W224100-193 224100-194 224100-282 224100-503 224100-507

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

7 x 13 7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 20 x 28 31 x 43 31 x 43

Stopper Material

Shelf Pack

Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene blend/50 Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene blend/50 Gray Chlorobutyl/46 Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Black Halobutyl/60 Black EPDM

Qty/Case

100 100 100 100 100 100 – –

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 12 12

Snap-On Style

3TRAIGHT¬0LUG¬3TYLE This design provides maximum sealing for vials with straight wall glass finish. The straight wall interior finish is typically found in vials from European manufacturers. This style is not recommended for vials with a blow-back feature, which is a small ridge on the interior of the vial’s neck. Cat. No.

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

224100-030 224100-070 224100-072

5 x 11 7 x 13 7 x 13

224100-170 224100-171 224100-172 224100-173 224100-174

10 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

 ,EG¬4HIN¬&LANGE¬,YOPHILIZATION¬3TOPPER

224100-175

13 x 20

This 3-leg lyophilization stopper is made from gray chlorobutyl/55 and is used with Wheaton screw neck diagnostic bottles. This stopper can be used with open top caps (240716-01 series) or closed top caps (240706-01 series). Not recommended for use with crimp top caps.

224100-177 224100-178 224100-263

13 x 20 13 x 20 19 x 28

224100-330 224100-331

15 x 30 15 x 30

 ,EG¬,YOPHILIZATION¬3TOPPER The 3-leg design provides stability during lyophilization and resists cocking. Cat. No.

224100-202

Cat. No.

224100-203

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Stopper Material

Shelf Pack

13 x 20

Gray Chlorobutyl/50

100

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Stopper Material

Shelf Pack

13 x 20

Gray Chlorobutyl/55

Qty/Case

1000

Qty/Case

300

Stopper Material

Natural Red Rubber/40 Natural Red Rubber/40 Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene Blend/40 Teflon® Faced Natural Red Rubber/40 Natural Pink Rubber/48 Natural Red Rubber/45 Gray Chlorobutyl/45 Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene Blend/40 Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene Blend/40 Teflon® Faced Black Viton® Silicone Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene Blend/40 Teflon® Faced Natural Red Rubber/40 Gray Bromobutyl/50

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

100 100

1000 1000

100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

100

1000

100 – 100

1000 100 1000

– 100 100

100 1000 1000

3LEEVE¬3TYLE

3NAP /N¬3TYLE

Sleeve stoppers are plug stoppers with fold-over skirts. This type of stopper is used on serum vials and other crimp-finish containers that do not require aluminum seals or overcaps. Sleeve stoppers can be used as an injection site for multiple dose entry. These stoppers are manufactured from natural red rubber, a general-purpose rubber formulation that has excellent resealable properties, making it ideal for use in multi-puncture applications.

This design provides maximum sealing for vials with a blow-back glass finish, which is a small ridge on the interior of the vial’s neck. The snap-on stopper locks into the blow-back ridge, providing a tight seal and keeping the stopper from backing out. This style is not recommended for vials with a straight-walled finish. The blow-back feature is typically found in vials from North American manufacturers.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

224100-020 224100-060 224100-160 224100-161 224100-320

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Stopper Material

Shelf Pack

5 x 11 7 x 13 10 x 20 13 x 20 15 x 30

Natural Red Rubber Natural Red Rubber Natural Red Rubber Natural Red Rubber Natural Red Rubber

100 100 100 100 100

Qty/Case

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

224100-080 224100-081 224100-180 224100-181 224100-342

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

7 x 13 7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 15 x 30

Stopper Material

Natural Red Rubber/40 Gray Chlorobutyl/45 Natural Red Rubber/45 Gray Chlorobutyl/45 Gray Bromobutyl/50

Note: To select the proper size stopper for your serum bottle or vial, use the OD dimension of the stopper and bottle/vial. WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Shelf Pack Qty/Case

100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

34

35

#APSÂŹÂŹ#LOSURES #RIMPINGÂŹÂŹ$ECAPPINGÂŹ!CCESSORIES !IR 0OWEREDÂŹ#RIMPER This lightweight, easy-to-use crimper provides lab-scale or small-productionscale performance at a moderate cost, ďŹ lling the gap between hand-operated machines and fully automatic equipment. They operate on standard laboratory air supply of 45 to 60 psi. Bottles and aluminum seals are automatically aligned to eliminate partially crimped seals. Exhaust air is passed through the foot-operated valve so the crimper can be used inside a sterile hood. A complete unit consists of a crimper, a foot valve mounted on a base plate, and connecting tubing and ďŹ ttings, all packed in a polyethylene storage case. A stand (available separately) supports the crimping jaws about 10â€? (26 cm) above the benchtop so both hands are free to manipulate the bottles. The heavy metal base has nonskid rubber feet. 1 year warranty. Dimensions (W x D x H): ..................6 ½â€? x 9â€? x 14 ½â€? (16.5 x 22.9 x 36.8 cm) Weight: ...................................................................................... 20 lb (9.1 kg) Dimensions and weight include unit plus stand.

Cat. No.

Description

224381 224382 224383 224465

Attaches 11 mm seals Attaches 13 mm seals Attaches standard 20 mm seals Stand

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

#RIMPMASTERš #RIMPING3TATION • •

Compatible with standard hand crimpers Functions using any standard in-house air supply or compressed air cylinder

This unit enables hand-operated crimpers and decappers to function in a semi-automatic mode. It accepts most standard hand crimpers and decappers, and requires inlet air pressure of 25 to 40 psi, which may be obtained from a compressed air cylinder or your standard in-house air supply. To operate, simply insert the proper crimper or decapper for the type of seal you wish to use, and depress the foot switch. 1 year warranty.

% :#RIMPERŠ • • • •

Cushioned ergonomic handle Labeled for quick size identiďŹ cation Polished crimping jaws for consistent sealing Works with the Wheaton CrimpmasterÂŽ Crimping Station

Wheaton E-Z Crimpers™ feature cushioned ergonomic handles that aid in reducing hand fatigue and adds a high degree of comfort for the user. Each crimper size is labeled for quick identiďŹ cation. Other features include polished crimping jaws for consistent sealing, a short handle and redesigned spring assembly that further aids in reducing hand fatigue. For semi-automatic crimping, use the E-Z Crimper with the Wheaton CrimpmasterÂŽ Crimping Station. An adjustable stop allows you to determine the tightness of the seal while maintaining consistent crimping. Tapered jaws provide for easier vial access when using racks. E-Z Crimpers™ can be autoclaved at 121°C. Autoclaving may change the appearance and or reduce product life. 2 year warranty. Cat. No.

Description

W225300 W225301* W225302 W225303

Attaches 8 mm Seals Attaches 11 mm Seals Attaches 13 mm Seals Attaches 20 mm Seals

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

*The 11 mm E-Z Crimper is supplied with a plunger insert to give the option of crimping the top of a vial creating an extra tight seal. We recommend this only for standard opening vials.

Dimensions (H x D x W): ................ 19 3/4� x 6� x 8-5/8� (50.2 x 15.2 x 22 cm) Weight: ..................................................................................... 13 lb (5.9 kg)

#RIMPER$ECAPPER

The CrimpmasterÂŽ permits setup in 5 easy steps:

These crimpers are used for ip cap seals and for aluminum seals sizes 16.5, 28.5, and 30 mm. 1 year warranty.

1. Attach a piece of 1/4� ID high pressure tubing (not supplied) from the CrimpmasterŽ foot switch assembly to an adjustable air pressure supply.

Cat. No.

Description

224322 224321 224323 224316 224307 224357

Crimper, attaches 13 mm Flip Cap Seals Crimper, attaches 16.5 mm Seals Crimper, attaches 20 mm Flip Cap Seals Crimper, attaches 28.5 mm Uni-Dose™ Seals Crimper, attaches 30 mm Seals Decapper, removes 30 mm Seals

2. Connect supplied tubing to CrimpmasterŽ and foot switch assembly, and place assembly on oor. 3. Remove cushioned grips, adjustable stop screw, and handle retainer from the crimper or decapper (if so equipped). 4. Depress the handles and slide the crimper or decapper into the CrimpmasterŽ 5. Adjust the air pressure (25-40 psi) for the desired crimping tightness. Cat. No.

Description

224550

Crimpmaster Crimping Station

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1

#APSÂŹÂŹ#LOSURES

36

% :$ECAPPERŠ

0LIERÂŹ$ECAPPERÂŹ

• Cushioned ergonomic handle • Labeled for quick identiďŹ cation • Works with the Wheaton CrimpmasterÂŽ Crimping Station

Plier Decappers are an inexpensive and easy way to remove seals. They are made of steel with gray plastic-coated handles. To remove a seal, simply secure the seal between the jaws, squeeze the handles and twist the seal. 1 year warranty.

Wheaton E-Z Decappers™ feature a cushioned ergonomic handle that aids in reducing hand fatigue and adds a high degree of comfort for the user. Each decapper size is labeled for quick identiďŹ cation. These durable, lightweight, handoperated decappers are an economical way to remove seals quickly and easily. To remove a seal, just place the decapper on the seal and squeeze the handles together. For semi-automatic decapping, use the E-Z Decapper with the Wheaton CrimpmasterÂŽ Crimping Station. Tapered jaws provide for easier vial access when using racks. E-Z Decappers can be autoclaved at 121°C. Autoclaving may change the appearance and or reduce product life. 2 year warranty. Cat. No.

Description

W225350 W225351 W225352 W225353

Decapper, 8 mm Decapper, 11 mm Decapper, 13 mm Decapper, 20 mm

Cat. No.

Description

224372 224373

Removes 13 mm Seals Removes 20 mm seals

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

7HEATONÂŹISÂŹ9OURÂŹ3INGLEÂŹ3OURCEÂŹFORÂŹ,YOPHILIZATIONÂŹ0RODUCTSÂŹÂŹ See our new Lyophilization Section on pages 107-110. WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1

37

#APS¬¬#LOSURES 3CREW¬#APS "LACK¬0HENOLIC¬3CREW¬#AP¬ • With 14B rubber liner • Autoclavable

These caps have a nontoxic white styrene-butadiene rubber liner, making them ideal for culture work. The Convenience Packs offer caps in smaller quantities. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty /Pack

Qty/Case

240206 240208 240209 240215 240264 240216 240218 240278 240280 240223 240269 240281 240228

8-425 13-425 15-425 18-400 18-415 20-400 24-400 24-430 33-430 38-400 38-415 38-430 51-400

— — — — — — — — — — — — —

1000 200 200 500 500 500 500 500 200 200 200 200 100

20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 38-400 43-400 48-400 58-400

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72

144 144 144 144 144 72 72 72 72

• With PE Poly-Seal® liner Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

239249 239250 239251 239253 239255 239257 239259 240119 239260 240121 240181

13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 28-400 33-400 33-400 38-430

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 — 72 — —

Qty/Case

144 144 144 144 144 144 144 100 144 100 100

13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 28-400 33-400

— — — — — — —

13,000 10,000 6,500 5,500 4,700 3,100 2,300

Bulk

Convenience Packs W239298 W239299 W239300 W239301 W239302 W239303 W239304 W239306 W239308

"LACK¬0HENOLIC¬3CREW¬#AP

"LACK¬0HENOLIC¬3CREW¬#AP¬

"LACK¬0HENOLIC¬3CREW¬#AP¬

• With aluminum foil faced pulp board liner • Use these caps with organic solvents

• With Teflon® faced (14B) styrene-butadiene rubber liner • Autoclavable

These caps are designed to ensure the ultimate in product safety. The liners are white rubber faced with Teflon. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

W240406 240408 W240820 W240821 240463 240409 W240822 W240823 240414 240415 240416 W240824 W240825 240418 W240827 W242711 240419 240421 240480 240481

8-425 13-425 13-425 13-425 15-415 15-425 15-425 15-425 18-415 18-400 20-400 22-400 22-400 24-400 24-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 33-430 38-430

— — — 250 — — — 250 — — — — 100 — 100 — — — — —

WHEATON

239449 239450 239451 239453 239455 239459 239460

Qty/Case

200 200 250 1000 200 200 250 1000 200 200 100 100 500 100 500 200 100 100 100 100

Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty Case

240319 240321 240381 W240382 240330

28-400 33-400 38-430 38-439 58-400

100 100 200 200 200

"LACK¬0HENOLIC¬3CREW¬#AP¬ • With polyethylene (LDPE) liner • Use these caps with distilled water, analytical standards and reagents Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Case

240080 240081

33-430 38-430

200 200

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#APS¬¬#LOSURES

"LACK¬0HENOLIC¬/PEN¬4OP¬#AP¬

3EPTA¬FOR¬/PEN¬4OP¬#APS

• With Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Septa and Flange • Autoclavable

• Autoclavable

Ideal for use with Wheaton Media Bottles (Catalog No. 219 series, pages 12-13)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Case

Locking Flange Septa

240680 240683

33-430 33-430

100 1000

"LACK¬0HENOLIC¬3CREW¬#AP¬ • Without Liner • Autoclavable

Ideal for use with *Vacules® (Catalog No. 651905 and 651907). Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty Case

239853

22-350

500

For Cap Size (mm)

240563

Material

Qty/Case

33

Chlorobutyl/50

100

8 8 13 13 15 15 15 18 20 20 22 24 24 24 33 45

Red Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Butadiene Silicone Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Natural Red Rubber Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Natural Red Rubber Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Silicone 10/90 Teflon®/Silicone/Teflon® Teflon® Faced Silicone Teflon® Faced Silicone for Celstir® Sidearm Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Plain Septa W240580 W240581 W240583 W240593 W240574 W240584 W240594 W240585 W240596 W240586 W240587 W240588 W240598 W240599 W240590 I052665

*Vacules are listed in the vial section on page 154.

"LACK¬0HENOLIC¬/PEN¬4OP¬3CREW¬#AP

,IQUID¬3CINTILLATION¬6IAL¬3CREW¬#APS

• Without Liner • Autoclavable

Cat. No.

Cap Size (mm)

Cap Material

Cap Liner Material

Qty/Case

241009 240804 241017 240817 240917 241317 240805 241018 240818

15-425 22-400 22-400 22-400 22-400 22-400 24-400 24-400 24-400

Urea Polypropylene Urea Urea Urea Polyethylene Polypropylene Urea Urea

Metal Foil Metal Foil Metal Foil Polyethylene Disc Poly Seal Cone Linerless Metal Foil Metal Foil Polyethylene Disc

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Case

W240506 W240507* W240508 W240509 W240515 W240516 W240517 W240518 W240540

8-425 8-425 13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 33-430

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

*This has a thicker cap wall designed for Shimadzu and other autosamplers.

For a comprehensive listing of liquid scintillation vials see pages 146-148.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

38

#APS¬¬#LOSURES

39

-ICROLINKš¬7HITE¬¬ #LOSED¬4OP¬#AP¬

-ICROLINKš¬3CREW¬#APSx¬¬ 4HE¬!UTOCLAVABLE¬#LOSURE

• With Polypropylene/Silicone/ Polypropylene Liner

These white, closed top, autoclavable caps have ultrasonically bonded liners, making them ideal for use with biological media and other sensitive compounds. They are available in convenient Lab Pack quantities as well as larger Case Packs. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Case

20-400 24-400 28-400 38-400 38-430

48 48 48 24 24

20-400 28-400 38-430

600 480 240

Lab Pack 240230-01 240231-01 240232-01 240234-01 240235-01

Case Pack 240230 240232 240235

-ICRO,INKš¬3CREW¬#AP¬,INERS Cap liners are ultrasonically welded to cap interiors – eliminating the risk of adhesive contamination and bond failure common with autoclaving. • • • • • •

-ICROLINKš¬7HITE¬¬ #LOSED¬4OP¬#AP¬

Autoclavable Solvent free – no glue Excellent chemical resistance Excellent seal and resealability Excellent puncture life Low compression set

• With Polypropylene/Silicone/Teflon® Liner

These polypropylene caps are ideal for use with biological media, volatile solvents, corrosive chemicals, and sensitive compounds. Each Microlink® closure consists of a liner ultrasonically welded into the polypropylene cap. The liner consists of a layer of polypropylene (used for welding to the polypropylene of the cap), a layer of silicone rubber (used for taking up imperfections on the vial surface), and then a layer of Teflon® or polypropylene as the sealing surface. This welded bond provides a superior closure system, maintaining a seal through multiple cleaning and/or autoclaving operations. The use of a lowcompression-set silicone is ideal for the storage of samples and sensitive materials for prolonged periods of time over wide temperature ranges. Teflon® or polypropylene film on the exposed face of the liner imparts an inert, highly chemical-resistant surface ideal for the containment and storage of volatile solvents, sensitive compounds and corrosive chemicals.

-ICROLINKš¬"LACK¬¬ /PEN¬4OP¬#AP

These white, closed top, autoclavable caps have ultrasonically bonded liners, making them ideal for storage and containment of volatile solvents, sensitive compounds, and corrosive chemicals. They are available in convenient Lab Pack quantities as well as larger Case Packs. Cat. No.

240250-01 240251-01 240252-01 240255-01 240256-01

Cap Size

Qty/Case

33-430 38-430

50 50

-ICROLINKš¬"LACK¬¬ #LOSED¬4OP¬#AP¬¬

240250 240251 240252 240256

48 48 48 24 24

20-400 24-400 28-400 38-430

600 600 480 240

-ICROLINKš¬7HITE¬¬ /PEN¬4OP¬#AP¬ • With Polypropylene/Silicone/Teflon® Liner

These white, open top, autoclavable caps have ultrasonically bonded liners, making them ideal for storage and containment of volatile solvents, sensitive compounds, and corrosive chemicals. They are available in convenient Lab Pack quantities as well as larger Case Packs. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Case

28-400 33-400 33-430 38-430

48 24 24 24

33-400 33-430 38-430

240 240 240

Lab Pack

• With Polypropylene/Silicone Liner

Use this black, closed top, autoclavable cap with biological media and test reagents. It comes with an ultrasonically bonded liner. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Case

240106

33-430

50

WHEATON

20-400 24-400 28-400 38-400 38-430

Case Pack

These black, open top, autoclavable caps are ideal for storage and containment of volatile solvents, sensitive compounds, and corrosive chemicals. The liner is ultrasonically welded to the cap, eliminating the possibility of glue contamination. 240112 240114

Qty/Case

Lab Pack

• With Polypropylene/Silicone/Teflon® Liner

Cat. No.

Cap Size

240240-01 240241-01 240242-01 240243-01

Case Pack 240241 240242 240243

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#APS¬¬#LOSURES Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

®

With Teflon Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner

0OLYPROPYLENE¬3CREW¬#APS Use these caps with Wheaton or other manufacturers' glass bottles. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

Qty/Case

13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 38-400 43-400 45-400 48-400 53-400 58-400 63-400 70-400 83-400 89-400

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 24 24 24 24

144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 72 72 72 72 72 72 48 48 48 48

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

19,000 5,000 9,500 7,000 5,500 3,500 3,750 2,200 1,750 2,250 2,000 1,650 1,125 500 500

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 24 24 24 24

144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 72 72 72 72 72 72 48 48 48 48

With Poly-Vinyl Liner 239201 239202 239203 239205 239207 239209 239211 239212 239213 239214 239215 239216 239217 239218 239219 239220 239221 239222

With Poly-Vinyl Liner Bulk 239401 239402 239403 239407 239409 239412 239413 239414 239415 239416 239417 239418 239420 239421 239422

13-425 15-425 18-400 22-400 24-400 33-400 38-400 43-400 45-400 48-400 53-400 58-400 70-400 83-400 89-400

With Teflon® Faced Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239225 239226 239227 239229 239231 239233 239235 239236 239237 239238 239239 239240 239241 239242 239243 239244 239245 239246

13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 38-400 43-400 45-400 48-400 53-400 58-400 63-400 70-400 83-400 89-400

WHEATON

239425 239426 239427 239429 239431 239433 239435 239437 239438 239439 239440 239442 239443 239444 239445 239446

13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 38-400 43-400 45-400 48-400 58-400 63-400 70-400 83-400 89-400

Bulk

Qty/Case

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

19,000 5,000 9,500 8,200 7,000 5,500 4,500 3,500 3,000 2,750 2,250 1,650 1,250 1,125 550 450

72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 24 24 24 24

144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 72 72 72 72 72 72 48 48 48 48

— — — — — — — — — — — —

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

— — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

19,000 5,000 9,500 8,200 7,000 5,500 4,500 3,500 3,750 3,000 1,650 900 1,000 550 500

With Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239273 239274 239275 239277 239279 239281 239283 239284 239285 239286 239287 239288 239289 239290 239291 239292 239293 239294

13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 38-400 43-400 45-400 48-400 53-400 58-400 63-400 70-400 83-400 89-400

With Foamed Polyethylene Liner 242210 242212 242214 242216 242217 242218 242220 242222 242224 242225 242226 242228

15-415 18-400 18-415 20-400 20-410 22-400 24-400 24-410 28-400 28-410 33-400 33-430

With Foamed Polyethylene Liner 239473 239474 239475 239477 239479 239481 239483 239484 239485 239486 239490 239491 239492 239493 239494

13-425 15-425 18-400 20-400 22-400 24-400 28-400 33-400 38-400 43-400 58-400 63-400 70-400 83-400 89-400

Bulk

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

40

41

#APS¬¬#LOSURES

Black Phenolic Screw Cap

Polypropylene Screw Cap

Polypropylene Open Top Screw Cap

3CREW¬#APS¬FOR¬% :¬%X 4RACTIONš¬6IALS "LACK¬0HENOLIC¬3CREW¬#AP¬WITH¬4EmONš¬&ACED¬"¬2UBBER¬,INER These autoclavable caps are designed to ensure the ultimate in product safety. The liners are made of a nontoxic white styrene-butadiene rubber and are faced with Teflon®, which offers excellent chemical resistance. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

W240820 W240821 W240822 W240823 W240824 W240825 240418 W240827

13-425 13-425 15-425 15-425 22-400 22-400 24-400 24-400

— 250 — 250 — 100 — 100

Qty/Case

250 1000 250 1000 100 500 100 500

00¬3CREW¬#AP¬WITH¬"ONDED¬4EmONš¬&ACED¬3ILICONE¬,INER These white polypropylene autoclavable caps have a bonded Teflon® faced silicone liner making them ideal for storage and containment of volatile solvents, sensitive compounds, and corrosive chemicals. The liners consist of 0.055" (1.4 mm) of silicone and 0.005" (0.14 mm) of Teflon®. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

W240830 W240831 W240832 W240833 W240834 W240835 W240836 W240837

13-425 13-425 15-425 15-425 22-400 22-400 24-400 24-400

— 250 — 250 — 100 — 100

Qty/Case

250 1000 250 1000 100 500 100 500

00¬/PEN¬4OP¬3CREW¬#AP¬WITH¬"ONDED¬4EmONš¬&ACE¬3ILICONE¬,INER These polypropylene autoclavable open top caps have a bonded Teflon® faced silicone liner making them ideal for storage and retrieval of volatile solvents, sensitive compounds and corrosive chemicals. The liners consist of 0.055" (1.4 mm) of silicone and 0.005" (0.14 mm) of Teflon®. Cat. No.

Cap Size

Color

Qty/Pack

W242710 W240840 W240841 W240842 W240843 W240844 W240845 W240846 W240847

13-425 13-425 13-425 15-425 15-425 22-400 22-400 24-400 24-400

Black White White White White White White White White

— — 250 — 250 — 100 — 100

Screw Cap, Polypropylene Pour Ring & Lyophilization Stopper

0OLYPROPYLENE¬3CREW¬#AP¬AND¬0OUR¬2ING¬ • • • • •

Replacement caps for Lab 45™ media bottles 45 mm screw thread Inner sealing ring Available with liner and center hole Autoclavable

These 45 mm non-reactive, autoclavable caps have sure-grips for easy handling. Use these caps with the Wheaton Lab 45™ media bottles or with other media bottles having a 45 mm screw thread finish. Caps with the inner sealing ring provide a leak-resistant seal. Caps without the sealing ring can be used with the 224100-503 stopper for lyophilization applications. The liner in the Teflon® faced silicone lined cap is ultrasonically bonded to eliminate toxicity and to ensure product safety. The cap with the open top can be accessible with a syringe and can also be used with a 43 mm stopper. Use the snap-on pour ring with polypropylene caps to eliminate dripping of bottle contents while pouring. The ring is manufactured from autoclavable non-reactive polypropylene and is easily snapped onto any Lab 45™ media bottle with a pour lip. Cat. No.

Description

240726 240726-03 240726-04 240736 240740 240746 240756 224100-503 224100-507

White Cap with Inner Sealing Ring Red Cap with Inner Sealing Ring Blue Cap with Inner Sealing Ring White Cap without Inner Sealing Ring White Cap with Teflon® Faced Silicone Liner White Cap with Center Hole Polypropylene Pour Ring 31 x 43 mm Black Halobutyl/60 Stopper 31 x 43 mm Black EPDM Stopper

Cap Size

45 45 45 45 45 45 45 — —

Qty/Case

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Qty/Case

250 250 1000 250 1000 100 500 100 500

The New E-Z Ex-Traction Vial provides benefits to users of automated or manual handling and storage systems. See page 143 for more details.

PBT Screw Cap

ETFE Pour Ring

0OLYBUTYLENE¬4EREPHTHALATE¬3CREW¬#AP • • • •

With Teflon® faced silicone liner 45 mm screw thread Withstands temperatures up to 200°C Autoclavable

PBT screw caps have high heat resistance and can withstand temperatures up to 200°C for short periods of time. Autoclavable.

'LASS¬&ILLED¬00¬3CREW¬#AP • Open top polypropylene glass-filled cap • Provides greater heat resistance than other PP caps • Teflon®/silicone septa bonded to cap • Ideal for EPA samples

The polypropylene is glass-filled to provide extra chemical and heat resistance compared to standard polypropylene. The .005” Teflon®/ 0.120” Silicone septa is bonded to the cap, providing a permanent connection that is ideal for repeat injections. 24-400 screw cap size fits Wheaton 20, 25, 40, and 60 mL sample vials. Cat. No.

Description

Cap Size

Qty/Pack

W224600

With Bonded Teflon®/Silicone Septa

24-400

100

WHEATON

Use the ethylene-tetrafluorethylene (ETFE) pour ring with a red PBT screw cap. It withstands temperatures up to 200°C and fits any Wheaton bottle with a 45 mm screw thread finish. Autoclavable. Cat. No.

Description

Cap Size

Qty/Case

240750 240760

PBT Screw Cap ETFE Pour Ring

45 mm —

10 10

For bottles that fit with a 45 mm screw cap see page 13.

Qty/Case

200

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#APS¬¬#LOSURES

0OLYPROYLENE¬3CREW¬#AP ¬,INERLESS • • • •

0OLYPROYLENE¬3CREW¬#AP¬

Colored caps Use these caps with Wheaton Leak Resistant Narrow Mouth Bottles Available in natural, white, red, blue, and green See Leak Resistant Bottles on page 29

Cat. No.

Qty/Case

Qty/Pack

Natural White Red Blue Green

12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 72

Solid Top Screw Caps

Natural White Red Blue Green

12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 72

Open-Top Screw Caps

Natural White Red Blue Green

12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 72

Thin-Flange Lyophilization Stopper

Natural White Red Blue Green

12 12 12 12 12

48 48 48 48 48

Natural White Red Blue Green

12 12 12 12 12

72 72 72 72 72

Cat. No.

20-410 Screw Thread 239506 239506-02 239506-03 239506-04 239506-06

24-410 Screw Thread 239510 239510-02 239510-03 239510-04 239510-06

Unlined for use with *Wheaton Glass Diagnostic Bottles Solid or open top screw caps Use with thin-flange lyophilization stoppers sold separately Five colors available

Cap Color

13-425 Screw Thread 239501 239501-02 239501-03 239501-04 239501-06

• • • •

240706-01 240706-02 240706-03 240706-04 240706-05 240716-01 240716-02 240716-03 240716-04 240716-05 224100-203

Color

Cap Size

Qty/Case

Black White Red Blue Yellow

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

300 300 300 300 300

Black White Red Blue Yellow

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

300 300 300 300 300

20 mm

300

Gray

* See page 18 for Wheaton Glass Diagnostic Bottles

28-410 Screw Thread 239512 239512-02 239512-03 239512-04 239512-06

38-430 Screw Thread 239516 239516-02 239516-03 239516-04 239516-06

) ,OC©¬#LOSURE¬ • Polypropylene closures with gray bromobutyl/50 stoppers • For use with Diagnostic Bottles • Eliminates use of separate aluminum seal and rubber stopper

Use these with Wheaton glass diagnostic bottles catalog number series 219360 through 219374 (page 18). These closures are specifically designed for diagnostic applications, and offer all the advantages of an aluminum seal and stopper with the convenience of a screw cap. The unique combination of a stopper and screw cap ensures excellent sealing characteristics, making them ideal for liquid reagents. You can access sample contents using a syringe through the stopper or with a pipette after removing the screw cap. The polypropylene closures are available in black, white, red, blue, and yellow. Tolerances in the stoppers are maintained to +/-.010". Both caps and stoppers are autoclavable. Cat. No.

Color

Cap Size

Qty/Case

240676-01 240676-02 240676-03 240676-04 240676-05

Black White Red Blue Yellow

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

100 100 100 100 100

WHEATON

3NAP¬#AP¬ • Use these caps with Wheaton Snap-Cap sample bottles (page 20). • All sizes have tabs for easy removal • Natural low density polyethylene Cat. No.

Cap Size (mm)

242612 242615 242616 242619

22 30 34 45

Qty/Case

200 200 200 200

6ENTED¬3CREW¬#AP ¬¬MM • Sterile polypropylene cap with 0.2 micron hydrophobic filter • Ideal for use with glass spinner flasks or roller bottles with 45 mm screw thread • Individually wrapped

This vented cap is a single use 45 mm finish cap that is pierced, and the opening is covered with a hydrophobic filter to allow a flask or bottle to “breathe” while eliminating bacterial contamination from this venting. The product allows gas exchange while preventing liquid, water or contaminants from passing through the filter. Cap cannot be autoclaved. Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

W240751 W240752

Vented Cap Vented Cap

4 12

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

42

#ELL¬#ULTURE

43

0ROVEN¬4OOLS¬FOR¬#ELL¬#ULTURE 0RIMARY¬#ELL¬0REPARATION

3USPENSION¬#ELL¬0RODUCTION

Wheaton Science Products supplies tools to prepare single cells from tissues to large-scale production of cells in stirred vessels.

Wheaton Science Products offers large scale cell production systems for the culture of mammalian or insect cells. Maximum control of pH, dissolved oxygen, temperature, agitation and antifoam is provided by these bench-top systems. Unlike common tissue culture flasks, which cannot provide total environmental control, Wheaton cell production systems maximize conditions on the bench without the need for an incubator.

Typically, cellular tissue is derived from sources such as an egg, embryo, animal organ such as a spleen, or plant tissue. Wheaton tissue grinders (pages 43-46) reduce excised tissue to primary cells, as well as prepare subcellular components from harvested cell packs. The goal is to create and establish primary cell lines which can be used for production and/or ultimately become a master and/or working cell bank. Wheaton Tissue grinders are also used to recover proteins, DNA and RNA for blots and other procedures. Wheaton trypsinizing flasks (page 50) are used to further reduce tissue to cellular components. Place tissue in flask, add trypsin and stir the vessel using the Wheaton Micro-Stir® magnetic stirrer (page 53). The deep-fluted flask design adds turbulence; a dam below the sidearm retains un-trypsinized tissue when decanting. Dissociated cells can then be collected. Trypsinizing flasks are also useful when removing cells from microcarrier beads. Single cells can then be used to start a seed culture in a flask or multiple flasks. After reaching a specific density, inoculate a suspension culture flask (pages 51-52) or roller bottle (page 15) for high volume cell production.

¬

The Cell Optimizer System® (page 54) is a small volume cell culture reactor which incorporates sophisticated control technologies typically found in large production culture systems. The Cell Optimizer System allows determination of cell growth and optimum production conditions prior to large scale culture. Operating parameters can be fine-tuned rapidly in several vessels when working at a scale from 250 milliliters to 3 liters. The Overdrive™ culture system vessels hold up to 45 liters and provide production at a lower cost (page 56). This system is versatile for suspension or microcarrier cultures and can be combined with controllers and probes. The Mini-Pilot Plant™ bioreactor provides total environmental control with 10,19 or 45 liter vessels operating on the bench-top. Incubators are eliminated with the innovative heating blanket. Probes, pumps, controllers and optional computer interface are available. Large scale cell production is afforded at a fraction of the cost of comparable bioreactor systems.

!NCHORAGE¬$EPENDENT¬#ELL¬ 0RODUCTION In culture, anchorage dependent cells want to be attached to a surface wall of a culture vessel or microcarrier beads suspended in culture media. Motionless methods of monolayer cell culture usually consist of T flasks which lay flat. Cells will grow on the inside flask surface only where the media covers them. Since adherent cells usually demonstrate contact inhibition, cell growth is restricted to the amount of contact surface area of the flask. This severely limits the static method being used for large scale production of cells. As an alternative to T flasks, Wheaton Science Products offers various roller apparatus (pages 58-63) and options to allow for maximum flexibility. This allows the entire surface of a roller bottle to be used to grow monolayer cells without filling the entire bottle with expensive media. Using the Wheaton Roller Apparatus, increases surface area which equals larger cell yields, which in turn, decrease production costs.

4ISSUE¬'RINDERS Wheaton Tissue Grinders enable primary cells to be prepared from excised tissues, as well as subcellular components from harvested cell packs. Tissue grinders are used to extract DNA, RNA and proteins for blots or other procedures. They are also used to enhance recovery of other cell products. Capacities on the grinders range from 0.1 mL to 55 mL. There are a variety of grinders to suit many tissue types. Tapered Tissue Grinders are ideal for connective tissue including heart, muscle and lung. These glass-on-glass grinders feature a long taper design that maximizes grinding efficiency. Potter-Elvehjem Tissue Grinders incorporates a serrated pestle design to disperse homogenate into the mortar cylinder. Standard units with Teflon® pestles are well suited for soft tissue, such as brain and liver. Tenbroeck Tissue Grinders have a hollow handle that allows packing with ice, making them suitable for tissue such as liver, intestines and heart. Dounce Tissue Grinders are supplied with two types of pestles: a loose-fitting pestle for sample reduction and a second, tighter pestle for complete homogenization. The ball-shaped pestles leave cell nuclei intact in soft tissues. The Wheaton Micro Tissue Grinder Kit offers a complete selection of micro tissue grinders. All Wheaton tissue grinders are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements and replacement parts can be purchased separately. WHEATON

$OUNCE¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER • • • •

Ideal for soft tissue Provided with loose and tight pestle Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass Autoclavable

This tissue grinder is designed to retain a high percentage of cell nuclei and mitochondria in soft tissues or from cell cultures. In operation, the pestle ball is encircled in liquid, which avoids heat buildup by reducing friction. This grinder is ideal for enzyme studies. The initial grinding is performed using the “loose” pestle. The grinding process is completed using the “tight” pestle. This grinder is used by moving the pestle up and down, and works best with cell suspensions or very soft tissue. The mortar has a large reservoir and pouring lip and is supplied with a “loose” pestle and a “tight” pestle. Two complete sets per case. Tight Pestle “A” Specification: 0.0010-0.0030 in (0.025 - 0.076 mm) Loose Pestle “B” Specification: 0.0035-0.0055 in (0.089 - 0.14 mm) Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357538 357542 357544 357546

1 7 15 40

11 x 48 13 x 82 22 x 94 32 x 140

125 175 210 285

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2

#ELL¬#ULTURE

44

¬ 0OTTER %LVEHJEM¬¬ 4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬¬ 2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS

$OUNCE¬$URA 'RINDš¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER • • • •

Rugged alternative to glass Dounce Tissue Grinder Precision machined from No. 316 stainless steel Mortar and pestle provided as a matched set Not autoclavable

Cat. No.

Description

358028 358033 358038 358043 358048 358053 358026 358031 358036 358041 358046 358051

2 mL Mortar Only 5 mL Mortar Only 10 mL Mortar Only 15 mL Mortar Only 30 mL Mortar Only 55 mL Mortar Only 2 mL Pestle Only 5 mL Pestle Only 10 mL Pestle Only 15 mL Pestle Only 30 mL Pestle Only 55 mL Pestle Only

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Wheaton Dura-Grind® Stainless Steel Dounce Tissue Grinders provide a rugged alternative to glass Dounce tissue grinders. Smooth pestle action requires less effort than glass tissue grinders. This unit is precision-machined of No. 316 stainless steel to exacting tolerance of .0005 in. (0.013mm). The mortar has a flat bottom allowing it to stand upright. Single pestle and mortar are supplied as a matched set; they are not autoclavable. Weight: 2 lb (0.9 kg) Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357572 357574 357576

7 15 40

35 x 114 35 x 114 44 x 114

171 171 171

Qty/Case

1 1 1

0OTTER %LVEHJEM¬3AFE 'RINDš¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬ • • • • •

Wheaton Safe-Grind plastic coated tissue grinders afford an added measure of safety over uncoated glass tissue grinders. The heavy plastisol coating protects the mortar from becoming scratched or checked, and assures you of a sure grip. More importantly, the plastic coating creates a greater safety factor in case the mortar cracks or breaks during power homogenization. The transparent coating allows an unobstructed view of the homogenate during grinding. Wheaton SafeGrind tissue grinders are fully autoclavable. Grinding chamber clearance is .004” to .006” (0.1 - 0.15 mm). Diameter of the stainless steel shaft is 0.25” (6.3 mm).

0OTTER %LVEHJEM¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER • • • • •

Ideal for tissue homogenates Use with power homogenization Parts interchangeable Teflon® Pestle Autoclavable

These grinders are precisely constructed with completely interchangeable parts to allow easier cleaning or replacement of damaged mortars. They are designed for use in preparation of tissue homogenates and other similar applications. The Teflon® pestle is for soft tissue such as brain or liver. The stainless steel rod is 0.25” (6.3 mm) in diameter. The grinding chamber clearance is .004” to .006” (0.1 to 0.15 mm). This unit is autoclavable and can be used for power homogenization as with our overhead stirrer. However, we strongly recommend the use of safety-coated tissue grinders (see 358003 series) for added safety. This unit is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

358029 358034 358039 358044 358049 358054

2 5 10 15 30 55

11 x 45 13 x 66 16 x 74 19 x 84 24 x 118 30 x 130

203 219 219 219 266 266

¬

Exterior plastic coated glass mortar provide greater safety Ideal for tissue homogenates Mortar made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass PTFE pestle with stainless steel shaft can be used with power homogenization Autoclavable

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2 2 2

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

358003 358005 358007 358009 358011 358013

2 5 10 15 30 55

11 x 45 13 x 66 16 x 74 19 x 84 24 x 118 30 x 130

203 219 219 219 266 266

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2 2 2

2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS Cat. No.

Description

358004 358006 358008 358010 358012 358014 358026 358031 358036 358041 358046 358051

2 mL Mortar Only 5 mL Mortar Only 10 mL Mortar Only 15 mL Mortar Only 30 mL Mortar Only 55 mL Mortar Only 2 mL Pestle Only 5 mL Pestle Only 10 mL Pestle Only 15 mL Pestle Only 30 mL Pestle Only 55 mL Pestle Only

Qty/Case

For a power homogenizer, see the Wheaton Overhead Stirrer on page 47.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

#ELL¬#ULTURE

45

4APERED¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER • Homogenizes connective tissue including heart, muscle and lung • Made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass • Interchangeable components takes the hassle out of matching parts • Autoclavable

0OTTER %LVEHJEM¬-ICRO¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬ • • • •

Made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass Micro size for extremely precise work Reservoir and pouring lip are incorporated into the design Autoclavable

Similar to the all-glass Potter-Elvehjem style, but micro size for extremely precise work, this unit is designed for delicate hand operation. Clearance between pestle and tube is .004” to .006” (0.1 to 0.15 mm). A reservoir and pouring lip are incorporated into the design. This grinder is made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357844

0.1

4 x 65

110

Qty/Case

2

2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS Cat. No.

357841 357843

Description

0.1 0.1

Qty/Case

Pestle only Mortar only

2 2

These tapered tissue grinders have an improved design, which incorporates a longer tapered surface on both the mortar and pestle. The conical surface allows initial size reduction followed by passage through the cylindrical section for the final homogenization step. Grinding efficiency is improved, and less time is required as compared to the Tenbroeck and Potter-Elvehjem designs. When the pestle is “bottomed” within the mortar, the clearance is a uniform .004” to .006” (0.1 to 0.15 mm). The components are interchangeably ground, which allows easier replacement of parts; there is also no need to keep parts matched during cleaning. The ground glass surface on both the mortar and pestle are capable of homogenizing connective tissue including heart, muscle and lung. This unit can also be used for homogenizing skin and plant tissue, and is made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to ASTM Type I, Class A and USP Type I requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

358103 358107 358111 358115

1 3 5 15

11 x 49 11 x 86 13 x 93 18 x 114

130 220 220 240

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS

0OTTER %LVEHJEM¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER with Radial Serrations • • • •

Cat. No.

Description

358102 358106 358110 358114 358101 358105 358109 358113

1 mL Mortar Only 3 mL Mortar Only 5 mL Mortar Only 15 mL Mortar Only 1 mL Pestle Only 3 mL Pestle Only 5 mL Pestle Only 15 mL Pestle Only

Mortar made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass Radial serrated Teflon® pestle Interchangeable parts Autoclavable

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357969 357974 357979 357984 357989 357994

2 5 10 15 30 55

11 x 45 13 x 66 16 x 74 19 x 84 24 x 118 30 x 130

203 219 219 219 266 266

• Teflon pestle with stainless steel rod fits power homogenizer • Homogenizes soft tissue such as brain • Mortar made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass • Interchangeable components takes the hassle out of matching parts • Autoclavable

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2 2 2

2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS Cat. No.

Description

358028 358033 358038 358043 358048 358053 357966 357971 357976 357981 357986 357991

2 mL Mortar Only 5 mL Mortar Only 10 mL Mortar Only 15 mL Mortar Only 30 mL Mortar Only 55 mL Mortar Only 2 mL Serrated Pestle Only 5 mL Serrated Pestle Only 10 mL Serrated Pestle Only 15 mL Serrated Pestle Only 30 mL Serrated Pestle Only 55 mL Serrated Pestle Only

WHEATON

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4APERED¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER

This grinder has a serrated Teflon® pestle that disperses homogenate into the mortar cylinder more efficiently. These units are precisely constructed with completely interchangeable parts, allowing for easier replacement of parts so you don’t need to keep pieces matched during cleaning. Grinding chamber clearance is .004” to .006” (0.1 to 0.15 mm). The unit can be autoclaved. Depth of the serrations is .020” to .025”. Diameter of the stainless steel shaft is 0.25” (6.3 mm). Cat. No.

Qty/Case

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

This unit is the same as the Wheaton 358103 series, but with a Teflon® pestle for soft tissues such as brain. The stainless steel rod is 0.25” (6.3 mm) in diameter and is long enough to fit into the chuck of the Wheaton Overhead Stirrer. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

358133 358137 358141 358145

1 3 5 15

11 x 49 11 x 86 13 x 93 18 x 114

130 220 220 240

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS Cat. No.

Description

358132 358136 358140 358144 358131 358135 358139 358143

1 mL Mortar Only 3 mL Mortar Only 5 mL Mortar Only 15 mL Mortar Only 1 mL Pestle Only 3 mL Pestle Only 5 mL Pestle Only 15 mL Pestle Only

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

#ELL¬#ULTURE

46

-ICRO¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬¬ WITH¬4EmONš¬3PACER¬ • Teflon® spacer aligns the pestle and reduces aerosoling of the product • Made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass • Autoclavable

This unit consists of a finely ground glass pestle and tube. A Teflon® spacer aligns the pestle and reduces aerosoling of the product. The mortar and pestle come as a matched set. The pestle is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

4ENBROECK¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬ • • • • •

Ideal for grinding liver, intestine and heart tissue Made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass Hollow pestle can be packed with ice Pour lip on mortar Autoclavable

All-glass Tenbroeck tissue grinders come with precision-made, interchangeable pestles and tubes; no need to keep components matched. This also allows for easier replacement of damaged parts. The clearance between pestle and tube is .0035-.0065” (0.09-0.16 mm). While this grinder is designed for hand operation, it can be slow-speed motor-driven by inserting a rubber stopper (size 00) and metal rod into pestle. The hollow handle permits packing with ice. This unit also features an expanded reservoir and pouring lip. Designed for tissues such as liver, intestines and heart, it’s made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357421 357422 357424 357426 357428

1 2 7 15 40

11 x 48 11 x 50 16 x 82 22 x 94 32 x 140

140 140 190 250 320

Qty/Case

2 2 2 2 2

Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357848

0.2

7 x 33

115

Qty/Case

2

-ICRO¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬ WITH¬#AP¬ • With Teflon® Pestle and Screw Cap • Made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass • Autoclavable

This unit features a screw thread neck for use with the Wheaton Connection®. The 13-425 cap has an open top and a Teflon® faced silicone rubber liner. The clearance between pestle and mortar is 0.002-0.006” (0.05-0.15 mm). These grinders are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mortar, OD x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357535

0.5

13 x 37

115

Qty/Case

2

2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS Cat. No.

Description

357536 357537

Extra Mortar and Cap Extra Pestle

Qty/Case

10 2

-ICRO¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬+IT¬ • • • •

Made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass Complete kit includes 7 micro tissue grinders Replacement parts available separately Autoclavable

$ISPOSABLE¬-ICRO¬4ISSUE¬'RINDER¬

A complete selection of Wheaton Micro Tissue Grinders is conveniently packed in a lightweight protective carrying case. The 0.5 mL micro tissue grinder with screw cap can be used for tissue grinding as well as for additional procedures. This particular tissue grinder chamber can be safely joined with another threaded-glass component, if needed, using the Wheaton Connection®. The Micro Tissue Grinder Kit is packed in a high-density polyethylene case with foam inserts. Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Kit

358204

Complete Kit

1

Qty/Case

1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 1

2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS 357421 357535 357538 357844 357848 358029 358133

1 mL Tenbroeck Tissue Grinder 0.5 mL Tissue Grinder, G.P.I. 13-425 cap 1 mL Dounce Tissue Grinder 0.1 mL Tissue Grinder 0.2 mL Tissue Grinder 2 mL Potter-Elvehjem Tissue Grinder 1 mL Tapered Tissue Grinder

WHEATON

• • • • •

Disposable tissue grinder eliminates cross contamination Useful for radioactive samples Small grinder area allows for high sample recovery Made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass Autoclavable

The Disposable Micro Tissue Grinder allows for homogenized tissue micro samples without cross-contamination. This unit is especially useful for radioactive samples. No washing is necessary; just dispose of the tissue grinder after use. The small grinding area allows high sample recovery. This disposable grinder is made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Mortar Size: 10 x 44 mm Pestle Size: 7 mm sphere Cat. No.

Size (mL)

ID x Length (mm)

Overall Length (mm)

357860

0.75

8 x 44

88

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

25

47

#ELL¬#ULTURE /VERHEAD¬3TIRRER¬

Specifications:

• Allow for power homogenization or mixing • Speed control capable of RPM/torque combinations • Use only with tissue grinders with stainless steel rods • Keyless chuck accepts shaft size to 7.9 mm • One year warranty

The Wheaton Overhead Stirrer is a compact unit with solid state speed control capable of providing RPM/torque combinations for most laboratory operations such as homogenizing or mixing. The Wheaton Overhead Stirrer should be attached only to tissue grinders with Teflon® pestles and with stainless steel rods. Unit and motor are mounted in a housing with epoxy finish and is provided with a 6” aluminum rod and clamp for attachment to support stand. Keyless chuck accepts shaft sizes to 5/16” (7.9 mm). (Support stand not included.) Unit comes with a one year warranty.

-ICROTITERš¬0LATES¬

Speed Range: 300-5,000 RPM (Under load) Electrical Requirements: 120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 50 watts Dimensions: 4-1/2” x 5” x 12” (11.5 x 13 x 30 cm) Weight: 6 lbs (2.7 kg) Cat. No

Description

903475

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

!CCESSORIES Cat. No

905275

905462 905465 905475

Description

Qty/Case Swivel Blade Paddle for Stirring Liquids in Vessels with Side Entry Port or for Vessels with Narrow Openings. Shaft 1/4” x 12” (6.3 x 305 mm). Blade Measures 1/2” x 2” (12.7 x 50.8 mm). Stainless Steel 1 Extension Rod, 1/4” x 6” (6.3 x 153 mm). For Use with Extension Sleeve for Lengthening Paddles. Stainless Steel 1 Extension Rod, 1/4” x 12” (6.3 x 305 mm). For Use with Extension Sleeve for Lengthening Paddles. Stainless Steel 1 Extension Sleeve for 1/4” (6.3 mm) Diameter Rods, with Set Screws. For Use in Lengthening Paddles. Stainless Steel 1

liner used for sealing volatile samples has cross slits for easier needle penetration. An optional liner is also available, Teflon-coated silicone septa, which plugs into each of the 96 vials for better sealing capabilities. The cover locks into place and has built-in O-rings, which provide a secondary sealing system. The Wheaton Multi-Tier Microtiter Plate is available assembled with the base plate, vials, spacers, Teflon/Silicone slit liner and cover, or as individual components. Wheaton microplates provide the advantages of glass without the cost! Specifications:

-ICROTITERš¬0LATES¬ 7ELL¬-ULTI 4IER© Wheaton microplates extend the uses of traditional microplates. Their unique combination of glass and plastic provide the benefits of each component while maintaining low cost. Wheaton microplate systems are useful for autosamplers and sample storage. The glass inserts are inert, and do not contain extractable materials. Wheaton microplates have sufficiently large volume inserts that perform as mother plates for high throughput screening applications. The microplates can be used for small fraction collection, great for collecting fractions in a format compatible to your auto injector, saving time and effort. Analytical chemistry laboratories use microtiter plates for different experimental assays, including sorbent assays, high throughput screening assays, and combinatorial chemistry analyses. Our microtiter plate can have a fixed height or it can be multi-tiered for adjustable height to support different-sized vials. The plate can be built via spacers, to hold capacities of 0.5 mL, 1.0 mL and 1.5 mL, depending on the height limitations of the instrument. The plate can hold various length 9 mm diameter conical bottom or flat bottom glass vials. Many of the assays performed in the analytical chemistry laboratories require heating or cooling of the vials to simulate in vitro conditions or for temperature sensitive experiments. The heating or cooling is usually done using liquids or gases. Our base plate has an open bottom so that the microtiter plate can be immersed in heating or cooling fluids allowing total fluid contact with the vials. This permits uniform transfer of temperature to and from the vials. The cover and liners for the plate provide a seal for individual samples to prevent sample evaporation and cross contamination. The Teflon®/silicone WHEATON

• • • • •

Standard 8 x 12 format with an alpha-numeric ID grid Glass conical bottom vials made of Type I borosilicate glass 0.5 mL, 9 x 17 mm - fits in base plate 1.0 mL, 9 x 30 mm - requires spacer and base plate 1.5 mL, 9 x 44 mm - requires 2 spacers and base plate

Advantages: • Use the same base plate for all vials and sample sizes • Open-bottom base plate provides even heating or cooling of vials when immersed • Cover locks the liner in place and prevents vial pullout • Base plate does not float in water bath • Conical design of glass vials permits maximum sample access • Secure fit of vials in plate permits use with shakers or vortex mixers during sample preparation • Teflon®/silicone liner with cross slits permits easier needle penetration • Glass vials provide inert solvent-resistant environment for samples

!"3¬0LATES Plates manufactured using ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene) have good chemical resistance against acids and bases. Includes base plate, vials, spacers, Teflon/ Silicone slit liner and cover, or as individual components. Cat. No.

Description

W845100 W845110 W845106

0.5 mL Microplate System - with Glass Conical Vials 1.0 mL Microplate System - with Glass Conical Vials 1.5 mL Microplate System - with Glass Conical Vials

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1 1

#ELL¬#ULTURE

48

4OPASš¬#/#¬0LATES Plates manufactured using Topas COC (Cyclic Olefin Copolymer) have excellent clarity and heat/chemical resistance. TOPAS COC Plates have excellent chemical resistance to aqueous acids and bases and to most polar solvents. The plates can be autoclaved and sterilized. Samples can be heated in Topas COC Plates. Includes base plate, vials, spacers, Teflon/Silicone slit liner and cover, or as individual components. Cat. No.

Description

W845102 W845112 W845108 W845101 W845113 W845107 W845114

0.5 mL Microplate System – with Glass Conical Vials 1.0 mL Microplate System – with Glass Conical Vials 1.5 mL Microplate System – with Glass Conical Vials 0.5 mL Microplate System – with Flat Bottom Vials 1.0 mL Microplate System – with Flat Bottom Vials 1.5 mL Microplate System – with Flat Bottom Vials 2.0 mL Microplate System – with Flat Bottom Vials

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

3EALING¬-AT¬FOR¬-ICROPLATE¬3YSTEM Sealing system is designed for Wheaton’s microplates and is compatible with most 96-well plates with rounded well holes. Molded PTFE/Silicone has 96 plugs that lock into the vials and create an inert environment for the samples while preventing cross contamination. The molded liner is available prescored, which can be easily pierced by an autoinjector needle. The liners are made of Teflon® lined medical-grade silicone that conforms to USP Class VI requirements. Cat. No.

Description

W845124

Molded PTFE/Silicone Liner for Standard 96-Well Plates

Qty/Case

5

-ULTI 4IER©¬3ECTIONS¬¬ FOR¬-ICROPLATES The Wheaton Multi-Tier™ Microplate is available assembled with the base plate, vials, spacers, Teflon®/Silicone slit liner and cover, or as individual components. Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

ABS Sections W845120 W845121 W845122

Cover for Multi-Tier™ Microplate Spacer for Multi-Tier™ Microplate Base Plate

5 1 1

Cover for Multi-Tier™ Microplate Spacer for Multi-Tier™ Microplate Base Plate

5 1 1

Topas Sections

3EALING¬3TRIPS¬AND¬0LUGS¬FOR¬-ICROPLATE¬3YSTEM Sealing system is designed for Wheaton’s microplates and is compatible with most 96-well plates with rounded well holes. Molded PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene)/Silicone 8-plug strips and individual plugs allow for limited testing in the Multi-Tier Plate or can be used for specific sample identification. The strips and plugs are made of Teflon® lined medical-grade silicone that meets the requirements of the USP Class VI. Cat. No.

Description

The glass conical vials are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass. The glass provides an inert solvent resistant environment for samples. The vials fit securely in our base plate.

W845130 W845131 W845132 W845133 W845115 W845123 W845125 W845126 W845127

Molded PTFE/Silicone Strips - 8 Plugs Prescored Molded PTFE/Silicone Strips - 8 Plugs Molded PTFE/Silicone Plug Singles Prescored Molded PTFE/Silicone Plug Singles Liner PTFE/Butyl/PTFE, Flat, Pre-scored Liner PTFE/Silicone/PTFE, Flat, Pre-scored Molded Liner TFE/Butyl/TFE, 96 Plug Molded Liner TFE/Silicone/TFE, 96 Position Molded Liner TFE/Butyl/TFE, 96 Plug

6IAL¬,OADER¬FOR¬-ICROPLATE¬3YSTEM

3OLID¬#LEAR¬#OVER¬FOR¬-ICROPLATE¬3YSTEM

W845116 W845117 W845118

6IALS¬FOR¬-ULTI 4IER©¬-ICROPLATE¬3YSTEMS

The vial loader is a fast, convenient choice for loading our vials into the base plate. Just peel away the packaging and place an empty base plate on top of the vial loader. Invert the entire unit, and the plate is ready for use. Cat. No.

Description

W845140 W845141 W845142

0.5 mL Glass Conical Vials in Vial Loader 1.0 mL Glass Conical Vials in Vial Loader 1.5 mL Glass Conical Vials in Vial Loader

WHEATON

Cat. No.

Description

W845119

Solid Clear Cover

Qty/Case

96 96 96

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

12 12 100 100 5 5 5 5 5

Qty/Case

5

49

#ELL¬#ULTURE #ULTURE¬4UBES¬¬&LASKS #ULTURE¬# 45"%š¬¬ WITH¬3CREW¬#AP • For use as slant or shake cultures • Autoclavable

These standard round-bottom culture tubes are manufactured from 51 expansion borosilicate glass that conforms to ASTM Type I, Class B and USP Type I requirements. The tubes can be reused many times. The caps have a white 14B styrene-butadiene rubber liner or a Teflon® faced 14B styrene-butadiene rubber liner. See the Cap and Closure Section for replacement caps. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

15-415 15-415 18-415

144 144 144

With White 14B Rubber Lined Cap (Autoclavable) 358606 358607 358610

11 14 27

16 x 100 16 x 125 20 x 150

With Teflon® Faced 14B Rubber Lined Caps (Autoclavable) 358646 358647 358650

11 14 27

16 x 100 16 x 125 20 x 150

15-415 15-415 18-415

144 144 144

.EPHELO¬#ULTURE¬&LASK¬ • With Cleanout Port and Caps • Autoclavable

These flasks are similar to Catalog Number 351054, but they have a lower sidearm, a side cleanout port, a 38-430 size top cap and a 20-415 size sidearm cap. The caps have white styrene-butadiene rubber liners. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Volume (mL)

Sidearm Size (mm)

351454 351456 351486 351514 351516

300 300 500 1000 1000

200 200 250 600 600

14 x 140 19 x 140 19 x 140 14 x 140 19 x 140

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1

%RLENMEYER¬&LASK¬ • Ideal for media storage and cell culture • Autoclavable

This flask is designed for biological/media storage or culture. The flask is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

635134 635165

25 1000

20-400 38-430

1 1

Three baffle flask

Four baffle flask

3HAKE¬&LASK¬ • Maximizes aeration for improved growth • Break resistant lip • Autoclavable

Designed for use on either rotary or reciprocating shakers, these flasks are specially designed to maximize aeration for improved growth. They feature a break-resistant lip, which accommodates a cotton plug or a stopper, and a marking spot on the side of flask. These flasks are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. The four baffle flask features a dam at the base of the neck that reduces splashing.

.EPHELO¬#ULTURE¬&LASK

Cat. No.

• For use with colorimeter or spectrophotometer • Scratch and striation free side tube • Autoclavable

Capacity (mL)

Sidearm Size (mm)

351054

500

14 x 130

WHEATON

Qty/Case

With Three Baffles

These flasks allow growth and turbidity reading at selected intervals without sampling. Simply tilt flask to allow filling of the sidearm and insert sidearm into colorimeter or spectrophotometer. The side tube is scratch and striation free. Designed to operate on a platform shaker, the flask holds approximately 350 mL to the base of the sidearm. Material cannot enter the sidearm when on the shaker. The break-resistant lip accommodates a cotton plug or stopper. These flasks are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Qty/Case

1

353255 353257 353259 353262 353264 353266

50 125 250 500 1000 2000

1 1 1 1 1 1

50 125 250 500 1000

1 1 1 1 1

With Four Baffles 354235 354237 354239 354242 354244

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#ELL¬#ULTURE

50

4RYPSINIZING¬&LASKS¬ Wheaton trypsinizing flasks are used to further reduce tissue to cellular components. Place tissue in flask, add trypsin and stir the vessel using the Wheaton Micro-Stir® magnetic stirrer. The deepfluted flask design promotes mixing turbulence; a dam below the sidearm retains untrypsinized tissue when decanting. Dissociated cells can then be collected. Trypsinizing flasks are also useful when removing cells from microcarrier beads. Single cells can then be used to start a seed culture in a flask or multiple flasks. After reaching a specific density, cultures can seed a suspension culture flask or roller bottle for high volume cell production.

4RYPSINIZING¬&LASK¬ • • • •

With Pourout and Caps Fluted design improves mixing Deep skirted screw caps 35 – 1500 mL size

These flasks feature deep-fluted sides to promote mixing. A dam below the sidearm retains untrypsinized tissue when decanting. A deep skirted screw cap on the sidearm prevents contamination of flask contents. The sidearm allows easier decanting of contents while retaining large particles behind the dam. Sidearm caps are 20-415 size. Caps have white styrene-butadiene rubber liners. Flasks are made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

4RYPSINIZING¬&LASK¬ • Fluted design improves mixing • 35 – 1500 mL size

These units have screw caps with white styrene-butadiene rubber liners that reduce contamination of contents. The fluting is designed to improve mixing. The flasks are made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Cap Size

Flask (mL)

355392 355393 355394 355395 355397 355398

35 75 150 300 700 1500

24-430 33-430 38-430 38-430 51-400 51-400

50 125 250 500 1000 2000

Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Top Screw Cap Size

Flask (mL)

355752 355753 355754 355755 355757 355758

35 75 150 300 700 1500

24-430 33-430 38-430 38-430 51-400 51-400

50 125 250 500 1000 2000

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1

4RYPSINIZING¬&LASK ¬'RADUATED Cat. No. Capacity (mL)

355802 355803 355804 355805 355807 355808

35 75 150 300 700 1500

Top Screw Cap Size

24-430 33-430 38-430 38-430 51-400 51-400

Graduations (mL)

Every 5 10, 25, 50, 75 50, 75, 100, 150 80, 100, 150, 300 Every 100 Every 150

Flask (mL)

50 125 250 500 1000 2000

4RYPSINIZING¬&LASK ¬'RADUATED Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Cap Size

Graduations (mL)

355442 355443 355444 355445 355447 355448

35 75 150 300 700 1500

24-430 33-430 38-430 38-430 51-400 51-400

Every 5 10, 25, 50, 75 50, 75, 100, 150 80, 100, 150, 300 Every 100 Every 150

WHEATON

Flask (mL)

50 125 250 500 1000 2000

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1

For Hybridization Bottles see page 11.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1

#ELL¬#ULTURE

51

3PINNER¬&LASKS Wheaton Science Products has long been an innovator in cell culture flasks. The Wheaton Magna Flex® impeller produces high-yield cultures by maintaining even circulation while keeping cultures in suspension. Slow acceleration and slow stop from the Wheaton Micro-Stir® stirrer prevent cell detachment from microcarriers. Wheaton also invented an adjustable impeller flask that does not have a rod extending through the top of a flask. Celstir® flasks feature adjustable blade impeller for increased aeration and dimpled bottom to prevent the accumulation of cells under the impeller.* When used with the Micro-Stir, which can operate at very low

speeds, the Celstir flask provides an optimum environment for most suspension lines, including insect cell cultures. Hybridomas and adapted cell lines can also be grown in these spinner flasks. Sidearms on Magna Flex and Celstir vessels 500 mL and larger were widened to accommodate monitoring and control devices or media inlet/outlet lines. Wheaton has now moved cell culture another step forward with its innovative patented MantaRay® single-use culture flask. The MantaRay comes pre-sterilized to protect cell cultures. The MantaRay has a unique impeller that provides efficient, gentle stirring for both suspension or microcarrier culture. The MantaRay is disposable; discard it after use and save the time, trouble and expense of autoclaving and cleaning. *Dimpled bottom on 125 mL size and larger.

MantaRay® pictured with Micro-Stir® which is sold separately.

$OUBLE¬3IDEARM¬#ELSTIRš¬3PINNER¬&LASK

-ANTA2AYš¬3INGLE¬5SE¬#ELL¬#ULTURE¬&LASK¬

• Impeller rod does not protrude up through top cap • Sidearms for 500 mL - 8 L flask allow vented caps which enables the flask to “breathe” while protecting from contamination. • 1:1 headspace for good gas exchange • No contamination from stirring rod • Completely autoclavable

• • • •

Single use spinner flask with integrated magnet Pre-sterilized making it ready to use out of the box Break resistant unit has less potential for culture/sample loss One MantaRay generates the same yield as 77 T175 T-flasks conserving on valuable incubator space and reducing costs associated with laboratory consumables

The MantaRay’s integrated paddle spinner system is optimized for culturing volumes of 500 mL through 1000 mL. Using a vertically oriented stirrer, the MantaRay ensures that cells are evenly distributed throughout the entire volume of culture. Unlike conventional spinner flasks, the MantaRay’s paddle system comes ready-to-use, eliminating the need for assembly and disassembly of the device. The unique design of the spinner allows for even distribution of nutrients and oxygen; thus creating uniform media conditions for cell propagation. The constant agitation caused by the paddle system also prevents cells from settling to the bottom and adhering to the side walls. The paddle is integrated with the top plate, which stabilizes the fixed stirrer height thus eliminating validation concerns due to height adjustments. The paddle and bag are heat sealed to the top plate reducing potential contamination related to adhesive compounds. The only required pieces of equipment for use of the MantaRay system are the MantaRay and a magnetic stirrer. Use the MantaRay for growing mammalian cell cultures, as well as plant and insect cells. The MantaRay’s proprietary stirrer technology is designed to minimize damage to fragile cells, such as mammalian. The MantaRay also allows media and gases to be added or changed during the experiment under sterile conditions. The MantaRay can culture cells on micro-carrier beads, which the cells use as a growth surface. The MantaRay comes pre-sterilized. Simply fill the flask with media, add cells and let them grow. Use the MantaRay with the Wheaton Micro-Stir® slow speed (5-200 RPM) magnetic stirrer. See page 53 for details. Cat. No.

Description

Working Volume (mL)

W356805-1 W356805-4

MantaRay MantaRay

1000 1000

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1 4

The Celstir Spinner Flask features an adjustable paddle blade impeller for better mixing. The addition of the bottom dimple to flasks 125 mL and larger improves circulation and reduces the accumulation of cells in the center of the flask. Celstirs provide maximum surface interface between culture and flask atmosphere. Use the Celstirs for microcarrier and suspension cultures such as insect cells, hybridomas, and adapted cell lines. The entire unit may be autoclaved at 121°C for 20 minutes. Celstirs are made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to ASTM Type I, Class A and USP Type I requirements. Wheaton also offers a non-breakable stainless steel shaft assembly kit as a retrofit to your Celstir (see 356874 series). Units 500 mL and larger can be used with the Vented Cap (Cat. No. W240751). Graduations: Sizes 125 to 1000 mL are graduated in 50 mL increments; sizes 3000 to 8000 mL are graduated in 500 mL increments; sizes 25 mL and 50 mL are non-graduated. Cat. No.

Volume (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size, Top

Sidearm Size

356873 356875 356876 356879 356882 356884 356887 356889 356890

25 50 125 250 500 1000 3000 6000 8000

38 x 122 38 x 141 65 x 155 85 x 175 110 x 190 130 x 250 178 x 341 258 x 404 293 x 445

38-430 38-430 51-400 51-400 100-400 100-400 100-400 100-400 100-400

15-415 15-415 33-430 33-430 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm

For sidearm replacement caps see page 41. For vented caps see page 42.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

#ELL¬#ULTURE

52

¬ 2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS¬ 3TAINLESS¬3TEEL¬3HAFT¬!SSEMBLY¬+IT¬ Replacement for Double Sidearm Celstir and Jacketed Double Sidearm Celstir. This non-breakable stainless steel shaft, for replacing the glass shaft included with Celstir® flasks, may be retrofitted to the existing Celstir flasks.

*ACKETED¬$OUBLE¬3IDEARM¬#ELSTIRš¬3PINNER¬&LASK • • • • • •

Water jacket allows for precise temperature control Manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass Proportioned to provide a head space ratio of 1:1 or greater The impeller does not protrude through the top cap Fully autoclavable PTFE faced rubber-lined caps on sidearms

The Double-Sidearm Celstir with water jacket allows precise temperature control of its contents when operated with a recirculating water bath. The hose connectors accept 1/4 in (6.35 mm) ID tubing. This unit is made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. The 500 and 1000 mL sizes can also be used with Wheaton Vented Cap Cat. No. W240751. Cat. No.

Volume (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

356943 356945 356946 356949 356952 356954

25 50 125 250 500 1000

54 x 134 54 x 147 78 x 162 100 x 182 130 x 195 150 x 260

Cap Size, Top Sidearm Size

38-430 38-430 51-400 51-400 100-400 100-400

Qty/Case

15-415 15-415 33-430 33-430 45 mm 45 mm

1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

For Flask Size (mL)

356874 356877 356878 356880 356883 356885 356886 356888 356891

25 50 125 250 500 1000 3000 6000 8000

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2EPLACEMENT¬)MPELLER¬ Replacement for Double Sidearm Celstir and Jacketed Double Sidearm Celstir. This unit includes a top cap with liners, glass rod, magnet holder, magnet and stirring paddle (for sizes 125 mL or larger). Cat. No.

For Flask Size (mL)

356893 356895 356896 356899 356902 356904 356907 356909 356910

25 50 125 250 500 1000 3000 6000 8000

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2EPLACEMENT¬)MPELLER Replacement for Magna Flex® Spinner Flasks. This unit includes a top cap with liners, glass stirring ball and connecting silicone tubing. This glass impeller assembly is designed for replacement on all Magna Flex® style flasks.

-AGNA¬&LEXš¬-ICROCARRIER¬3PINNER¬&LASK¬

Cat. No.

For Flask Size (mL)

356841 356842 356843 356844 356847 356848 356849

125 250 500 1000 3000 6000 8000

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2EPLACEMENT¬&LASK¬FOR¬#ELSTIRš¬AND¬-AGNA¬&LEXš¬

• Designed for use with microcarrier cultures • Side arms for 500 mL - 6 L flasks allow vented caps which enables the flask to “breath” while protecting from contamination • Gentle, even stirring action

Cat. No.

For Flask Size (mL)

Qty/Case

Celstir Only

The Wheaton Magna Flex Spinner Flasks feature a flex-type, bulb-shaped glass impeller that rotates from a fixed position above liquid level around an indentation in the base of the flask. Primarily designed for use with microcarrier cultures, this unique stirring system increases stirring efficiency and provides a gentle, even circulation throughout the flask while keeping the beads in suspension.

356913 356915 356930

All flasks have been proportioned to provide a head space ratio of 1:1 or greater. A removable stainless steel pin immobilizes the impeller during handling or decanting to prevent damage to cells or microcarriers. Sizes 500 mL and larger can accommodate the Wheaton Vented Cap (Cat. No. W240751). Cat. No.

Volume (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size, Top

Sidearm Size

Jacketed Celstir Flask

356830 356831 356832 356834 356837 356839

125 250 500 1000 3000 6000

65 x 155 85 x 175 110 x 190 130 x 250 178 x 341 258 x 404

51-400 51-400 100-400 100-400 100-400 100-400

33-430 33-430 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1

25 mL Celstir Flask Only 50 mL Celstir Flask Only 8000 mL Celstir Flask Only

1 1 1

125 mL Celstir/Magna Flex Flask Only 250 mL Celstir/Magna Flex Flask Only 500 mL Celstir/Magna Flex Flask Only 1000 mL Celstir/Magna Flex Flask Only 3000 mL Celstir/Magna Flex Flask Only 6000 mL Celstir/Magna Flex Flask Only

1 1 1 1 1 1

25 mL Jacketed Celstir Flask Only 50 mL Jacketed Celstir Flask Only 125 mL Jacketed Celstir Flask Only 250 mL Jacketed Celstir Flask Only 500 mL Jacketed Celstir Flask Only 1000 mL Jacketed Celstir Flask Only

1 1 1 1 1 1

Celstir & Magna-Flex 356916 356919 356922 356924 356927 356929

WHEATON

Qty/Case

356963 356965 356966 356969 356972 356974

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

53

#ELL¬#ULTURE -ICRO 3TIRš¬3LOW¬3PEED¬-AGNETIC¬3TIRRER¬ • 5-200 RPM

Designed specially for cell culture applications requiring exceptionally slow speeds, gentle mixing preventing shear and low heat transfer. May be used in an environment with CO2 and non-condensing humidity, and with a temperature range to 50°C. Packaged 1 unit per case. Cat. No.

Plug Style

Single Place Micro-Stir® W900700-A W900700-B W900700-C W900700-D W900700-F W900700-G W900700-J

Single Place BioStir

120 VAC, North America 100 VAC, Japan 230 VAC, Continental Europe 230 VAC, United Kingdom 240 VAC, Australia/China 230 VAC, Italy/Chile 230 VAC, India

Four Place Micro-Stir® W900701-A W900701-B W900701-C W900701-D W900701-F W900701-G W900701-J Four Place Micro-Stir

120 VAC, North America 100 VAC, Japan 230 VAC, Continental Europe 230 VAC, United Kingdom 240 VAC, Australia/China 230 VAC, Italy/Chile 230 VAC, India

"IO3TIRš¬(EAVY¬$UTY¬-AGNETIC¬3TIRRER¬¬

"IO3TIRš¬¬-ICRO 3TIRš¬-AGNETIC¬3TIRRERS¬ • Computerized stirrer control • Rotation speed clearly visible for consistent results • Variety of operating modes for suspension or microcarrier cultures Constant Speed Mode - Soft start to a constant stirring speed, this mode is used for suspension cultures. Interval Start Mode - This mode turns the stirrer on and off using the soft start and stop for a set number of cycles, after which the stirrer runs at a constant speed that may differ from the speed used to attach the cells. This mode is useful for attaching cells to micro-carrier beads. There is no need to watch the culture and turn on the stirrer for a constant stir mode after the cells have attached. 2-Speed Stirring Mode - The stirrer slowly starts to a set speed, which is held for a user-defined period. The stirrer then softly changes to a final constant speed. This mode is also useful for microcarrier applications. • 2 year warranty • Conforms to UL, CSA, and CE Standards • Optional remote control

Specifications: Electrical: Operating voltage: .....................................................100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz Power consumption: ........................................................................ 15 Watts Pollution Degree: ............................................................................... Class 2 Environmental: Operating temperature: ............................................................. 15°C to 40°C Humidity: .........................................................80% up to 31°C, 50% at 40°C Altitude limit: ............................................................................. 2000 meters Operational: Operating speed: Micro-Stir: ........................................................................ 5 - 200 RPM BioStir: ....................................................................... 150 - 1200 RPM Maximum flask size: .........................................................................3 L flask Dimensions: H x W x D Single Place: .................................... 3.6 x 8.0 x 9.8 in (9.2 x 20.3 x 24.9 cm) Four Place: ..................................4.0 x 15.5 x 17.5 in (10.2 x 39.4 x 44.5 cm) Weight: Single Place: ........................................................................... 4.5 lb (1.9 kg) Four Place: .............................................................................. 10 lb (4.5 kg)

WHEATON

• 150-1200 RPM

Designed specifically for use with suspension culture flasks. The effortless motor provides uniform speeds for great results with cell culture or small fermentations. An easy-to-read display allows exact RPM to be set. The smoothrunning motor reduces heat transfer to medium being stirred. Takes flask sizes to 3 Liters. May be used in an environment with CO2 and non-condensing humidity, and with a temperature range to 50°C. Packaged 1 unit per case. Cat. No.

Plug Style

Single Place BioStir® W900702-A W900702-B W900702-C W900702-D W900702-F W900702-G W900702-J

120 VAC, North America 100 VAC, Japan 230 VAC, Continental Europe 230 VAC, United Kingdom 240 VAC, Australia/China 230 VAC, Italy/Chile 230 VAC, India

Four Place BioStir® W900703-A W900703-B W900703-C W900703-D W900703-F W900703-G W900703-J

120 VAC, North America 100 VAC, Japan 230 VAC, Continental Europe 230 VAC, United Kingdom 240 VAC, Australia/China 230 VAC, Italy/Chile 230 VAC, India

2EMOTE¬#ONTROL • For BioStir® and Micro-Stir® Magnetic Stirrers

The Wheaton Remote Control allows all stirrer functions to be controlled and monitored without opening an incubator and disturbing the incubator contents. The remote control comes with a 12 ft. (3.66 m) cord which allows the stirrer to be placed in an incubator (such as the Wheaton roll-in or CO2 Incubators) while allowing freedom of placement for the remote controller. Cat. No.

Description

W900704

Remote Control

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1

#ELLÂŹ#ULTURE Cat. No.

"IOREACTORS

Plug Style

250 mL Cell Optimizer System W350000-A W350000-B W350000-C W350000-D W350000-F W350000-G W350000-J

54

Voltage

Qty/Case

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

ÂŽ

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

500 mL Cell Optimizer SystemÂŽ W350010-A W350010-B W350010-C W350010-D W350010-F W350010-G W350010-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

1 Liter Cell Optimizer SystemÂŽ W350020-A W350020-B W350020-C W350020-D W350020-F W350020-G W350020-J

#ELL/PTIMIZER3YSTEMš Key areas of use are: • • • • •

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

3 Liter Cell Optimizer SystemÂŽ

Small culture bioreactor Cell culture process optimization Insect cell culture techniques Hybridoma cell culture methods Viral infection studies

The Cell Optimizer SystemŽ is a complete, small-volume cell culture bioreactor. This system provides a quick and accurate determination of optimum environmental cell growth parameters. Cell growth in the Cell Optimizer System takes place in a 250 mL, 500 mL, 1 liter or 3 liter working volume spinner ask with four (4) sidearms. The system includes a Control Tower™, Control Tower Support Unit and Micro-StirŽ magnetic stirrer. The Control Tower and support unit automatically controls pH via base addition and CO2 gas, and dissolved oxygen utilizing air, O2 and N2 gases. Temperature is maintained by the use of a heating pad that eliminates the need for an incubator. Stirring speed (5-200 RPM) is achieved by manually setting the Micro-StirŽ magnetic stirrer. Foam and nutrient feed control are available as options. The support unit includes a combination heater/pump module for temperature control and liquid base addition. A four-gas mixing module provides controlled additions of necessary gases to the vessel head space (and/or optional sparger). One year warranty.

W350030-A W350030-B W350030-C W350030-D W350030-F W350030-G W350030-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

!CCESSORIESFOR#ELL/PTIMIZER3YSTEMš 2EPLACEMENT3PINNER&LASKS Cat. No.

Description

WI055902 356922 WL054377 WL054376

250 mL Spinner Flask with 2 Sidearms 500 mL Spinner Flask with 2 Sidearms 1 L Spinner Flask with 4 Sidearms 3 L Spinner Flask with 4 Sidearms

Voltage

This 125 watt heating pad plugs into the Support Unit and is controlled by the Control Tower™. Dimensions: 12.7 x 12.7 cm. Description

Voltage

Probe SpeciďŹ cations:

I057638 I057599

Heating pad Heating pad

100-120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 125 watts 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 125 watts

Temperature: ............................................................................ 100 Ohm RTD Dissolved Oxygen: ........................................................ Polarographic, 12 mm pH: ................................................................... Pressurized, Gel Filled, 12 mm

3AMPLER

Units come conďŹ gured for temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen. Other conďŹ gurations are available upon request. For ease of record keeping and supervisory control, up to 32 Cell Optimizer System setups can be networked to the optional BIOPROÂŽ PC supervisory software. See page 57 for details.

1 1 1 1

(EATINGÂŹ0AD

Cat. No.

For more speciďŹ cs on the Control Tower see page 56.

Qty/Case

Qty/Case

1 1

The 316 L stainless steel sampler is designed to work with either the 1 or 3 liter ask. The sampler is supplied with a plug valve to help maintain sterility of the vessel during sampling. Cat. No.

Description

I057501

Sampler with plug valve, 30.5 cm

Qty/Case

1

#OLDÂŹ&INGER The 316 L stainless steel tubular cold ďŹ nger may be used with either the 1 or 3 liter ask.

š

0RESERVEÂŹYOURÂŹCELLSÂŹINÂŹ7HEATONÂŹ#RYULE ÂŹ CRYOGENICÂŹVIALSÂŹ3EEÂŹPAGESÂŹ ÂŹÂŹ FORÂŹMOREÂŹINFORMATION Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

I057459

Cold Finger

1

Due to speciďŹ c country requirements, the Cell Optimizer is not available for sale in Canada and Europe.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

55

#ELL¬#ULTURE ¬,ITER¬-INI 0ILOT¬0LANT© 19 Liter Mini-Pilot Plant™ System with Control Tower™ configured for temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen; Support Unit with a heater/pump module and a four-gas mixing module; Overdrive™ stirrer speed control (20-150 RPM); 19 liter vessel with six sidearms; temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen probes and cables; sparger; heating blanket; filters; and a 1 liter storage bottle (for base addition). This unit comes with one of seven standard electrical plugs. Additional configurations are available through special order.

-INI 0ILOT¬0LANT© Key areas of use are: • Large volume cell culture bioreactor • Scale cultures up to production volume • Antibody or virus production • Pilot plant studies • Economical mass cell production • Production of proteins or other cell products

Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty

W350050-A W350050-B W350050-C W350050-D W350050-F W350050-G W350050-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

¬,ITER¬-INI 0ILOT¬0LANT©

The Mini-Pilot Plant™ spinner flask system is a large-volume cell culture bioreactor designed to scale cultures up to production volumes of cells or products. The system includes a Control Tower™, Support Unit, Overdrive™, heating blanket, sparger, and a choice of a 10 liter (six sidearms), 19 liter (six sidearms) or 45 liter (seven sidearms) vessel. The Control Tower™ and Support Unit automatically control pH via base addition and CO2 gas, and dissolved oxygen utilizing air, O2 and N2 gases. For more specifics on the Control Tower see page 56. Temperature is maintained by the use of a heating blanket that eliminates the need for an incubator. Stirring speed is achieved by manual setting of the Overdrive system. Foam and nutrient feed control are available as options. The Support Unit includes a combination heater/pump module for temperature control and liquid base addition. A four-gas mixing module provides controlled additions of necessary gases to the vessel headspace and sparger. One year warranty. Probe Specifications: Temperature: ........................................................................... 100 Ohm RTD Dissolved Oxygen: ........................................................ Polarographic, 12 mm pH: ................................................................... Pressurized, Gel Filled, 12 mm

For ease of record keeping and supervisory control, up to 32 Mini Pilot System setups can be networked to the optional BIOPRO® PC supervisory software. See page 57 for details. For more information on plug styles see page 188.

The 45 Liter Mini-Pilot Plant™ System with Control Tower™ is configured for temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen; a Support Unit with a heater/pump module and a four-gas mixing module; Overdrive™ stirrer speed control (20-150 RPM); 45 liter vessel with seven sidearms; temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen probes and cables; sparger; heating blanket; filters; and a 1 liter storage bottle (for base addition). This unit comes with one of seven standard electrical plugs. Additional configurations are available through special order. Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty

W350060-A W350060-B W350060-C W350060-D W350060-F W350060-G W350060-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

!CCESSORIES¬FOR¬-INI 0ILOT¬0LANT© (EATING¬7RAP The heating wrap plugs into the support unit and is controlled by the Control Tower™. Cat. No.

Description

WI055974 WI055975 I057152 I057621 I057153 I057622

Heating Wrap, 10 L Heating Wrap, 10 L Heating Wrap, 19 L Heating Wrap, 19 L Heating Wrap, 45 L Heating Wrap, 45 L

¬,ITER¬-INI 0ILOT¬0LANT©

Voltage

100-120 VAC, 700 watts 220-240 VAC, 700 watts 100-120 VAC, 700 watts 220-240 VAC, 700 watts 100-120 VAC, 960 watts 220-240 VAC, 960 watts

1 1 1 1 1 1

3AMPLER

The 316 L stainless steel sampler is designed to work with the 10, 19 or 45 liter Mini-Pilot Plant™. The sampler is supplied with a plug valve to help maintain sterility of the vessel during sampling.

The 10 liter Mini-Pilot Plant System comes with a Control Tower configured for temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen; Support Unit with a heater/pump module and a four-gas mixing module; Overdrive™ stirrer speed control (20-150 RPM); 10 liter vessel with six sidearms; temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen probes and cables; sparger; heating blanket; filters; and a 1 liter storage bottle (for base addition). This unit comes with one of seven standard electrical plugs. Additional configurations are available through special order. Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty

W350040-A W350040-B W350040-C W350040-D W350040-F W350040-G W350040-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

Description

I057502

Sampler with plug valve, 48.3 cm

Qty/Case

1

#OLD¬&INGER The 316 L stainless steel tubular cold finger may be used with the 10, 19 or 45 liter Mini-Pilot Plant™.

Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

I057617

Cold Finger

1

Due to specific country requirements, the Mini-Pilot Plant is not available for sale in Canada and Europe.

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#ELL¬#ULTURE

56

/VERDRIVE©¬¬ ,ARGE¬6OLUME¬¬ #ELL¬#ULTURE¬3YSTEM • 1 year warranty

#ONTROL¬4OWER© $IGITAL¬#ONTROL¬3YSTEM¬ • Monitor and control up to eight operation parameters • Monitor and control parameters in multiple vessels • Network up to 32 Control Tower™ units

The Control Tower Digital Control System is a versatile and compact system for mammalian cell culture and insect cell culture. The system provides bench-scale monitoring and PID control of operation parameters. The Control Tower and Support Unit can be factory configured for any combination of the following parameters: • pH • Dissolved oxygen • Temperature • Anti-foam • Nutrient feed To further enhance the Control Tower, the BIOPRO® PC software (see page 57) provides sophisticated data acquisition, expanded process control capability and the ability to network together up to 32 systems. The Control Tower allows you to set and confirm setpoints and PID values, calibrate temperature, pH and DO sensors, and set times for feed pump operations. Monitor parameters and data entry by scrolling through the menus using the front panel keypad. All data is displayed on a two-line LCD. All cable connections for sensors and external devices (e.g., Support Unit) are on the rear of the unit. Specifications: Operating Voltage: ..................................... 100-120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 watts 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 watts Dimensions: ............................................................... 16.5 x 22.8 x 38.7 cm Weight: ................................................................................. 4.5 kg (9.9 lbs)

#ONTROL¬4OWER©¬3UPPORT¬5NIT¬ Modular design allows for any combination of pumps, gas mixing and heating control The modular support unit adds automated reagent pumping, gas mixing and heating capabilities to support the Control Tower™ in maintaining bioreactors. A single support unit can have up to four modules to conserve bench space. The following modules can be combined in the factory to create the support unit: • Peristaltic pump module for automatic addition of liquid acid, base, antifoam or nutrients, with or without heater option • Four-gas mixing module for cell culture (air, O2, CO2, N2 gas); flow rate 0-500 cc/min

Specifications: Operating Voltage: 100-120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1000 watts maximum 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 1000 watts maximum Dimensions: 16.5 x 16.5 x 19.7 cm* *Base & 1 module; each additional module add 9.5 cm

The Control Tower Control System and Support Unit are integrated with the Cell Optimizer and Mini-Pilot Plant System; however, they are available separately upon request. Contact Wheaton for more details. WHEATON

This complete system comes with the vessel, impeller assembly and top drive motor. (When ordering, please specify 10, 19 or 45 liter vessels to provide working volumes of 8.5, 16 or 36 liters respectively). The large, adjustable height PTFE paddle (part of the impeller assembly) works together with the dimple in the bottom of the flask to provide gentle, even distribution and reduce dead areas. The impeller’s wetted components include 316 L stainless steel, virgin PTFE and Rulon® 641. Rulon 641 is a specially formulated compound of virgin PTFE and fillers approved by the FDA for use as a food component and thus for direct contact with food and drugs intended for oral consumption. The vessel is equipped with six or seven 45 mm sidearms to accommodate probes for monitoring and control, and tubing for sparging or media addition. The vessel and impeller sections are autoclavable; the lift-off top drive section is not autoclavable. This unit comes with one of seven standard electrical plugs. Additional configurations are available through special order. Electrical Requirements: ...................................100-120 VAC, 60Hz, 30 watts 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 30 watts Dimensions D x H (Vessel and Overdrive™ together): 10 Liter System: ............................................................... 23 cm x 64 cm 19 Liter System: ............................................................... 29 cm x 67 cm 45 Liter System: ............................................................... 41 cm x 78 cm Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

10 Liter System W356700-A W356700-B W356700-C W356700-D W356700-F W356700-G W356700-J

19 Liter System 356420-A 356420-B 356426-C 356426-D 356426-F 356426-G W356426-J

45 Liter System 356422-A 356422-B 356428-C 356428-D 356428-F 356428-G W356428-J

Top Drive Motor Only 356424-A 356424-B 356430-C 356430-D 356430-F 356430-G W356430-J

!CCESSORIES Cat. No.

Description

356433 WL052594 356471 I050567 W356473 WL055973

Impeller Assembly, 45 L 19 L Vessel with 6 Sidearms without Caps 19 L Vessel with 6 Sidearms with Caps 45 L Vessel with 7 Sidearms without Caps 45 L Vessel with 7 Sidearms with Caps 10 L Vessel with 6 Sidearms

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1 1

57

#ELL¬#ULTURE ")/02/š¬0#¬3UPERVISORY¬3OFTWARE

The BIOPRO®PC software is designed to extend the operational capabilities of the Control Tower™ System and Support Unit. This Microsoft® Windows® based software provides both supervisory control and monitoring of key process parameters, along with data archiving functions.

BIOPRO® PC Software features: • Enhanced programmable control and data acquisition capability for the Control Tower local controller • Networking of up to 32 Control Tower units for central supervisory control and data acquisition • Permanent documentation for batch records • Works with Microsoft Windows NT, 2000 and XP • Continuous graphic display • Trend graphing • Process sequencing • Password protection • Minimal operator training requirement The software stores all measured parameters and records all changes made to the system. Alarm conditions that occur during a run are highlighted and flagged. Externally measured variables such as total cell counts, nutrient and metabolic levels, and off-gas analysis data can be manually entered into the log for documentation and data analysis. A continuous graphic display of system data allows for ease of monitoring while a permanent record is created for use in process validation or batch records. The BIOPRO®PC software offers trend graphing with user-adjustable data acquisition rates,

For #ELL¬3TORAGE see Wheaton Cryule® Cryogenic Vials on pages 140-142 and Vial Racks on page 149. WHEATON

variable channels and multi-tasking capability. The computer can be used for other operations while monitoring and recording data. All data stored in the computer is compatible with Microsoft Excel® for further analysis. Consistent batch-to-batch results can be achieved by directly downloading batch recipes from the software to the Control Tower. The “timed events” function allows for automatic extension of up to 200 steps. For added security, two levels of password protection are available.

BIOPRO® PC Monitor and Control Software Includes: RS-232 to RS-485 adapter box with power module and appropriate line cord. 100-120 VAC, 220-240 VAC 50/60 Hz This unit comes with one of seven standard electrical plugs. Additional configurations are available through special order. Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty

W350070-A W350070-B W350070-C W350070-D W350070-F W350070-G W350070-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

For 4ISSUE¬#ULTURE¬-EDIA¬3TORAGE¬see the Wheaton Glass Media Bottles on page 12 and page 30 for Plastic Media Bottles.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#ELL¬#ULTURE

58

"ENCH¬4OP¬2OLLER¬#ULTURE¬!PPARATUS

Pictured with Two Additional Deck Kits

Pictured with Two Additional Deck Kits

-INI¬"OTTLE¬"ENCH 4OP¬2OLLER¬#ULTURE¬3YSTEM¬

3MALL¬"OTTLE¬"ENCH 4OP¬2OLLER¬#ULTURE¬3YSTEM

• • • • •

• • • • •

Allows precise rotation speed Small scale mixing and agitation Small footprint Conforms to UL, CSA, and CE Standards 1 year warranty

Perfect for Wheaton 30 mL or larger serum bottles, 100-125 mL media bottles or 38 x 200 mm culture tubes for the growth and observation of various cell cultures such as, single chicken or rat embryos. The Wheaton Mini Bottle Roller Culture Apparatus accommodates bottles 38 to 60 mm in diameter, up to 240 mm long, with bottle speeds of 3 to 45 RPM (38 mm bottle) and 2 to 30 RPM (60 mm bottle). Additional decks available separately. See information on Deck Kit below. 3PECIlCATIONS Electrical Requirements: ............................ 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 14 watts Bottle Size Accepted: ..................................38-60 mm x 240 mm (maximum) Bottle Speed: 38 mm Diameter Bottle ................................................... 3 to 45 RPM 60 mm Diameter Bottle ................................................... 2 to 30 RPM Dimensions: W x D x H .............12 1/4” x 12 3/4” x 7 1/8” (32 x 32.5 x 18 cm) Weight: ........................................................................................ 18 lb (8 kg) Maximum temperature for use: ........................................................... 40°C Warning: Use in a CO2 environment may reduce motor brush life.

3INGLE $ECK¬-INI¬"ENCH 4OP¬2OLLER¬#ULTURE¬3YSTEM Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

W348923-A W348923-B W348923-C W348923-D W348923-F W348923-G W348923-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

This conventional-type roller culture rack is designed to roll vessels 108 to 121 mm in diameter and up to 290 mm long. The two outside rollers can be moved inward to accommodate bottles as small as 75 mm in diameter. Each deck can accommodate two vessels. Additional decks available separately. See information on Deck Kit below. 3PECIlCATIONS Electrical Requirements: .............................. 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 14 watts Bottle Size Accepted: ........................................... 108 to 121 mm (maximum) Bottle Speed: 110 mm Diameter Bottle ............................................. 0.1 to 3.8 RPM Dimensions: W x D x H ............ 12 1/4” x 12 3/4” x 7 1/8” (32 x 32.5 x 18 cm) Weight: ........................................................................................ 18 lb (8 kg) Maximum temperature for use: ............................................................. 40°C Warning: Use in a CO2 environment may reduce motor brush life.

3INGLE $ECK¬3MALL¬"ENCH 4OP¬2OLLER¬#ULTURE¬3YSTEM¬ Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

W348924-A W348924-B W348924-C W348924-D W348924-F W348924-G W348924-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

$ECK¬+IT¬ Small Bottle Deck Kit can be added to Small Bottle Roller Culture Apparatus to accommodate an additional two bottles per deck. Can add up to a maximum of 2 kits per unit. Weight: 9 lb (4.1 kg)

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

$ECK¬+IT¬ Mini Bottle Deck Kit can be added to Mini Bottle Roller Culture Apparatus to accommodate an additional four bottles per deck. Can add up to a maximum of 2 kits per unit. Weight: 9 lb (4.1 kg) Cat. No.

Description

W348920-CH

Deck Kit for Mini Bottle Bench-Top Roller Rack

WHEATON

Use with glass roller bottles Accomodates larger roller bottles Small footprint Conforms to UL, CSA, and CE Standards 1 year warranty

Cat. No.

Description

W348930-CH

Deck Kit for Small Bottle Bench-Top Roller Rack

Qty/Case

1

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty /Case

1

59

#ELL¬#ULTURE (IGH¬#APACITY¬2OLLER¬#ULTURE¬!PPARATUS #OST¬"USTER¬

204-¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

-ODULAR¬,INE¬

The Original High Volume Production Apparatus

Superior Product Designed to Maximize Production Spacing

Cost Buster¬ Number of Bottle Positions

The State of the Art High Volume Production Roller Apparatus

Modular Line¬

5 or 8

R2P Roller System¬¬¬¬¬¬¬¬

5

5 or 8

Distance Between Decks

Production Spacing 6” (15.2 cm)

Modular Spacing 7 1/8” (18.1 cm)

6 in (15.24 cm) Production spaced (available in 5 or 8 positions per deck) 7 1/8 in (18.1 cm) Modular spaced (available in 5 positions per deck)

Number of Decks

11

1 to 9 (easily modified)

1 - 9 (7 1/8 in. (18.1 cm) Modular spaced-5 positions per deck) 1 - 11 (6 in (15.24 cm) Production spaced-5 positions per deck) 11 (6 in (15.24 cm) Production spaced-8 positions per deck)

Unit Height

Fixed

Adjustable based on number of decks

5 position models are adjustable based on number of decks 8 position model is fixed

Number of Bottles

52 (5 bottles/deck) with 01 (min) with 2 2 86 (8 bottles/deck 1700 cm 45 (max) 1700 cm bottle bottle 104 with 1 with 172 850 cm2 bottle 90 850 cm2 bottle

1 - 55 (for 5 positions/deck-production spaced) with 1700 cm2 1 - 45 (for 5 positions/deck-modular spaced) bottle with 1 - 110 850 cm2 bottle 1 - 90

Rotation Alarm

Optional

Optional

Standard

Battery Backup

Optional

Optional

Optional

Not Available

CART2 software

}

}

Control/Operating Not Available System

}

}

}

}

Please note that Roller Culture Apparatus is made to order and not returnable.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

¬

#ELL¬#ULTURE

60

#OST¬"USTER¬2OLLER¬!PPARATUS¬ • • • • • • • • •

Maximum production capacity in a minimum amount of space Distance between decks is 6” (15.2 cm) Available in 52 and 86 position models Drive units mounted on top to provide easy access for maintenance and better air flow Optional rotation alarm and battery backup systems available Greaseless bearings prevent leaching and eliminate bearing seizures Soft start feature minimizes cell disruption Conforms to UL, CSA, and CE Standards 1 year warranty

The Wheaton Cost Buster High Volume Production Roller Apparatus provides the maximum amount of potential cell culture growth area available in the smallest amount of space. This is accomplished by reducing the spacing between decks. Controls and drive units are located on top of the unit, providing easy access for maintenance. The open frame design allows better air flow, which minimizes top-to-bottom temperature gradients. Wheaton Cost Busters can accommodate roller bottles from 110 to 121 mm in diameter and up to 550 mm in length. Each roller is driven by nonslip belts and pulleys for positive traction (especially important for use with lightweight plastic bottles). The Cost Buster High Volume Production Roller Apparatus is supplied without roller bottles.

Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

52-Position Cost Buster 349000-A 349000-B 349005-C 349005-D 349005-F 349005-G W349005-J

Cat. No.

Specifications: Electrical: .......100 - 120VAC, 50/60Hz, 35 watts ........................220 - 240VAC, 50/60Hz, 35 watts Bottle Speed: ....0.25 – 5.3 RPM (110 mm bottle) Operating Temp.: ..............................15 to 40°C Humidity: .................................. 80% up to 31°C Altitude Limit: ................................ 2000 meters Dimensions W x D X H: 52-Position: ...............30.9 x 24.3 x 74.5 (in) 52-Position: ...........78.4 x 61.6 x 189.4 (cm) 86-Position: ...............46.7 x 24.3 x 74.6 (in) 86-Position: .........118.7 x 61.6 x 189.4 (cm) Weight: 52-Position: ...................... 250 lb (113.4 kg) 86-Position: ...................... 350 lb (158.8 kg)

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

86-Position Cost Buster

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Offered with 7 standard electrical plug choices. Additional configurations are available through special order.

348990-A 348990-B 348995-C 348995-D 348995-F 348995-G W348995-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

/PTIONAL¬!CCESSORIES¬FOR¬THE¬#OST¬"USTER¬¬-ODULAR¬2OLLER¬!PPARATUS "ATTERY¬"ACKUP¬3YSTEM

2OTATION¬!LARM¬3YSTEM

• Protects cells during power outages • Provides a minimum of 24 hours of auxiliary power • Can be used to rotate vessels during transport to harvest area

• Monitors drive system • Alarm sound if any failure is detected • Alarm is visual & audible

Protects your cells and process! The Wheaton Battery Backup System is designed to be installed in either the Modular or Cost Buster Roller Culture Apparatus. The system monitors the AC power and automatically switches between battery power and AC power as needed. The system will provide 24 hours of auxiliary power to the motor. This system can be used to rotate the roller vessels during transport to and from the warm room or incubator. The system consists of two long-life sealed batteries, an automatic charger system, and an independent speed control which can be preset to maintain a bottle speed of approximately 25% of full speed during the lose of the primary voltage.

The Wheaton Rotation Alarm System is designed to monitor the drive system on the Modular and Cost Buster Production Roller Culture Apparatus. When the system detects a failure it alarms. The alarm is visual (flashing LEDs), audible (loud buzzer), and can be tied into an existing equipment monitoring system through the external jack. The alarm system is installed in the Roller Culture Apparatus.

Charger Specifications:

!LARM¬)NDICATOR¬3PECIlCATIONS Visual: ............................................................ 3 LED indicators flash on and off Audible: ....................................................................................... Loud buzzer Remote signal: ...................................................... 4 pin panel mount mic jack

Recharge time is 8 hours for discharged batteries, shorter for partially discharged batteries. Charger automatically monitors temperature and adjusts charge voltage for correct charging levels at elevated incubator temperatures.

Alarm outputs: ....... Pulsating +12VDC (25ma), Dry contact closure .5A at 24VDC

Cat. No.

349011 349013

Description

Qty/Case

Factory Installed (Must be ordered with Roller Culture Apparatus) 349017

Battery Backup System for Modular Cell & Cost Buster Roller Apparatus

1

Field Retrofittable Battery Backup System Same as above except packaged for field installation on Wheaton Modular and Cost Buster Production Roller Culture Apparatus which conforms to UL, CSA & CE standards.

349018

Battery Backup System for Modular Cell & Cost Buster Roller Apparatus

1

Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

Factory Installed (Must be ordered with Roller Culture Apparatus) Rotation Alarm System Modular Cell Production Roller Apparatus Rotation Alarm System for Cost Buster Production Roller Apparatus

Field Retrofittable Rotation Alarm System Same as above except packaged for field installation on Wheaton Modular & Cost Buster Production Roller Culture Apparatus which conforms to UL, CSA & CE standards.

349014 349016

Rotation Alarm System for Modular Roller Culture Apparatus Rotation Alarm system for Cost Buster Production Roller Culture Apparatus

For Incubators for your Roller Culture Apparatus see page 64.

WHEATON

1 1

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

1 1

61

#ELL¬#ULTURE -ODULAR¬#ELL¬0RODUCTION¬2OLLER¬!PPARATUS¬ • • • • • •

1 five-position base unit and up to 8 additional five position decks Distance between decks 7 1/8” (18.1 cm) Provides up to 75,000 cm2 total surface area for cell growth Greaseless bearings prevent leaching and eliminate bearing seizures Optional rotation alarm and battery backup systems available All-position drive is standard allowing the use of glass or plastic roller bottles • Conforms to UL, CSA and CE Standards • 1 year warranty

The Wheaton Modular Cell Production Roller Culture Apparatus allows flexibility for scale-up and production of monolayer cell cultures in standard roller bottles. It accepts bottles from 108 to 121 mm in diameter and up to 550 mm in length. The system consists of a base drive unit and five-position roller deck to which additional roller decks can be added. A powerful DC motor, with soft-start speed control, drives the bottles through a series of durable nonslip belts. The all-position drive model is a positive traction drive system for lightweight plastic bottles in which each roller is individually driven. Also included is a locking speed control knob that prevents accidental change in rotation rates.

Specifications: Electrical: ........100 - 120VAC, 50/60Hz, 35 watts .....................220 - 240VAC, 50/60Hz, 35 watts Bottle Speed: .....0.25 – 5.3 RPM (110 mm bottle) Operating Temperature: ....................15 to 40°C Humidity: ................................... 80% up to 31°C Altitude Limit: ................................. 2000 meters Dimensions W x D x H: Base with 1 Deck: .....29.75 x 24.375 x 13.5 (in) 75.7 x 63.0 x 34.3 (cm) Base with 9 Decks: ...29.75 x 24.375 x 70.5 (in) 75.6 x 63 x 179 (cm) Weight: Base with 1 Deck: ...................... 70 lb (31.8 kg) Base with 9 Decks: ................... 238 lb (108 kg) Additional Decks: ....................... 21 lb (19.5 kg)

This unit is available with one of seven standard electrical plugs shown. Additional configurations are available through special ordering. Contact Wheaton for more information. The Modular Cell Production Apparatus is supplied without roller vessels. Shipping Unit: One per case Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Base with 1 Deck - 5 Bottle Positions 348960-A 348960-B 348970-C 348970-D 348970-F 348970-G W348970-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Voltage

348963-A 348963-B 348973-C 348973-D 348973-F 348973-G W348973-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

348964-A 348964-B 348974-C 348974-D 348974-F 348974-G W348974-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

348965-A 348965-B 348975-C 348975-D 348975-F 348975-G W348975-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Plug Style

348966-A 348966-B 348976-C 348976-D 348976-F 348976-G W348976-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

348967-A 348967-B 348977-C 348977-D 348977-F 348977-G W348977-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

348968-A 348968-B 348978-C 348978-D 348978-F 348978-G W348978-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

 0OSITION¬$ECK The 5-Position Deck allows you to add one 5-position deck to your Modular Cell Production system. Specifications: Weight: ............................................................................................. 21 lb (9.5 kg) Dimensions W x D x H: ............ 29 3/4 x 24 3/8 x 7 1/8 in (75.6 x 62.9 x 18.1 cm) Description

348969

5-Position Deck

Qty/Case

1

For Glass Roller Bottles see page 15.

Please note that Roller Culture Apparatus is made to order and not returnable.

WHEATON

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

Base with 9 Decks - 45 Bottle Positions 120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

!CCESSORIES

Cat. No.

Voltage

Base with 8 Decks - 40 Bottle Positions 120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

Base with 6 Decks - 30 Bottle Positions 120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

Cat. No.

Base with 7 Decks - 35 Bottle Positions

Base with 5 Decks - 25 Bottle Positions 120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

Base with 3 Decks - 15 Bottle Positions 348962-A 348962-B 348972-C 348972-D 348972-F 348972-G W348972-J

Plug Style

Base with 4 Decks - 20 Bottle Positions

Base with 2 Decks - 10 Bottle Positions 348961-A 348961-B 348971-C 348971-D 348971-F 348971-G W348971-J

Cat. No.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

#ELL¬#ULTURE

62

20©¬2OLLER¬#ULTURE¬!PPARATUS • • • • • • • • • • •

Utilize from research to production Modular; add capacity and options as your requirements change From 5 to 55 positions per unit (holds 10 to 110 of the 850 cm2 vessels) Displays accurate RPM by entering vessel diameter Wide speed range brushless DC motor, 0.25 to 8.0 RPM Specifications: Programmable rotation direction, fixed or reversing Programmable soft-start and stop Electrical: .................100 - 240 VAC, 50/60Hz, 20 watts 10 program storage registers Bottle Dimensions Dia/L: 110 to 121 mm / up to 550 mm Optional temperature monitoring, one to four sensors per unit Optional battery backup Bottle Speed: .............. 0.25 – 8.0 RPM (110 mm bottle) CART2 ready! Optional software for monitoring controlling, Deck Spacing: inches (cm) & recording up to 255 units All Position Drive R2P .........................6 in (15.24 cm) • Multi-language display prompts. Choice of English, French, Modular R2P .................................7 1/8 in (18.1 cm) German, Italian, Portuguese, or Spanish • Conforms to UL, CSA and CE Laboratory Standards Operating Temperature: .............................. 15 to 40°C • 1 Year Warranty Humidity: ...................... 80% up to 31°C; 50% at 40°C

The Wheaton R2P Roller Culture Apparatus is designed to allow for the development and growth of cell culture from research to production quantities without having to change equipment and revalidate protocols. This is achieved by giving you more flexible controls and the ability to easily add options at any time. All R2P Roller culture units share the same motor, software, controls and controllers, which makes moving culture conditions between units fast and easy. All-Position Drive System Each roller is driven to allow for either glass or lighter-weight plastic roller culture vessels to be used.

Altitude Limit: ...........................................2000 meters Dimensions W x D x H: Base with 1 Deck: .................... 31 x 24.5 x 13.5 (in) 78.8 x 62.25 x 34.3 (cm) Base with 3 Decks: .................. 31 x 24.5 x 25.5 (in) 78.8 x 62.25 x 64.8 (cm) Base with 11 Decks: ................ 31 x 24.5 x 73.5 (in) 78.8 x 62.25 x 186.7 (cm) Extra Deck: ................................... 31 x 24.5 x 6 (in) 78.8 x 62.25 x 15.24 (cm)

User-Friendly Control Panel The large digital display and keypad allow for easy input and monitoring of the settings. The unit continually displays the bottle RPM setting and the actual bottle RPM. The display remains accurate with any size bottle Weight: (110 to 121 mm diameter) by entering the bottle diameter. The unit can be programmed to rotate in either Base with 1 Deck: …… .....................52 lb (23.6 kg) direction, and can reverse direction automatically at the time interval entered (better for roller bottles fluted Base with 3 Decks: ...........................85 lb (38.6 kg) along the longitudinal axis). The programmable soft start and stop feature avoids premature cell detachment. Base with 11 Decks: .......................217 lb (98.4 kg) The settings can be saved in one of the ten memory locations for easy recall later. Additional Deck: ................................16.5 lb (7.5 kg) Built-in Monitoring and Alarms The unit continuously monitors both the rotational speed and the drive train (the motor and belts). If the speed falls out of the entered tolerance or if the unit detects a loss of rotation, the unit displays an alarm, and sounds a loud buzzer. These alarms can also be tied to an existing monitoring system through an external jack. Optional features can be added at any time, including CART2 and battery backup.

20¬!LL¬0OSITION¬$RIVE¬6”(15.24 cm) Deck Spacing Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Base with 1 Deck - 5 Bottle Positions W348880-A W348880-B W348880-C W348880-D W348880-F W348880-G W348880-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Base with 3 Decks - 15 Bottle Positions W348881-A W348881-B W348881-C W348881-D W348881-F W348881-G W348881-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Base with 11 Decks - 55 Bottle Positions W348882-A W348882-B W348882-C W348882-D W348882-F W348882-G W348882-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Additional Deck for R2P All Position Drive W348888 W348889

R2P 5-Position Deck, Factory-Installed (must be ordered with unit) R2P 5-Position Deck, for Customer Installation

Built-in Drive Monitoring System Alarm Visual: ............... Flashing display with fault displayed Audible: ..........................Buzzer (with On/Off control) External output: ........... NO or NC (programmable) dry contact (0.5A@ 24 VDC) through RJ-45 jack on the control housing front panel.

-ODULAR¬20¬3YSTEM¬7 1/8” (18.1 cm) Deck Spacing Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Base with 3 Decks - 15 Bottle Positions W348884-A W348884-B W348884-C W348884-D W348884-F W348884-G W348884-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Base with 9 Decks - 45 Bottle Positions W348885-A W348885-B W348885-C W348885-D W348885-F W348885-G W348885-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Additional Deck for Modular R2P W348886 W348887

R2P 5-Position Deck, Factory-Installed (must be ordered with unit) R2P 5-Position Deck, for Customer Installation

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

See page 63 for the 88-Position R2P System and R2P Accessories.

1 1

Please note that Roller Culture Apparatus is made to order and not returnable.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

1 1

#ELLÂŹ#ULTURE

63

 0OSITION20Š3YSTEM vCM $ECK3PACING • Highest capacity roller rack • 88 all position drive • 1 year warranty

This unit features 6 in (15.24 cm) production spacing between the decks and holds 8 bottles/per deck. It will not ďŹ t in standard incubators, but it will pass through standard doorways for warm rooms. SpeciďŹ cations: Dimensions W x D x H: .....................47 x 24.5 x 73.5 in (119.4 x 62.25 x 189.2 cm) Weight: ........................................................................................ 360 lb (163.6 kg) Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Base with 11 Decks - 88 Bottle Positions W349020-A W349020-B W349020-C W349020-D W349020-F W349020-G W349020-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

Please note that Roller Culture Apparatus is made to order and not returnable.

!CCESSORIESÂŹFORÂŹ20 #!24ÂŹANDÂŹ6IEWÂŹ,OGÂŹ3OFTWAREÂŹWITHÂŹTHEÂŹ.ETWORKÂŹ)NTERFACE Network Interface is a single-line network adapter for up to 255 R2P units.

CART2 Screen Shot

Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

W348902-A W348902-B W348902-C W348902-D W348902-F W348902-G W348902-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

"ATTERY"ACKUP/PTION • Protects cells during power outages • Provides a minimum of 18 hours of auxiliary power • Can be used to rotate vessels during transport to harvest area CART2 Screen Shot

#!24#ONTROL-ONITORAND2ECORDING3OFTWARE • • • • • • •

Remotely monitors and controls up to 255 R2P units Records all settings, changes, alarms, and communication loss Password-protected user levels maintain security Can be easily added to R2P at any time Works with WindowsÂŽ based software Computer Requirements: IBM Pentium PC or compatible Conforms to UL, CSA and CE Laboratory Standards

The Wheaton CART2 System precisely controls rotating speeds of up to 255 separate roller units. Each unit is monitored for rotation, speed deviation and communication. This system provides the perfect solution for GMP or FDA requirements.

The system monitors the AC power and automatically switches to battery if AC power fails. Provides auxiliary power to maintain complete functionality of the R2P unit for a minimum of 18 hours at full capacity. The audible alarm and display backlight will not function during battery power mode. Cat. No.

Description

W348899 W348898

Customer Installed Factory Installed (Must be ordered with R2P Roller Culture Apparatus)

Cat. No.

Description

W348891 W348890

Customer Installed Factory Installed (Must be ordered with R2P Roller Culture Apparatus)

IBM Pentium PC or compatible 32 MB of RAM, minimum Microsoft WindowsÂŽ 2000, XP One free serial port 10 MB of free hard drive space, minimum

WHEATON

1 1

4EMPERATUREÂŹ-ONITOR

#OMPUTER2EQUIREMENTS • • • • •

Qty/Case

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1

#ELL¬#ULTURE

64

3TANDARD¬¬#/ ¬)NCUBATORS

 • Designed specifically for use with Wheaton Roller Culture Apparatus • No lifting ramps in standard incubator. CO2 incubator has light weight ramps. • 40 cubic feet (1.1 m3) of space, fits: • Production-Spaced R 2P unit (6 in (15.24 cm) between decks) with up to 11 decks • Modular-Spaced R 2P unit (7 1/8 in (18.1 cm) between decks) with up to 9 decks • 52-Position Cost Buster • Independent over-temperature safety protection • Viewing window in the door • Four internal electrical outlets for accessories • Can also be used for suspension cultures • Available as standard or CO2 incubator • Conforms to UL, CSA, and CE Standards • 1 Year Warranty A convenient, space-saving and economical alternative to a warm room for small production runs. Designed to hold full-size units, it can be used in combination with the optional shelves to accommodate spinner flasks, rocker tables, and other types of equipment. Double-walled construction provides for temperature stability and easy cleaning. Shelves are not supplied with incubator.

Specifications: Specifications are for Standard & CO2 Incubators unless specified otherwise

ELECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS: Requirements: ......................................................... 120-240 VAC, 1500 watts Power Switch: .................................................................. On/Off rocker switch Temperature Keypad: ................................... Digital indicator & actuator keypad AC Receptacles: ...................... Four internal (customized for voltage differences) Heating Light Heaters: .............................................................................. One Setting maintained if power is interrupted: Circuit Breaker: ................................ None on CE Units (CE units include fuse) Failsafe Feature: Secondary mechanical high limit thermostat with indicator light TEMPERATURE: Heat: .................................. Forced-air circulation with digital temperature control Temperature Range: ............................... Ambient +8 to 70°C (empty incubator) Temperature Uniformity: .......................... to ±0.5°C @ 37°C (empty incubator) Sensitivity: Standard Incubator: ...........................................................................±0.1°C CO2 Incubator: ...................................................................................... ±0.1°C DIMENSIONS: Capacity: ..............................................................................40 cubic feet (1.1 m3) Dimensions W x D x H: Interior: .........................................................35 x 26 x 76" (89 x 66 x 193 cm) Exterior: ................................................ 41 x 34 x 87" (104.2 x 86.4 x 221 cm) Weight: Net Weight: .............................................................................730 lb (331 kg) Shipping Weight: ......................................................................850 lb (386 kg)

CONSTRUCTION: External: ......................................................................................Painted Steel Internal: Standard ..................................................................................Painted Steel CO2 ........................................................................................Stainless Steel Door Weight: ................................................................................ 75 lb (34 kg)

Cat. No.

Recommend not blocking perforated shelf surface by more than 60% to allow adequate air flow.)

753680 W753684-C-E W753684-D-E W753684-F-E W753684-G-E W753684-J-E

Thermal Factor: ........................................................................................R13

CO2 Incubator

Accept standard cleaning chemicals

I057606 WI057606-C-E WI057606-D-E WI057606-J-E

Shelf Weight Maximum: .............................................................. 80 lb (36 kg) Shelves Per Unit Maximum: .......................................12 Shelves (sold separately)

CO2 GAS: Gas shuts off when door is opened or switch is turned off CO2 Connection: ........................................................1/4" (6.35 mm) hose barb CO2 Concentration Range: .....................0-20% adjustments in 0.1% increments CO2 Pressure to Indicator Inlet: ..................Rated @ 5-40 psi (0.345-2.76 bars) not to exceed 40 psi (2.76 bars) CO2 Recovery time When Door is Opened and Closed: 10 Second Opening ..................................................................Instantaneous 30 Second Opening ..................................................................... 10 minutes WHEATON

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

North America Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1

North America Continental Europe United Kingdom India

120 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1

Standard Incubator

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

Incubator Shelves (Not supplied with incubators) Cat. No.

Description

753685 WI056028

Shelf for Standard Incubator Shelf, Stainless Steel for CO2 Incubator

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE

65

!DAPTERS¬¬#ONNECTORS

#LAMPS ¬3TANDARD¬4APER¬ These color-coded clamps hold standard taper joints securely under moderate pressure. Molded from polyoxymethylene (POM), an acetal resin, the clamps will not scratch glass and can withstand temperatures up to 150°C. These clamps are resistant to bases and weak acids; they are not resistant to halogen gases and concentrated acids. Cat. No

Standard Taper Joint Size

Color

297746 297749 297752 297755 297757

14 19 24 29 Assorted

Yellow Blue Green Red Assorted

Adapters & Connectors ..................................................... 65 - 66 Chemistry Glassware ........................................................ 67 - 69 Chemistry Kits ................................................................. 70 - 72 Desiccators ..................................................................... 73 - 74 Filtration Apparatus .......................................................... 75 - 80 Solids Determination ............................................................... 82 Weighing Dishes ..................................................................... 82

T

his section consists of analytical apparatus that are commonly used in organic chemistry and the examination of environmental samples. The majority of the glassware in this section is fabricated with either our exclusive Clear-Seal® joints or the Wheaton Connection® screw thread finish ends. The smooth, unground Clear-Seal joints seal without grease, reducing the possibility of seizing. Clear-Seal joints are manufactured to American Standard Taper dimensions and can be used interchangeably with ground joints. However, when Clear-Seal joints are used exclusively, there is little chance of freezing and no chance of contamination or mess as with other sealing methods. The Wheaton Connection basic design links two exterior-threaded glass components. The connection eliminates grease and the contamination that is commonly associated with ground joints. Also eliminated are clamps, hooks and springs. Durable polypropylene caps, high temperature phenolic caps, and Teflon® faced silicone rings ensure a tight, inert seal. Lab safety is increased by completely preventing frozen joints.

• Inert contact surface • Easy to assemble • Leak-tight, positive connections

The Wheaton Connection® safely joins two exterior threaded glass components without hooks, springs or clamps. The screw cap configuration creates a greasefree, vacuum-tight seal. This connection can be used under moderate pressure to generate a gas or deliver a reagent under an inert atmosphere. It is available with white polypropylene or black phenolic caps. The Wheaton Connection® may be autoclaved and is used in the Wheaton Micro Kit® catalog number 774600 and Wheaton Semi-Micro Kit® catalog number 774650. The Wheaton Connections® made from phenolic have a working temperature of up to 180°C. Cat. No.

Screw Thread Size

Qty/Case

With White Polypropylene Cap 125478 125480 125482 125486 125488 125504

13-425 and 13-425 13-425 and 20-400 13-425 and 24-400 20-400 and 20-400 20-400 and 24-400 24-400 and 24-400

6 6 6 6 6 6

13-425 and 13-425 13-425 and 20-400 13-425 and 20-400 13-425 and 24-400 20-400 and 20-400 20-400 and 24-400 24-400 and 24-400

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

With Black Phenolic Cap 125492 125494 W125495 125496 125497 125499 125500

&OR¬ADDED¬SAFETY¬IN¬THE¬LAB use Wheaton's Safety Coated Bottles when storing reagents and chemicals. See page 16.

WHEATON

12 12 12 12 24

4HE¬7HEATON¬#ONNECTIONš¬¬ 3CREW¬4HREAD¬#ONNECTOR

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE • • • • • • •

Qty/Case

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE

66

#LEAR 3EALš¬¬ 'REASE &REE¬)NNER¬*OINTS¬ These joints are formed from a unique wall tubing that is heavier than standard wall tubing for extra strength. They’re manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

#LEAR 3EALš¬#ONNECTING¬!DAPTER These adapters enable interfacing between standard semi-micro glassware and micro systems, with a Clear-Seal inner joint on one end and a screw thread for the Wheaton Connection® on the other end. The 13-425 thread size comes with a screw cap and an “O” ring to seal thermometers, gas inlet tubes, etc. An optional thermometer adapter (Cat. No. 165996) is offered for the 20-400 size. The Clear-Seal Connecting Adapter is made with Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Screw Thread Size

Standard Taper Joint

139479 139506 139509 139513

13-425 20-400 20-400 20-400

19/22 14/20 19/22 24/40

Cat. No.

Standard Taper Joint

OD (mm)

757766 757769 757770 757772 757773 757775 757776

14/20 19/22 19/38 24/25 24/40 29/26 29/42

12 17 17 21 21 26 26

Qty/Case

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

#LEAR 3EALš¬¬ 'REASE &REE¬/UTER¬*OINTS¬

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

These joints are formed from a unique wall tubing that is heavier than standard wall for extra strength. They are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

Cat. No.

Standard Taper Joint

OD (mm)

758966 758969 758970 758972 758973 758976

14/20 19/22 19/38 24/25 24/40 29/42

18 22 22 28 28 33

Qty/Case

6 6 6 6 6 6

#LEAR 3EALš¬/UTER¬*OINTS¬ This unit features a Clear-Seal outer joint on one end and a screw thread for the Wheaton Connection® on the other end. It’s ideal for connection to rotary evaporators, V Vials®, one-dram vials, as well as many other types of vials. The joint is pictured here with the Wheaton Connection® and a V Vial® (both not included). It’s made with Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Screw Thread Size

Standard Taper Joint

139626 139629 139633 139656 139663

13-425 13-425 13-425 20-400 20-400

14/20 19/22 24/40 14/20 24/40

For BOD Bottles, see pages 3-4.

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1 1

4HERMOMETER¬!DAPTER¬ This adapter has an “O” ring which holds a thermometer or gas inlet tube securely. A grease-free Wheaton Connection® on one end provides an inert connection with exterior-threaded glass components. This adapter can also be used with gas inlet tubing, etc., and will accommodate any tube with an OD of 5 to 7 mm. Cat. No.

Screw Thread Size

165996

20-400

For Bottle Top Dispensers, see pages 99-100.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty

1

67

#HEMISTRYÂŹ'LASSWARE !RSINEÂŹ'ENERATOR ÂŹ-ODIlEDÂŹ

!RSINEÂŹ'ENERATORS

WITHÂŹ/NE 0IECEÂŹ3CRUBBER!BSORBERÂŹ5NIT

!RSINEÂŹ'ENERATOR This apparatus is used for arsenic analysis using silver diethyldithiocarbamate (SDDC) colorimetric method described in the 21st Edition (2005) of Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Method 3500-As B. This design eliminates the ball and socket joint connecting the scrubber and absorber components. The assembled apparatus is freestanding and easy to use. It is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

180030

Arsine Generator, Complete

1

Component Parts 180034 635965 357331 297746 297752 970440

Scrubber Absorber Tube Reaction Flask, 200 mL, 24/40 Joint Short Disposable Pasteur Pipettes (146 mm long) Clamp, Acetal Resin, Size 14, Yellow Clamp, Acetal Resin, Size 24, Green Drying Tube, 14/20 Joint

This is a modiďŹ ed version of catalog number 180020 for arsine analysis eliminating the cumbersome ball and socket joint connecting the scrubber and absorber tubes which conforms to ASTM/USP and EPA speciďŹ cations. The freestanding system has a standard taper 24/40 Clear-SealÂŽ joint. This unit is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Reference: “Standard Test Method for Arsenic in Water,â€? ASTM D2972-03. Cat. No.

Description

180023

Arsine Generator, ModiďŹ ed, Complete

Qty/Case

1

Scrubber Absorber Tube Erlenmeyer Flask, 125 mL, 24/40

1 1

Component Parts 180024 635926

ÂŹ #YANIDEÂŹ$ISTILLATIONÂŹ+ITS

1 1 1000 12 12 1

!RSINEÂŹ'ENERATOR ÂŹÂŹ #LEARÂŹ3EALš*OINT WITHÂŹ3TANDARDÂŹ4APERÂŹÂŹ #LEAR 3EALÂŹ*OINT This generator was engineered for arsine analysis using the silver diethyldithiocarbamate (SDDC) colorimetric method (meets ASTM/USP and EPA speciďŹ cations). The arsine absorber (Cat. No. 180021) has a socket joint, while the scrubber tube (Cat. No. 180022) has a standard taper 24/40 Clear-SealÂŽ joint and a spherical 12/2 ball joint held together by a size 12 stainless steel ball joint clamp. This unit is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Reference: “Standard Test Method for Arsenic in Water,â€? ASTM D2972-97. Cat. No.

Description

180020

Arsine Generator, Complete

Qty/Case

1

Component Parts 180021 180022 635926 297784-12

Arsine Absorber Joint Arsine Scrubber Tube 24/40, 12/2 Joint Erlenmeyer Flask, 125 mL, 24/40 Clamp, Size 12/2, Stainless Steel

1 1 1 1

#YANIDEÂŹ$ISTILLATIONÂŹ+ITÂŹ 7ITHÂŹ#LEAR 3EALš*OINTS This unit is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Use this kit for removing interfering substances in quantitative analysis for cyanide. The sample is reacted with H2SO4 and MgCl2, which converts any cyanide to HCN. HCN distills over and is absorbed in a NaOH solution, which is then analyzed for CN. The unit utilizes standard taper Clear-Seal joints. Reference: “Standard Test Method for Cyanides in Water,â€? ASTM D2036-06. Cat. No.

Description

377160

Cyanide Distillation Kit, Complete

1

Absorber Tube, 19/38 Absorber Top, 19/38 Cold Finger, 29/42 Cold Finger Jacket, 29/42 Flask, 1000 mL, 19/38 Inlet Tube, 19/38

1 1 1 1 1 1

Component Parts 377161 377162 377163 377164 377165 377166

Use the Wheaton TCLP Extraction Bottle to determine if any of 40 contaminants is in waste materials. See page 5 for ordering information.

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE

68

$IAZOMETHANE¬'ENERATOR¬ Use this unit to generate diazomethane and other gases for gas chromatography, mass spectroscopy, and NMR studies using one millimole of nitrosoguanidine (MNNG). It comes complete with an “O” ring clamp, a 13-425 screw cap with a cut-out top and a Teflon® faced rubber liner. The generator is made from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Note: Please use a safety shield and efficient fume hood when generating diazomethane or similar gases. Cat. No.

Description

281155 281158 W240593

Diazomethane Generator, Complete “O” ring for Cat. No. 281155 13 mm Teflon® Faced Butadiene Septa

200

Qty/Case

1 12 100

¬ +UDERNA¬$ANISH¬#ONCENTRATORS

#YANIDE¬$ISTILLATION¬+IT¬WITH¬3CRUBBER¬ 7ITH¬#LEAR 3EALš¬*OINTS This distillation kit, with sulfide removal, eliminates the interfering substances in quantitative analysis, therefore enabling compliance to procedures described by EPA 600/479/020, Method 335.2. The unit is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Description

377260

Cyanide Distillation Kit, Complete

1

Scrubber, with 29/42 Joints Absorber, with 29/42 Joints Cold Finger, 29/42 Cold Finger Jacket, 29/42 Flask, 1000 mL, 19/38 Inlet Tube, 19/38

1 1 1 1 1 1

%VAPORATIVE¬#ONCENTRATOR ¬¬ -ICRO¬+UDERNA $ANISH¬ 7ITH¬#LEAR 3EALš¬*OINTS

Qty/Case

This evaporative concentrator is used for analyte concentration in organic solvents. The center flask is eliminated for better analyte retention. The unit consists of a three-chamber Snyder column, 10 mL receiving vessel, and an acetal standard taper clamp. It is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

Component Parts 709882 709782 377163 377164 377165 377166

Approx Height (mm)

¬ $IAZOMETHANE¬'ENERATORS

Cat. No.

Description

297942

10 mL Concentrator, Complete

Qty/Case

1

Component Parts 297800 297749

10 mL Receiving Vessel 19/22 Clear-Seal® Joint (graduated 0-1 x 0.1 mL; 2-10 x 0.5 mL) Clamp, Acetal Resin, Size 19, Blue

1 12

%VAPORATIVE¬#ONCENTRATOR ¬¬ -ICRO¬+UDERNA $ANISH¬ 7ITH¬THE¬7HEATON¬#ONNECTIONš

281135

The small-scale Kuderna-Danish concentrator is engineered for analyte concentration in organic solvents prior to analysis. The Wheaton Connection® eliminates the need for hooks, springs, and ground joint clamps common to standard designs. The complete unit consists of 112 mm condenser, 40 mL flask, 2 mL receiving vessel, Wheaton Connection® 125478, and Wheaton Connection® 125486. All wetted parts are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements or Teflon®.

281155

$IAZOMETHANE¬'ENERATOR¬ • With Standard Taper Clear-Seal® Grease-Free Joints

Use this unit to generate diazomethane and other gases for gas chromatography, mass spectroscopy, and NMR studies using one millimole of Nitrosoguanidine (MNNG). It features Clear-Seal® grease-free joints that have never been ground, and doesn’t require an “O” ring. This generator comes complete with a plastic standard taper joint clamp, a 13-425 screw cap with cut-out top and a Teflon® faced rubber liner. They are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Note: Please use a safety shield and efficient fume hood when generating diazomethane or similar gases. Cat. No.

Description

281135 W240593

Diazomethane Generator, Complete 13 mm Teflon® Faced Butadiene Septa

Approx Height (mm)

WHEATON

190 —

Qty/Case

1 100

Cat. No.

Description

297770

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Condenser, 112 mm, 20-400 Screw Thread 40 mL Flask, 13-425 and 20-400 Screw Threads 2 mL Receiving Vessel, 13-425 Screw Thread Wheaton Connection®, 13-425 to 13-425 Wheaton Connection®, 20-400 to 20-400

1 1 1 6 6

Component Parts 297771 297773 W297774 125478 125486

Accessories The following item is not included in the complete kit, but can be purchased separately. W297772

Micro Snyder Column, 158 mm, 20-400 Screw Threads

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

1

69

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE %VAPORATIVE¬#ONCENTRATOR ¬¬ +UDERNA $ANISH¬

3OXHLET¬%XTRACTION¬!PPARATUS

7ITH¬THE¬7HEATON¬#ONNECTIONš

-ICRO¬3OXHLET¬%XTRACTION¬!PPARATUS¬

This unit is designed for the concentration of trace amounts of analytes in an organic solvent prior to analysis. Wheaton Connections® eliminate the hooks, springs and clamps common to standard ground joint designs. The complete unit consists of 215 mm three-ball Snyder column, 500 mL flask, 10 mL receiving vessel, and two Wheaton Connections®. All threads are 20-400. All wetted parts are manufactured from either Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements or Teflon®.

7ITH¬THE¬7HEATON¬#ONNECTIONš

Cat. No.

Description

297810

Kuderna-Danish Concentrator, Complete

Qty/Case

1

Component Parts 297811 297815 W297779 125486

Use this apparatus for continuous extraction of analytes from a solid into an organic solvent. The Wheaton Connection eliminates the need for hooks, springs and clamps common to standard ground joint designs. As the flask containing the solvent is heated, vapors rise in the larger outside tube, enter the water-cooled condenser, and liquate. When the liquid level in the extractor reaches the top of the bent tube, siphoning action returns the extract-enriched solvent to the flask. All wetted parts are manufactured from either Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements or Teflon®.

Snyder Column, 215 mm, Three-Ball, 20-400 Flask, 500 mL, 20-400 Top, 20-400 Bottom 10 mL Receiving Vessel, with 20-400 Screw Thread (Graduated 0-1 x 0.1 mL; 2-10 x 0.5 mL) Wheaton Connection®, 20-400 to 20-400

1 1

Cat. No.

Description

415500

Micro Soxhlet Extractor, Complete

1 6

415501 415502

297814 297816

125486 125504 635134 962515 W416788

Flask, 250 mL, 20-400 Top, 20-400 Bottom Flask, 1000 mL, 20-400 Top, 20-400 Bottom

1 1

%VAPORATIVE¬#ONCENTRATOR ¬¬ +UDERNA $ANISH¬

Description

1 1 6 6 1 6 1

7ITH¬3TANDARD¬4APER¬'ROUND¬*OINTS

This unit is designed for the concentration of trace amounts of analyte in an organic solvent prior to analysis. The smooth Clear-Seal® joints eliminate the need for grease, reducing the possibility of contaminating the sample. The complete unit consists of 270 mm three-ball Snyder column, 500 mL flask, and 10 mL receiving vessel. This concentrator is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

Kuderna-Danish Concentrator, Complete

85 mm Condenser, 24-400 Screw Thread on Bottom and 13-425 Screw Thread on Side Extractor, 24-400 Screw Thread on Top and 20-400 Screw Thread on Bottom Wheaton Connection® 20-400 to 20-400 Wheaton Connection® 24-400 to 24-400 25 mL Erlenmeyer Flask, 20-400 Screw Thread Hose Connector, 13-425 Extraction Thimble, Glass, 15 x 60 mm, 170-220 μm Porosity

3OXHLET¬%XTRACTION¬!PPARATUS¬

7ITH¬#LEAR 3EALš¬*OINTS

297883

1

Component Parts

Accessories The following items are not included in the complete kit, but can be purchased separately

Cat. No.

Qty/Case

Use this apparatus for continuous extraction of analytes from a solid into an organic solvent. As the flask containing the solvent is heated, vapors rise in the larger outside tube, enter the water-cooled condenser, and liquate. When the liquid level in the extractor reaches the top of the bent tube, siphoning action returns the extract-enriched solvent to the flask. All wetted parts are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

Qty/Case

1

Component Parts 384353 297825 297800

Snyder Column, 270 mm, Three-Ball, with 24/40 Clear-Seal® Joints 500 mL Flask, with 24/40 Top and 19/22 Bottom Clear-Seal® Joints 10 mL Receiving Vessel, with 19/22 Clear-Seal® Joint (Graduated 0-1 x 0.1 mL; 2-10 x 0.5 mL)

1 1 1

Cat. No.

Description

416000 416005 416010

125 mL Soxhlet Extractor, Complete 250 mL Soxhlet Extractor, Complete 500 mL Soxhlet Extractor, Complete

Qty/Case

1 1 1

Component Parts

4ECHNICAL¬!SSISTANCE Give us a call if you need technical assistance 1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada Only) I +1.856.825.1100 Business hours: 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM EST in U.S.A.

WHEATON

415000 415005 415010 334003 334014 334025 428126 428146 428164

190 mm Extractor with 24/40 top inner joint and 34/45 bottom outer joint 205 mm Extractor with 24/40 top inner joint and 45/50 bottom outer joint 250 mm Extractor with 24/40 top inner joint and 55/50 bottom outer joint Allihn Reflux Condenser, 34/45 Allihn Reflux Condenser, 45/50 Allihn Reflux Condenser, 55/50 Flat-Bottom Flask, 125 mL, 24/40 Flat-Bottom Flask, 250 mL, 24/40 Flat-Bottom Flask, 500 mL, 24/40

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

#HEMISTRYÂŹ'LASSWARE #HEMISTRYÂŹ+ITS

W

heaton Science Products innovative microscale kits provide many advantages over traditional macroscale glassware. The reduced quantity of chemicals required for experiments translates into less chemical waste disposal. Savings on waste disposal are realized by many universities, colleges and industrial laboratories. Exposure to toxic materials and their vapors have been virtually eliminated with the use of microscale glassware. Less solvent consumption affords better air quality and reduced risk of ďŹ re or explosion. Microscale users enjoy improved skills in chemistry with quicker setup times and shorter reaction times, allowing more time for experiments. The Wheaton ConnectionÂŽ, a threaded connector joining two glass pieces, eliminates the use of grease or joint clamps. The Wheaton ConnectionÂŽ is available with white polypropylene or black phenolic caps. The Wheaton ConnectionÂŽ allows the use of inexpensive Wheaton vials as single-use reaction asks, greatly reducing cleaning requirements. The vials are also used for the storage of intermediate compounds or ďŹ nal reaction products.

7HEATON-ICRO+ITšFOR/RGANICAND%NVIRONMENTAL#HEMISTRY 7ITH3TANDARD4APER#LEAR 3EALš*OINTS With Wheaton Kits, you get apparatus for a wide range of organic chemistry experiments at a lower price than if you purchase the components separately. Your purchasing department and stockroom will appreciate the convenience of ordering and issuing complete kits. Wheaton standard taper Clear-SealŽ grease-free joints provide smooth, unground surfaces, which seal without grease and reduce seizing and contamination from grease. Clear-Seal joints can replace ground units in any application; they also provide other important advantages over ground joints: • Superior in vacuum and radioactive applications. The smooth surfaces resist contamination. Cleaning is simple and thorough. • Interchangeable with ground joints. • Transparent mating surfaces. All chemical changes and thermometer scales remain visible through the joints. • Greater strength. Clear-Seal joints have never been weakened by grinding. In addition, Clear Seal joints are formed from special wall tubing that is heavier than standard wall for extra strength. • Manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

Clear-Seal joints are produced to American Standard Taper dimensions and can be used interchangeably with any standard taper ground joints. Enjoy Clear-SealÂŽ joints exclusively or couple them with ground joints and get maximum results. Wheaton Micro Kit catalog number 773900 is packed in a high-density polyethylene case with a foam insert to protect components against breakage. Cat. No.

Description

Qty Included in Kit

773900

Complete Kit

1

Replacement Part Qty/Case

—

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 12

Component and Replacement Parts 109933 123753 139479 168353 327342 385772 WF034088 WF034093 W438174 438764 438782 690170 923769 964453

Claisen Adapter Connecting Adapter Thermometer Adapter with “Oâ€? ring, 13-425 Cap Vacuum Distilling Adapter West Condenser, 200 mm Distilling Column, 200 mm Round-Bottom Flask, 25 mL Round-Bottom Flask, 50 mL Round-Bottom Flask, 100 mL Round-Bottom Flask, 250 mL Round-Bottom Flask, 500 mL Separatory Funnel with TeonÂŽ Stopcock, 125 mL Teon Stopper Bleed Tube

#ASEÂŹANDÂŹ)NSERTÂŹFORÂŹ7HEATONÂŹ+ITS High density polyethylene cases and foam inserts. Sold separately. Cat. No.

Description

774510 774515

Case for Micro Kit Cat. No. 773900 Foam insert for Micro Kit Cat. No. 773900

WHEATON

Qty/Case

6 6

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

70

71

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE 7HEATON¬-ICRO¬+ITš¬ 7ITH¬THE¬7HEATON¬#ONNECTIONš Wheaton is pleased to offer you a complete kit that performs all the functions of a standard taper kit and more, but on a true microscale! The Wheaton Micro Kit®, complete with greasefree Wheaton Connections®, simplifies many organic techniques and is helpful in synthesis and the study of reaction mechanisms. Microscale techniques, which are consistent with current analytical techniques, have the following important attributes: • Safe. Working on a microscale means less exposure to toxic and radioactive materials and possible carcinogens. • Environmentally friendly. Disposal problems are greatly reduced because fewer chemicals are needed. • Economical. The consumption of expensive chemicals can be cut drastically. • Breakage from frozen joints is eliminated. Disposable vials can be used for reaction vessels.

Components are assembled with grease-free, screw-threaded Wheaton Connections®. Wheaton Connections® that are made from phenolic have a working temperature of up to 180°C. All caps have open tops and Teflon® faced septa for maximum versatility. Flask sizes range from 1 mL to 10 mL. Graduated V Vials® with interior conical bottoms are included for reaction and collection vessels. The 1 mL V Vial is graduated at the 0.1 mL level. The compact design of Wheaton grease-free, microscale apparatus makes it possible to join components on a desktop. Viton® “O” rings are included in the kit for gas inlet tubes or thermometers. Because components hold themselves together, only minimal clamping is necessary. Cat. No.

Description

Qty Included in Kit

774600

Complete Kit

1

Replacement Part Qty/Case

1 4 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 5 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2

1 6 6 6 1 1 40 1 1 1 30 6 6 6 6 12 12 12 1 1

Component and Replacement Parts 110008 125478 125480 962515 161978 168378 224952 333927 265318 265320 420836 434320 903007 903061 903063 W986294NG W986297NG W986299NG 620189 WF033112

Claisen Adapter, 13-425 Screw Threads Wheaton Connection®, 13-425 to 13-425 Wheaton Connection®, 13-425 to 20-400 Hose Connector, 13-425 Chromatography Connection,13-425 to 1/4 x 28 Vacuum Adapter, 13-425 and 20-400 Screw Threads 4 mL Vial with 13-425 Cap Water Jacketed Condenser, 13-425 Screw Threads Air Condenser, Drying Tube, Chromatography Column, 50 mm, 13-425 Screw Threads Air Condenser, Drying Tube, Chromatography Column, 100 mm, 13-425 Screw Threads Teflon® Filter with Support 10 mL Flask with 20-400 Cap Spin bars Spin Vanes for 1 mL V Vial Spin Vanes for 2, 3 and 5 mL V Vials 1 mL Graduated V Vial with 13-425 Cap 3 mL Graduated V Vial with 20-400 Cap 5 mL Graduated V Vial with 20-400 Cap Hickman Still, 13-425 and 20-400 Screw Threads Connecting Adapter, 13-425 Screw Threads

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE 7HEATON¬3EMI -ICRO¬+IT©¬ 7ITH¬THE¬7HEATON¬#ONNECTIONš Components in the Semi-Micro Kit are sized comparably to standard taper 19/22 glassware but have been designed for use with grease-free Wheaton Connections®. They are ideal for schools and universities because there is no need to change existing textbook methods. These kits are also ideal for industrial applications such as medicinal chemistry. • Safe. Working on a microscale means less exposure to toxic and radioactive materials and possible carcinogens. • Environmentally friendly. Disposal problems are greatly reduced because fewer chemicals are needed. • Economical. The consumption of expensive chemicals can be cut drastically. • Breakage from frozen joints is eliminated. Disposable vials can be used for reaction vessels.

Components are assembled with grease-free, screw-threaded Wheaton Connections®. Wheaton Connections® that are made from phenolic have a working temperature of up to 180°C. All caps have open tops and Teflon® faced septa for maximum versatility. Flask sizes range from 1 mL to 10 mL. Graduated V Vials® with interior conical bottoms are included for reaction and collection vessels. The 1 mL V Vial is graduated at the 0.1 mL level. The compact design of Wheaton grease-free, microscale apparatus makes it possible to join components on a desktop. Viton® “O” rings are included in the kit for gas inlet tubes or thermometers. Because components hold themselves together, only minimal clamping is necessary. Cat. No.

Description

Qty Included in Kit

774650

Complete Kit

1

Replacement Part Qty/Case

1 1 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1

1 1 6 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 12

Component and Replacement Parts 110012 123892 125480 125486 165996 168388 333952 385792 439195 439215 439234 439264 677670 962515 964453

Claisen Adapter, 20-400 Screw Threads Connecting Adapter, 20-400 Screw Threads Wheaton Connection®, 13-425 to 20-400 Wheaton Connection®, 20-400 to 20-400 Thermometer Adapter, 20-400 Vacuum Adapter, 13-425 and 20-400 Screw Threads West Condenser, 200 mm, 13-425 and 20-400 Screw Threads Distilling Column, 200 mm, 13-425 and 20-400 Screw Threads Round-Bottom Flask, 25 mL, 20-400 Round-Bottom Flask, 50 mL, 20-400 Round-Bottom Flask, 100 mL, 20-400 Round-Bottom Flask, 250 mL, 20-400 Separatory Funnel with Teflon® Lined Cap, 125 mL, 20-400 Hose Connector, 13-425 Bleed Tube

For applications using Wheaton Chemistry Kits see pages 163-164.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

72

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE ¬Dessicators

73

$ESICCATORS Why use a vacuum desiccator? Oven drying is the most common method of removing moisture from solids. However, this technique is not suitable for substances that are heat labile or tend to decompose. Vacuum desiccators are versatile and are equipped with a sidearm for connection to a vacuum source. The contents of the sealed evacuated desiccator are maintained in a dry, reduced-pressure atmosphere. Dried materials are stored in desiccators while cooling in order to minimize the uptake of moisture. After releasing vacuum, the desiccator cover can be removed vertically without disturbing the sample. Desiccators can be used for cooling oven-dried samples while keeping the samples dry.

• Hygroscopic materials should be stored in containers having tight fitting closures. Deliquescent samples and effervescent pharmaceuticals are prime examples. • Handling dried objects with one’s fingers can result in transfer of weighable quantities of water or oil from the skin. While weighing desiccator dried materials, forceps or tongs should be used.

7HEATON¬$RY 3EALš¬6ACUUM¬$ESICCATOR • • • • •

Rugged, heavy soda-lime glass Lift off cover for storage above flange Silicone sealing ring for greaseless sealing Maximum vacuum of 27” Hg (914 hPa) Temperature range: 15°C to 80°C

Wheaton vacuum desiccators come complete with desiccator jar, cover, sleeve valve, silicone sealing ring, and aluminum plate. Place your sample inside the desiccator and apply vacuum to the side arm sleeve valve. The cover of the dessicator jar has a molded arrow on the top for alignment to the open position. Simply turn the sleeve valve to close the desiccator. To open the cover, simply turn sleeve valve to the open position. Once equilibrated, the cover will easily lift off. The desiccator is manufactured from soda-lime glass. To prevent freezing and increase performance, lubricating the standard taper sleeve valve with silicone-based vacuum grease is recommended. A 1/4” to 3/8” vacuum hose (not included) is used to connect the desiccator to vacuum or gas sources. Cat. No.

Opening Size (mm)

Joint Size (mm)

Overall H (mm)

Plate Dia (mm)

365882 365884 365886

100 150 250

40/35 40/35 55/38

170 225 325

89 140 223

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1 1 1

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE ¬Dessicators

74

$ESICCATOR¬2EPLACEMENT¬0ARTS¬ $ESICCATOR¬*AR • Replacement jar (base) for Wheaton Dry-Seal® desiccators

3EALING¬2ING ¬6ITONš A chemically resistant Viton® rubber sealing ring is recommended when using common or corrosive organics in the Wheaton Dry Seal® vacuum desiccators.

Cat. No.

Opening Size (mm)

365822 365824 365826

100 150 250

Qty/Case

Cat. No.

Desiccator Opening Size (mm)

366012 366014 366016

100 150 250

1 1 1

Qty/Case

1 1 1

!LUMINUM¬0LATE • Replacement aluminum plate for Wheaton Dry-Seal® vacuum desiccators

#OVER ¬WITHOUT¬3LEEVE¬6ALVE • Replacement cover for Wheaton Dry-Seal® vacuum desiccators

Cat. No.

Opening Size (mm)

Joint Size (mm)

365892 365894 365896

100 150 250

40/35 40/35 55/38

Qty/Case

1 1 1

Cat. No.

Desiccator Opening Size (mm)

Outside Diameter (mm)

366042 366044 366046

100 150 250

89 140 223

Qty/Case

1 1 1

$ESICCATOR¬!CCESSORY

3LEEVE¬6ALVE • Replacement sleeve valve for Wheaton Dry-Seal® vacuum desiccators

Cat. No.

Joint Size (mm)

365904 365906

40/35 55/38

Qty/Case

1 1

2ETAINING¬2ING • Replacement retaining rings for Wheaton Dry-Seal® vacuum desiccators

Cat. No.

For Sleeve Valve Size

365914 365916

40/35 55/38

Qty/Case

6 6

3EALING¬2ING ¬3ILICONE • Replacement silicone ring for Wheaton Dry-Seal® vacuum desiccators

These are the replacement sealing rings for the original Wheaton Dry-Seal® vacuum desiccator.

Cat. No.

Desiccator Opening Size (mm)

366022 366024 366026

100 150 250

WHEATON

Qty/Case

$ESICCANT¬0ACK These packs are designed for use in all desiccators including the Wheaton Dry-Seal® 150 and 250 mm opening vacuum desiccators. The desiccant pack is placed in the bottom of the desiccator under the aluminum plate to preserve an anhydrous atmosphere within the desiccator. The desiccant is totally enclosed in fabric and perforated plastic for a dust-free environment. It comes supplied in a sealed foil package. To reactivate the desiccant pack: When pack turns from blue to pink, simply place the entire packet with perforated side down into vented oven and heat for approximately three hours at 150°C or until the desiccant returns to its original blue color. Cat. No.

Desiccator Opening Size (mm)

366074 366076

150 250

Qty/Case

4ECHNICAL¬!SSISTANCE Give us a call if you need technical assistance 1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada Only) I +1.856.825.1100 Business hours: 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM EST in U.S.A.

1 1 1

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

1 1

75

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE ¬Filtration &ILTRATION¬!PPARATUS

W

heaton Science Products offers a wide variety of membrane filter support glassware for most vacuum filtration assemblies. To select the right support glassware for your need: • Choose 25, 47 or 90 mm, according to the diameter of your filter membrane. • Select from fritted glass, stainless steel, or a PTFE support • Choose the appropriate connection for the flask or bottle you will use to collect the filtrate.

Following is the basic information you will need to select the most appropriate glassware for your application.

Filter Size 25 mm Support Glassware is recommended when filtering small volumes of liquids for particulate or biological contamination studies. We recommend 47 mm Support Glassware when analyzing up to 500 mL of liquids for particulate or biological contamination, water/wastewater analysis (Reference: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 21st Edition, 2005), sterility testing of pharmaceuticals using the Membrane Filtration Method (Reference: U.S. Pharmacopeia), and for particulate-free or sterile filtrate preparation. We recommend 90 mm Support Glassware when filtering large sample volumes, liquids with a heavy particulate load and viscous liquids when a high flow rate is required. The larger filter area can provide filtration rates four times faster than 47 mm assemblies.

Support Style We recommend fritted glass supports for general membrane filtration analysis of samples for microbiological or particulate contamination. This support style is appropriate when using gridded filters because the glass frit provides the most even distribution of the sample through the filter membrane. All of the fritted glass support bases have a coarse (40-60 μm) porosity. We recommend stainless steel supports when filtering viscous or proteinaceous solutions to give the maximum flow rate. This support style is also ideal for producing ultra-clean filtrate, since the stainless steel screen will not shed particles into the filtrate. For Care and Cleaning, see page 81.

Connection to Flask/Bottle Silicone or neoprene stoppers are the most common connectors used to connect the filtration assembly to an Erlenmeyer style flask, and are appropriate for most routine filtration studies of aqueous solutions. However, we do not recommend stoppers when filtering organic or most corrosive solutions or when preparing HPLC mobile phase. We recommend filtration assemblies with standard taper 40/35 outer joint connections when filtering corrosive solutions and organic solvents. This connection style is also ideal when preparing HPLC mobile phase, since the “all-glass” connection eliminates phthalate contamination that can occur when using silicone or neoprene stoppers.

Specifications Cat. No.

419325 419327 419347 419360 419370 419380 419385-47 419400-47 419520-47 419530-47 419390 419450 419451 419452 419460 419461 419462

Filter Size

Filter Area

Prefilter Size

Support Material

25 mm 25 mm 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 47 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm

~ 2.5 cm2 ~ 2.5 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 9.6 cm2 ~ 38.5 cm2 ~ 38.5 cm2 ~ 38.5 cm2 ~ 38.5 cm2 ~ 38.5 cm2 ~ 38.5 cm2

20 mm 20 mm 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm N/A 35 mm 35 mm 35 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm 70 mm

Fritted Glass Stainless Steel Fritted Glass Stainless Steel Fritted Glass Fritted Glass Fritted Glass Fritted Glass Fritted Glass Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel PTFE Fritted Glass Stainless Steel PTFE Fritted Glass

WHEATON

Support Porosity

Connection to Flask/Bottle

40-60 μm 100 mesh 40-60 μm 100 mesh 40-60 μm 40-60 μm 40-60 μm 40-60 μm 40-60 μm 100 mesh 100 mesh 100 mesh 0.062" 40-60 μm 100 mesh 0.062" 40-60 μm

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

No. 5 Stopper No. 5 Stopper No. 8 Stopper No. 8 Stopper No. 8 Stopper 40/35 Joint 40/35 Joint 40/35 Joint GL 45 Thread GL 45 Thread 40/35 Joint No. 8 Stopper No. 8 Stopper No. 8 Stopper 40/35 Joint 40/35 Joint 40/35 Joint

#HEMISTRYÂŹ'LASSWARE ÂŹFiltration ÂŹMMÂŹ&ILTRATIONÂŹ!SSEMBLIESÂŹÂŹ WITHÂŹ.OÂŹÂŹ3TOPPERÂŹ#ONNECTIONSÂŹ Wheaton 25 mm vacuum ďŹ ltration assemblies are designed to handle small volumes of liquids for analysis of particulate or microbiological contamination. The glass components are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Flasks have a #2 hose connection for 1/4â€? (6 mm) I.D. tubing.

7ITHÂŹ&RITTEDÂŹ'LASSÂŹ3UPPORT This unit is recommended for general ďŹ ltration. It is supplied with a coarse porosity (40-60 Îźm) fritted glass support base, 15 mL graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp, and a No. 5 silicone stopper. Cat. No.

Description

419325

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Glass Funnel, 25 mm, 15 mL Aluminum Clamp, 25 mm Fritted Glass Support Base, 25 mm Silicone Stopper, No. 5

1 1 1 6

Glass Funnel, 25 mm, 50 mL Filter Flask, 125 mL, Graduated, No. 5 Stopper Joint

1 1

Components 419330 419334 419332 419336

419325

Accessories 419331 635229

7ITHÂŹ3TAINLESSÂŹ3TEELÂŹ3UPPORT This unit is designed for ďŹ ltering viscous or proteinaceous solutions or to produce ultraclean ďŹ ltrate. The assembly is supplied complete with a 316 stainless steel support with 100 mesh screen, PTFE support screen gasket, glass support base, 15 mL graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp and a No. 5 silicone stopper. Cat. No.

Description

419327

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Glass Funnel, 25 mm, 15 mL Aluminum Clamp, 25 mm Stainless Steel Support Screen, 25 mm Support Screen Gasket, 25 mm, TeonŽ Glass Base, 25 mm, for S.S. Support Silicone Stopper, No. 5

1 1 1 6 1 6

Glass Funnel, 25 mm, 50 mL Filter Flask, 125 mL, Graduated, No. 5 Stopper Joint

1 1

Components 419330 419334 419337 419338 419333 419336

Accessories 419331 635229

419327

3ET 5P When using a vacuum ďŹ ltration assembly, a second ask should be connected between the ďŹ ltering ask and the vacuum source. This helps prevent the accidental entry of the ďŹ ltrate into the vacuum pump. WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

76

77

#HEMISTRYÂŹ'LASSWARE ÂŹFiltration ÂŹMMÂŹ&ILTRATIONÂŹ!SSEMBLIESÂŹÂŹ WITHÂŹ.OÂŹÂŹ3TOPPERÂŹ#ONNECTIONSÂŹ The 47 mm ďŹ ltration assemblies are designed to handle up to 500 mL of liquid for analysis of particulate or microbiological contamination. The glass components are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Flasks have a #2 hose connection for 1/4â€? (6 mm) I.D. tubing.

7ITHÂŹ&RITTEDÂŹ'LASSÂŹ3UPPORT This unit is recommended for general ďŹ ltration. It is supplied with a coarse porosity (40-60 Îźm) fritted glass support base, 300 mL graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp, and a No. 8 silicone stopper. Cat. No.

Description

419347

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 300 mL Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Fritted Support Base, 47 mm Silicone Stopper, No. 8

1 1 1 6

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 100 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 500 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 1000 mL Filtration Flask, 1 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 2 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 1 L, Safety Coated, No. 8 Stopper Joint

1 1 1 1 1 1

Components 419350 419354 419352 419356

Accessories 419410 419415 419420 635232 635233 635245

7ITHÂŹ4EmONš&ACEDÂŹ3UPPORTÂŹ"ASEÂŹÂŹ&UNNEL We recommend this unit for autoclaving with the ďŹ lter in place. The TeonÂŽ coating prevents the ďŹ lter from adhering to the ground glass surfaces. This unit is supplied complete with a TeonÂŽ faced, coarse porosity (40-60 Îźm) fritted glass support base, a TeonÂŽ faced 300 mL graduated funnel, an anodized aluminum clamp, and a No. 8 silicone stopper. Cat. No.

Description

419370

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Glass Funnel, TeonŽ Faced, 47 mm, 300 mL Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Fritted Glass Support Base, TeonŽ faced, 47 mm Silicone Stopper, No. 8

1 1 1 6

Filtration Flask, 1L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 2 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 1L, Safety Coated, No. 8 Stopper Joint

1 1 1

Components 419374 419354 419372 419356

419347

Accessories 635232 635233 635245

7ITHÂŹ3TAINLESSÂŹ3TEELÂŹ3UPPORT

419370

This unit is designed for ďŹ ltering viscous or proteinaceous solutions or to produce ultraclean ďŹ ltrate. The assembly is supplied complete with a 316 stainless steel support with 100 mesh screen, PTFE support screen gasket, support base, 300 mL graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp and a No. 8 silicone stopper. Cat. No.

Description

419360

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 300 mL Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Stainless Steel Support Screen, 47 mm Support Screen Gasket, 47 mm Glass Base, 47 mm, for Stainless Steel Support Silicone Stopper, No. 8

1 1 1 6 1 6

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 100 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 500 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 1000 mL Filtration Flask, 1 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 2 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 1 L, Safety Coated, No. 8 Stopper Joint

1 1 1 1 1 1

Components 419350 419354 419364 419366 419362 419356

Accessories

419360

WHEATON

419410 419415 419420 635232 635233 635245

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HEMISTRYÂŹ'LASSWARE ÂŹFiltration ÂŹMMÂŹ&ILTRATIONÂŹ!SSEMBLYÂŹÂŹ WITHÂŹ3TANDARDÂŹ4APERÂŹÂŹ*OINTÂŹ#ONNECTIONÂŹ Wheaton “all-glassâ€? ďŹ ltration assemblies are recommended for the routine ďŹ ltration of organic solvents, for corrosive liquids and for the removal of particulates from HPLC solvents. The ground glass connection eliminates the phthalate contamination that can occur when you use either silicone or neoprene stoppers. Because the drip tip on the support bases extends below the hose connection, the ďŹ ltrate cannot enter the vacuum line. All units have a #2 hose connection for 1/4â€? (6 mm) I.D. exible tubing. We manufacture the glass components from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

7ITHÂŹ&RITTEDÂŹ'LASSÂŹ3UPPORT We recommend this unit for general ďŹ ltration. It comes complete with a coarse porosity (40-60 Îźm) fritted glass support base, graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp and 1 L ďŹ lter ask. Cat. No.

Description

419380 419385-47

Complete Assembly with 300 mL Funnel, 1 L Flask Complete Assembly with 500 mL Funnel, 2 L Flask

Qty/Case

1 1

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 300 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 500 mL Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Fritted Glass Support Base, 47 mm, with 40/35 Outer Joint Filter Flask, 1 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint Filter Flask, 2 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint

1 1 1 1 1 1

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 100 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 1000 mL Filter Flask, 1 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint, Safety Coated

1 1 1

Components 419350 419415 419354 419382 635525 635526

Accessories 419410 419420 635527

7ITHÂŹ3TAINLESSÂŹ3TEELÂŹ3UPPORT This unit can ďŹ lter viscous or proteinaceous solutions or produce an ultra clean ďŹ ltrate. The assembly comes complete with a 316 stainless steel support with 100 mesh screen, TeonÂŽ support screen gasket, glass support base, 300 mL graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp and 1 L ďŹ lter ask. Cat. No.

Description

419390

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 300 mL Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Stainless Steel Support Screen, 47 mm Support Screen Gasket, 47 mm Glass Base, 47 mm, with 40/35 Outer Joint, for Stainless Steel Support Filter Flask, 1 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint

1 1 1 6 1 1

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 100 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 300 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 500 mL Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 1000 mL Filter Flask, 1 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint, Safety Coated

1 1 1 1 1

Components 419350 419354 419364 419366 419392 635525

419385-47

Accessories 419410 419350 419415 419420 635527

7ITHÂŹ4RANSFERÂŹ!DAPTER This unit eliminates the traditional “pour and waitâ€? ďŹ ltration method. When you apply a vacuum, the transfer adapter draws the solvent directly from the reagent bottle. When the ďŹ ltration is complete, you can close the valve on the transfer adapter to degas the solvent. The assembly comes complete with a coarse porosity (40-60 Îźm) fritted glass support base, TeonÂŽ transfer adapter, anodized aluminum clamp and 1 L ďŹ lter ask.

419390

Cat. No.

Description

419400-47

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Filtration Transfer Adapter, Complete Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Fritted Glass Support Base, 47 mm, with 40/35 Outer Joint Filter Flask, 1 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint

1 1 1 1

Components 419620 419354 419382 635525

419400-47

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

78

79

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE ¬Filtration ¬MM¬&ILTRATION¬!SSEMBLY¬¬ WITH¬',¬4HREAD¬#ONNECTION¬ These filtration assemblies are designed to collect the filtrate directly into a standard laboratory bottle. The connection to the bottle is made with a polybutylene terephthalate (PBT) cap and a Teflon®-faced silicone sealing ring. The glass components are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements.

7ITH¬&RITTED¬'LASS¬3UPPORT We recommend this unit for general filtration. It comes complete with a coarse porosity (40-60 μm) fritted glass support base, 300 mL graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp, and a 1 L reservoir. Cat. No.

Description

419520-47

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Components 419350 419354 419502 419501 240755 240780 W264730

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 300 mL Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Filtration Base, 47 mm with Vacuum Fitting Quick Disconnect Adapter PBT Cap, 45 mm, with 39 mm Opening Teflon®/Silicone Sealing Ring, for 45 mm cap, 26 mm I.D. Reservoir, 1 L

1 1 1 12 10 10 1

7ITH¬3TAINLESS¬3TEEL¬3UPPORT This unit is designed to filter viscous or proteinaceous solutions or produce ultra clean filtrate. The assembly comes complete with a 316 stainless steel support with 100 mesh screen, Teflon® support screen gasket, glass support base, 300 mL graduated funnel, anodized aluminum clamp and 1 L reservoir. Cat. No.

Description

419530-47

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Components

419520-47

419350 419354 419364 419366 419501 240755 240780 W264730 WF034590

Glass Funnel, 47 mm, 300 mL Aluminum Clamp, 47 mm Stainless Steel Support Screen, 47 mm Support Screen Gasket, 47 mm Quick Disconnect Adapter PBT Cap, 45 mm, with 39 mm Opening Teflon®/Silicone Sealing Ring, for 45 mm Cap, 26 mm I.D. Reservoir, 1 L Filtration Base for Stainless Steel Support, 47 mm with Vacuum Fitting

1 1 1 6 12 10 10 1 1

&ILTRATION¬!DAPTER¬!SSEMBLY¬ The filtration adapter assembly makes it easier to connect standard 47 and 90 mm filtration assemblies with stopper connections to a standard laboratory bottle with a GL45 thread. The adapter replaces the stopper to make the connection to the bottle. A GL32 PBT cap with a Teflon® faced silicone sealing ring makes the connection to the filtration assembly. A GL45 PBT cap with Teflon® faced silicone sealing ring then makes the connection to the bottle. This unit comes complete with a PBT hose connection for use with 1/4” (6 mm) I.D. flexible tubing.

419530-47

Cat. No.

Description

419505

Complete Unit

Qty/Case

1

Component Parts 240754 240776 419506 419501 240755 240780

PBT Cap, GL32, with 19 mm Opening Teflon®/Silicone Sealing Ring, for 32 mm Cap, with 16 mm Opening Glass Adapter Only Quick Disconnect Adapter PBT Cap, GL45, with 39 mm Opening Teflon®/Silicone Sealing Ring, for 45 mm Cap, 26 mm I.D.

419505

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

10 5 1 12 10 10

#HEMISTRYÂŹ'LASSWARE ÂŹFiltration

80

ÂŹMMÂŹ&ILTRATIONÂŹ!SSEMBLIESÂŹ We recommend 90 mm ďŹ ltration assemblies for large sample volumes, liquids with a heavy particulate load and viscous liquids when you require a high ow rate. Because of its larger ďŹ lter area, the 90 mm assembly can provide ďŹ ltration rates up to four times faster than 47 mm assemblies. Wheaton Science Products 90 mm ďŹ ltration assemblies use a unique screw collar design for connecting the funnel to the support base. Compared to the traditional aluminum clamp, this design provides a more even seal of membrane ďŹ lter in place. The glass components are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Flasks have a #2 hose connection for 1/4â€? (6 mm) I.D. tubing.

7ITHÂŹ.OÂŹÂŹ3TOPPERÂŹ#ONNECTIONS We recommend these ďŹ ltration assemblies for routine ďŹ ltration of aqueous solutions. The No. 8 silicone stopper makes the connection to a standard 1 liter Erlenmeyer-style ďŹ ltration ask. Each assembly comes complete with a 1 L funnel with screw collar, glass support base, ďŹ lter support (either fritted glass, stainless steel or TeonÂŽ) and a No. 8 silicone stopper. Cat. No.

Description

419450 419451 419452

Complete Unit with Stainless Steel Support Complete Unit with TeonŽ Support Complete Unit with Removable Glass Frit

1 1 1

Glass Funnel, 90 mm, 1 L, with Screw Collar Glass Frit, 90 mm Stainless Steel Support, 90 mm TeonŽ Frit, 90 mm Support Base, 90 mm Silicone Stopper, No. 8

1 1 1 1 1 6

Filtration Flask, 1 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 1 L, Safety Coated, No. 8 Stopper Joint

1 1

&ILTERÂŹ&LASKSÂŹ Wheaton makes Erlenmeyer-style asks from heavy-wall glass to give them the mechanical strength needed for vacuum ďŹ ltration. The side arms are #2 hose connections that accept standard 1/4â€? (6 mm) I.D. exible tubing for connection to a vacuum source. These asks are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. You should connect a second ask between the ďŹ ltering ask and the vacuum source to prevent entry of the ďŹ ltrate into the vacuum source. Cat. No.

Description

635229 635232 635233

Filter Flask, 125 mL, Graduated, No. 5 Stopper Joint Filtration Flask, 1 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint Filter Flask, 2 L, Graduated, No. 8 Stopper Joint

1 1 1

Qty/Case

Safetyoated C

Components 419470 WF030089 419471 265422 419455 419356

Qty/Case

Accessories 635232 635245

7ITHÂŹ3TANDARDÂŹ4APERÂŹÂŹ*OINTÂŹ#ONNECTION We recommend these “all-glassâ€? ďŹ ltration assemblies for the routine ďŹ ltration of organic solvents, for corrosive liquids, and for the removal of particulate from HPLC solvents. The ground glass connection eliminates the phthalate contamination that can occur when you use either silicone or neoprene stoppers. Because the drip tip on the support base extends below the hose connection, the ďŹ ltrate cannot enter the vacuum line. These assemblies require a ďŹ ltration ask with a standard taper 40/35 inner joint (listed below).

Cat. No.

Description

419460 419461 419462

90 mm Filter Assembly with Stainless Steel Support 90 mm Filter Assembly with TeonŽ Support 90 mm Filter Assembly with Removable Glass Frit

1 1 1

Glass Funnel, 90 mm, 1 L, with Screw Collar Glass Frit, 90 mm Stainless Steel Support, 90 mm TeonŽ Frit, 90 mm Support Base, 90 mm

1 1 1 1 1

Filter Flask, 1 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint Filter Flask, 2 L, with 40/35 Inner Joint Filter Flask, 1 L, Safety Coated, with 40/35 Inner Joint

1 1 1

Accessories 635525 635526 635527

WHEATON

This ďŹ lter ask is coated on the outside with Wheaton’s plastisol safety coating, which is autoclavable (121°C, 15 psi, 15 minutes). The ask has a #2 hose connection that accepts 1/4â€? (6 mm) I.D. exible tubing for connection to a vacuum source. Cat. No.

Description

635245

Filter Flask, 1 L, Safety Coated, No. 8 Stopper Joint

Qty/Case

1

Qty/Case

Components 419470 WF030089 419471 265422 419465

&ILTERÂŹ&LASK ÂŹ3AFETYÂŹ#OATEDÂŹ

4RANSFERÂŹ&UNNELÂŹ The all-glass transfer funnel is ideal for transferring small volumes (up to 300 mL) of sample to a ďŹ ltration assembly. The funnel is manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM E-438 Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Description

419430

Glass Transfer Funnel, 300 mL

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1

81

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE ¬Filtration

#ARE¬AND¬#LEANING¬ 3AFETY

#LEANING

Carefully inspect glassware before using it under vacuum. Repair or replace any glassware that is scratched, chipped, cracked or broken. Also, always use adequate safety shielding when working with glass under vacuum.

Fritted Support Bases. Wash a new fritted glass filtration base with hot hydrochloric acid, following with several rinses of either distilled or high-quality deionized water. This procedure removes dust particles and powdered glass from the pores of the fritted disk. Pull the acid wash and water rinses through the fritted disk with a good vacuum. Start each successive water rinse only after the preceding one has been completely pulled through.

/PERATING¬0RESSURE Fritted filtration glassware is designed for vacuum filtration. If you use it for pressure filtration, do not let the maximum pressure differential on the fritted disk exceed 15 lb/in2 (1 kg/cm2).

$RYING¬AND¬3TERILIZING Do not subject filtration glassware with a fritted disk to sudden changes in temperature or to a direct flame. Excessive temperature differences between the fritted disk and its surrounding glass causes internal strain to develop in the glassware, which can lead to fracturing of the filtration base. Place fritted glassware in a cold drying oven or autoclave. Do net let the speed of heating or cooling exceed 8°C per minute. Before filtering hot liquids, slowly bring the filtration base up to the temperature of the liquid in a drying oven or hot cabinet. Slowly heat wet fritted support bases to 80°C and dry for one (1) hour before increasing the temperature.

3ETUP When using a vacuum filtration assembly, connect a second flask between the filtering flask and the vacuum source. This helps prevent the accidental entry of the filtrate into the vacuum pump.

If no precipitate has entered the pores of the fritted disk, it may be sufficient to rinse the surface of the fritted disk under the tap or with a rinse bottle. Then wipe the fritted disk surface clean with a small brush or squeegee. Do not use paper towels to dry the fritted disk, since this can force particulates into the pores of the disk. Many precipitants can be removed from the pores of the fritted disk by back-flushing. Connect the stem of the filtration support base to a water tap with a piece of rubber tubing and allow the water to run backwards through the fritted disk. Warning: The water pressure must not exceed 15 lb/in2 (1 kg/cm2). When working with biological compounds, use sulfuric acid with a nitrate or perchloric addition as a cleaning agent. Avoid dichromate sulfuric acid as a cleaning agent to prevent the reduction formation of trivalent chromium compounds. Hot, concentrated phosphoric acid and hot alkaline solutions attack the surface of the glass and therefore are not suitable for cleaning. Stainless Steel Screens. Stainless steel screens can be washed with a laboratory detergent with an initial rinse with tap water and a final rinse with distilled water. Hydrochloric acid is not recommended for cleaning as this can promote corrosion of the stainless steel. Aluminum Clamps. The aluminum clamps have been hard-anodized to prevent corrosion. A wash with a good laboratory detergent followed by an initial rinse with tap water and a final rinse with distilled water should be adequate.

For additional safety in the laboratory, use Wheaton Safety Coated Bottles. They are ideal for mobile phase reservoirs, for storing reagents, chemicals and for collecting waste materials. For more information see pages 15-17.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HEMISTRY¬'LASSWARE ¬Solids Determination 3OLIDS¬$ETERMINATION

%NVIRONMENTAL¬4ESTING Wheaton has many products for environmental testing and for sample and liquid handling. Refer to the sections below when searching for these specific items. • BOD Bottles page 3 • Bottles for Sample Collection pages 7 - 28 • Bottle Top Dispensers pages 99-100

Imhoff Cone with Rack

• Chemistry Glassware pages 67-80

)MHOFF¬#ONE ¬0LASTIC

• Coliwasa & Other Sample Collection Devices page 129

• • • •

Used to determine settleable solids Manufactured from styrene-acrylonitrile Removal plug allows for easy cleaning Imhoff cone rack can be purchased separately

• EPA Vials & Other Sample Collection Vials pages 142-152

This unit is designed for volumetric determination of settleable solids in surface and saline waters as well as domestic and industrial wastes. The cone is externally graduated from the plug up to 1000 mL: 0 to 1 mL x 0.1 mL; 1 to 10 mL x 0.5 mL; 10 to 40 mL x 1 mL, 40 to 100 mL x 2 mL; with lines and numbers at 250, 500 and 1000 mL. The Imhoff Cone is manufactured from styreneacrylonitrile and comes with a low-density polyethylene plug. To clean, simply remove the leak-resistant screw cap and plug. Reference: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 21st Edition (2005), Method 2540 F. The 3 and 4-place Imhoff Cone Racks are constructed of plated, heavy-gauge steel to provide long life. Cat. No.

Description

Size (mL)

Top Dia x Length (mm)

W990800

Imhoff Cone

1000

108 x 451

4

— —

— —

1 1

• Imhoff Cone for Solids Determination page 82 • Pipettors with volumes up to 10 mL pages 111-116

• Safety Coated Bottles pages 16 - 17 • TCLP Extraction Bottles page 5

Qty/Case

Imhoff Cone Racks 990760 990760-4

3-Place Rack 4-Place Rack

7EIGHING¬$ISHES

7EIGHING¬$ISHES • Aluminum weighing dishes • Ideal for milligram weighing • Use with liquids or solids

These lightweight, low tare (0.15 g for 11 mm and 0.45 g for 20 mm) dishes are ideal for milligram weighing. The smooth aluminum surface ensures complete transfer. Use of balance-type forceps enables easy grasping. Liquids or solids may be transferred to this micro dish to be weighed. Cat. No.

Dia x H (mm)

370790 370792

11 x 6 20 x 8

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1000 1000

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

82

83

#HROMATOGRAPHY ÂŹAutosampler Vials Wheaton Science Products chromatography vials and accessories are your assurance of reproducible quality. Not all autosampler vials are alike‌ so be sure to specify Wheaton for the best in quality, value and reliability. Wheaton vials are available in crimp, snap/crimp and screw cap ďŹ nish. The information below explains the difference between the different thread ďŹ nishes on the vials.

7HEATONÂŹÂŹM,ÂŹ!"#ÂŹ6IALŠ Wheaton ABC Vials™ offer several beneďŹ ts over comparable vials: • Superior thread design provides a more secure seal to the closure • 40% larger neck opening versus standard opening screw top vials improves sample accessibility, accommodates wider range of inserts, and reduces autosampler needle damage • ABC Caps are supplied with Wheaton “Super Septaâ€? low extractable vial septa – optimal for GC/MS • Packaged in recyclable PET clamshells to reduce particulate contamination • Compatible with most GC autosamplers which accept crimped top vial

7HEATONÂŹÂŹM,ÂŹ% :ÂŹ6IALš Wheaton E-Z VialsÂŽ are the autosampler vial of choice in the laboratory market. • 40% larger neck opening versus standard opening vials improves sample accessibility, accommodates wider range of inserts, and reduces autosampler needle damage • Larger capacity: 1.8 mL versus 1.5 mL • E-Z convenience packaging – vials are shrink-wrapped in trays of 100 • Crimp, snap-crimp, or thread ďŹ nish

7HEATON3NAP#APS Convenient seals remove in a snap! Available in a wide variety of liners and colors. • Positive seal and easy removal • Crimping and decapping tools not required • Larger target area for easier needle penetration

7HEATONÂŹ!UTOSAMPLERÂŹ6IALÂŹ3ELECTORÂŹ'UIDE Vial Size (mm) Vial Type

8 x 40 Shell Vial

12 x 32 Shell Vial

12 x 32 Crimp Finish

12 x 32 Snap/Crimp

12 x 32 ABC 9mm Screw Thread

12 x 32 8-425 Screw Thread

12 x 32 10-425 Screw Thread

15 x 45 13-425 Screw Thread

15 x 45 Shell Vial

• • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

-

• -

• -

-

• • • • •

• • • • •

• -

-

-

-

• • -

• • -

• • -

• • -

-

-

• •

• •

• •

• •

•

-

• -

-

• -

-

-

-

-

-

• -

• -

• •

-

Mfr. & Model Agilent GC CTC Combi PAL/GC PAL • 7890A • • 7673/7683 7670A/7671A • 6820/6850/6890N • 5975C • 5890/7985A/6890 • Agilent LC 1200 Series • 1100 Series Prep • 1100 Series Standard • 1050 • 1090 • Alcott Chrom 719D • 718AL • 728 Alltech Associates 580 • 570 • Amersham Pharmacia Biotech (division of Applied Biosystems Group) 2157-010 • 2457-020 Beckman Coulter 501/502/507 504 508 Bruker / Daltronics LC 51 CE Instruments (division of Thermo Fisher ScientiďŹ c) 42 Place Tray • 60 Place Tray AS105 Tray • AS 200 Tray -

WHEATON

-

-

-

-

•

•

• • -

-

-

-

• -

• -

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials Vial Size (mm) Vial Type

8 x 40 Shell Vial

12 x 32 Shell Vial

84

12 x 32 Crimp Finish

12 x 32 Snap/Crimp

12 x 32 ABC 9mm Screw Thread

12 x 32 8-425 Screw Thread

12 x 32 10-425 Screw Thread

15 x 45 13-425 Screw Thread

15 x 45 Shell Vial

• •

• •

• •

• •

-

-

-

• -

• • •

• •

• • •

-

-

-

• • •

• • •

• • • •

• • •

-

-

-

• •

• •

• •

• •

-

-

-

• • •

• • •

• • •

• • •

-

-

-

• • • •

• • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • •

• -

• • -

• -

• • • • • -

• • • • • -

• • • • • -

• • • • • •

-

-

-

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • -

• • • • • • • • -

-

• -

-

• • • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • -

-

-

-

• • -

• • -

-

• • -

-

-

-

-

• • • •

• -

• •

• •

• • • • •

• • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • -

• • • -

-

• • • •

• • • •

• • • -

• • • •

-

-

-

• • • • •

• • • • •

-

• • • • •

-

-

-

• •

• •

• • • •

• •

-

-

• •

• • • •

• • •

• •

-

-

-

• • • • • -

• • • • • -

• • • • -

• -

• • • •

• • •

Mfr. & Model Dani ALS 86.80 ALS 39.80 Dionex/Gynkotek Gina ALI-100 AS 509 Dynatech/Precision WPS-3000 42 Place Tray 60 Place Tray LC2000 231 XL, 232 XL ESA/LC Packing Model 542 Midas Gilson 233 Sample Changer 231 XL/232XL/ 233XL GX-271/281/ Aspec XL Hitachi L2200 L7250 L8800 L7200 • AS-2000 AS-4000 Jasco AS-2050/2055/2057 AS-2059 AS-1555/1555-10 AS-1559 851-AS, AS-900 LC 800/900 Series Leap Technologies CTC DI PAL CTC Combi PAL CTC A200E CTC HTS PAL CTC HTS Twin PAL CTC HTC PAL CTC LC mini PAL CTC A2000S A200LC Perkin Elmer Claris 500, 600 Autosystem Autosystem XL Series 200 Integral 4000 ISS 100, ISS 200 LC 600 42 Place Tray Phillips/ Pye UNICAM 4710 4700LC-GC/S4/S8 4247 C-XP Shimadzu GC AOC-20i/AOC-20s AOC-8B AOC-5000 • AOC-14/AOC-17 Shimadzu HPLC SIL-HTa/SIL-HTc • SIL-10ADVP • SIL-10A/SIL-10Ai/SIL-10Ap • SIL-6B/SIL-9A/SIL-8A SIL-10AD Promis • Spark Holland Reliance Midas Marathon • Triathon • Thermo Scientific (division of Thermo Fisher Scientific) AS1000/AS3000/AS3500 TriPlus AS/HS/DUO Surveyer Plus / Plus Lite Accela 8875/8880 Varian GC CP-8400/CP-8410 8200CX Ultra GC/MS 8100/8200 Varian LC 9100/9090/9095 ProStar 400/410 ProStar 420/430 Marathon • Waters LC Acquity Alliance • Breeze • 717Plus • 2700 Sample Manager 710/712/715 -

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

85

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials !UTOSAMPLER¬6IAL¬3IZER #OLOR¬#ODES RED - Glass Vials BLUE - Plastic Vials GREEN - Glass/Plastic Vials Wheaton chromatography vials and inserts are shown at exact size. The catalog numbers below are color coded by vial material.

8 x 40 mm

225241 (Clear) W225243 (Clear)

225242 (Clear)

12 x 32 mm

225172 (Amber) 225173 (Amber) 225174 (Clear) 225175 (Clear)

225220-01 (Clear) 225221-01 (Amber)

225179 (Clear) 225179-01 (Clear) 225179-02 (Amber) 225179-03 (Amber)

223682 (Clear) 223682-01 (Clear) 223692 (Amber) 223692-01 (Amber)

W225150 (Clear) W225151 (Clear) W225152 (Amber) W225153 (Amber)

225326 (Clear) 225328 (Amber)

224626 (Clear) 224627 (Clear) 224628 (Amber) 224629 (Amber)

W225900 (Clear) W225910 (Amber)

225120 (Clear) 225121 (Amber) 225124 (Clear)

225180 (Clear)

225185 (Clear)

225190 (Clear) 225200 (Amber)

225195 (Clear) 225205 (Amber)

225235 (Clear)

W225237 (Clear)

986211 (Clear)

986212 (Clear)

986281 (Clear)

986282 (Clear)

W225187 (Clear)

W225186 (Clear)

W225181 (Clear)

W225149 (Clear)

W242805 (Clear)

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials #OLOR¬#ODES RED - Glass Vials BLUE - Plastic Vials GREEN - Glass/Plastic Vials Wheaton chromatography vials and inserts are shown at exact size. The catalog numbers below are color coded by vial material.

15 x 45 mm

224794 (Clear) 224794-01 (Clear) 224795 (Amber) 224795-01 (Amber)

225126 (Clear) 225127 (Amber) 225129 (Clear)

225130 (Clear)

Limited Volume Inserts

225256 (Clear) 225257 (Clear) W225251 (Clear)

225255 (Clear)

225265 (Clear)

Top Spring

Bottom Spring

225258 (Clear) 225259 (Clear)

225260 (Clear) 225261 (Clear)

For Vial with Step

Bottom Spring

225268 (Clear) Bottom Spring

Flat Bottom

Bottom Spring

Headspace Vials

225277 (Clear)

WHEATON

225278 (Clear)

225280 (Clear)

225350-631 (Clear) 225350-531 (Clear)

985688 (Clear)

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

86

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials

87

3HELL¬6IALS in

Avanilvaebnlieence Co

Packs

¬X¬¬MM¬3HELL¬6IAL • Choice of borosilicate glass or polypropylene • Snap plug closure available in natural polyethylene • Purchase vials and caps separately or together in Convenience Packs

in

Avanilvaebnlieence Co

Shell Vials

Packs

These vials are available in clear or amber borosilicate glass and natural polypropylene. Vials and snap plug caps can be purchased separately or together by ordering the Wheaton Convenience Packs. The polyethylene snap plug caps feature a starburst top for easier needle penetration.

Limited Volume Insert

¬X¬¬MM¬3HELL¬6IAL¬ • • • • •

Can be used in Waters WISP® 96-position autosampler Choice of borosilicate glass or polypropylene 0.15 or 0.20 mL limited volume insert Snap plug closures available in 5 colors Purchase vials and caps separately or together in Convenience Packs

3PECIlCATIONS Diameter x Height .......................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial Volume ........................................................................................ 2.0 mL Cap size ............................................................................................. 12 mm

These vials are specially designed for use with the Waters WISP® 96-position autosampler. The vials are available in clear borosilicate glass and natural polypropylene. Vials, limited-volume inserts and snap plug caps can be purchased separately or purchase vials and caps together by ordering the Wheaton Convenience Packs. The polyethylene snap plug caps feature a starburst top for easier needle penetration and they are available in natural, red, blue, green and yellow.

Cat. No.

3PECIlCATIONS

Convenience Pack

Diameter x Height .........................................................................8 x 40 mm Volume: Vial ............................................................................................ 1.0 mL Limited volume vial ..................................................................... 0.7 mL Limited volume insert ..................................................... 0.15 & 0.20 mL Cap size ............................................................................................... 8 mm Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

12 x 32 Shell Vial 225120 225121 225124

2.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Clear 2.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Amber 2.0 mL Polypropylene Shell Vial

100 100 100

1000 1000 1000

100

1000

100 100 100

1000 1000 1000

12 mm Snap Plug Cap 242810 W225122 W225123 W225125

12 mm Snap Plug Cap, Natural 2.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Clear with Plug Cap 2.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Amber with Plug Cap 2.0 mL Polypropylene Shell Vial with Plug Cap

Vials fit 985800 vial rack. See page 149.

Qty/Case

Shell Vial W225243 225241 225242

1.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Clear 1.0 mL Polypropylene Shell Vial 0.7 mL PP Limited Volume Shell Vial

200 200 100

1000 1000 1000

— —

100 100

200 200 200 200 200

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

200

1000

Limited Volume Insert 225256 W225251

0.20 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring 0.15 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring

8 mm Snap Plug Caps 242800 242802 242804 242806 242808

Natural Red Blue Green Yellow

Convenience Pack W225244

1.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Plug Cap (Cat. No. 242800)

Organize your shell vials in the Wheaton autoclavable polypropylene vial rack (Cat. No. 985750). See page 149 for details.

¬X¬¬MM¬3HELL¬6IAL • Choice of borosilicate glass or polypropylene • Snap plug closure available in low density polyethylene

These vials are available in clear and amber borosilicate glass and natural polypropylene. Vials and snap plug caps can be purchased separately. The polyethylene snap plug caps feature a starburst slit top for easier needle penetration. 3PECIlCATIONS Diameter x Height .......................................................................15 x 45 mm Vial Volume ........................................................................................... 4 mL Limited Volume Vial ............................................................................... 3 mL Cap size ............................................................................................. 15 mm Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

15 x 45 mm Shell Vial 225126 225127 225129 225130

4.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Clear 4.0 mL Glass Shell Vial, Amber 4.0 mL Polypropylene Shell Vial 3.0 mL Polypropylene Limited Volume Shell Vial

100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000

100

1000

15 mm Snap Plug Cap 242815

15 mm LDPE Conical Snap Plug Cap, Natural

Vials fit 868804 vial rack. See page 149.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials #RIMP¬4OP¬6IALS 3PECIlCATIONS Diameter x Height ........................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial volume ........................................................................................ 1.8 mL Limited volume insert ............................................................ 0.10 - 0.35 mL Crimp Cap size .................................................................................... 11 mm

in

Avanilvaebnlieence Co acks P š ¬X¬¬MM¬% :¬6IAL ¬ E-Z Vials

• • • • •

Limited Volume Insert

Wheaton E-Z Vials feature a 40% larger neck opening than standard opening vials. The larger opening improves sample accessibility while reducing auto sampler needle damage. Vial capacity has been increased from 1.5 to 1.8 mL. E-Z Vials are designed for use with 11 mm aluminum seals. E-Z Vials are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass and are packaged in shrink-wrapped trays of 100 for convenience and cleanliness. For 11 mm Aluminum E-Z Seals see page 89. Cat. No.

1.8 mL E-Z Vial, Clear 1.8 mL E-Z Vial, Clear, w/Writing patch 1.8 mL E-Z Vial, Amber 1.8 mL E-Z Vial, Amber, w/Writing patch

225255 225265 225257 225350-631

0.10 mL Glass Insert with Top Spring 0.25 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring 0.25 mL Polypropylene Insert with Bottom Spring 0.35 mL Glass Flat Bottom Insert

1000 1000 1000 1000

100 — — 200

200 100 100 1000

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Liners W225172-02 Natural Aluminum W225172-0203 Red Aluminum W225172-0204 Blue Aluminum W225172-0207 Green Aluminum

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Gray Butyl Liners W225175-12 Natural Aluminum W225175-1203 Red Aluminum W225175-1204 Blue Aluminum W225175-1207 Green Aluminum

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Teflon® Liners W225172-03 Natural Aluminum 100 W225172-0303 Red Aluminum 100 W225172-0304 Blue Aluminum 100 W225172-0307 Green Aluminum 100

100 100 100 100

®

With 0.002 Teflon /0.038 Red Rubber Liners W225174-01 Natural Aluminum W225174-0103 Red Aluminum W225174-0104 Blue Aluminum W225174-0107 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

E-Z Vials and 11 mm Aluminum Seals are available in convenience packs of 100. The clear and amber vials are made of Type I borosilicate glass. The aluminum seals are available in red, blue, green and natural colors.

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Liners W225174-02 Natural Aluminum W225174-0203 Red Aluminum W225174-0204 Blue Aluminum W225174-0207 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

Vials fit 985800 vial rack. See page 149.

#ONVENIENCE¬0ACK • 12 x 32 E-Z Vial® & 11 mm Aluminum E-Z Seal™

12 x 32 mm Clear E-Z Vial with Aluminum Seal Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

100 100 100 100

®

WHEATON

100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.036 Teflon® Liners W225175-03 Natural Aluminum 100 W225175-0303 Red Aluminum 100 W225175-0304 Blue Aluminum 100 W225175-0307 Green Aluminum 100

12 x 32 mm Clear E-Z Vial with Patch & Aluminum Seal Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

With 0.002 Teflon /0.038 Silicone Liners W225175-02 Natural Aluminum W225175-0203 Red Aluminum W225175-0204 Blue Aluminum W225175-0207 Green Aluminum

Qty/Case

Limited Volume Inserts 11 mm E-Z Seals (See page 89)

ence C¬onveanciks P

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Liners W225175-01 Natural Aluminum W225175-0103 Red Aluminum W225175-0104 Blue Aluminum W225175-0107 Green Aluminum

Shelf Pack

E-Z Vial 225175 225174 225172 225173

40% large opening Manufactured from borosilicate glass Use with 11 mm aluminum seals Limited volume insert Purchase vials and caps separately or together in Convenience Packs

Description

100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Gray Butyl Liners W225172-12 Natural Aluminum W225172-1203 Red Aluminum W225172-1204 Blue Aluminum W225172-1207 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

100 100 100 100

12 x 32 mm Amber E-Z Vial with Patch and Aluminum Seal Cat. No. Description Qty/Case With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Liners W225173-01 Natural Aluminum W225173-0103 Red Aluminum W225173-0104 Blue Aluminum W225173-0107 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Teflon® Liners W225174-03 Natural Aluminum 100 W225174-0303 Red Aluminum 100 W225174-0304 Blue Aluminum 100 W225174-0307 Green Aluminum 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Liners W225173-02 Natural Aluminum W225173-0203 Red Aluminum W225173-0204 Blue Aluminum W225173-0207 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Gray Butyl Liners W225174-12 Natural Aluminum W225174-1203 Red Aluminum W225174-1204 Blue Aluminum W225174-1207 Green Aluminum

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Teflon® Liners W225173-03 Natural Aluminum 100 W225173-0303 Red Aluminum 100 W225173-0304 Blue Aluminum 100 W225173-0307 Green Aluminum 100

100 100 100 100

12 x 32 mm Amber E-Z Vial with Aluminum Seal Cat. No. Description Qty/Case With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Liners W225172-01 Natural Aluminum W225172-0103 Red Aluminum W225172-0104 Blue Aluminum W225172-0107 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Gray Butyl Liners W225173-12 Natural Aluminum W225173-1203 Red Aluminum W225173-1204 Blue Aluminum W225173-1207 Green Aluminum

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

100 100 100 100

88

#HROMATOGRAPHY ÂŹAutosampler Vials

89

in

12 x 32 Crimp Vial w/ E-Z Seals

Avanilvaebnlieence

Limited Volume Insert

Co

Packs XMM% :6IALšWITH3NAP2ING#RIMP 4OP

XMM3TANDARD/PENING#RIMP6IAL • • • •

Manufactured from borosilicate glass Use with 11 mm aluminum E-Z Seals™ Limited volume insert Purchase vials and caps separately or together in Convenience Packs

3PECIlCATIONS Diameter x Height ........................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial volume ........................................................................................ 1.5 mL Limited Volume Insert ......................................................... 0.10 and 0.25 mL Crimp cap size ................................................................................... 11 mm

These glass vials are the original design used in most autosamplers. Wheaton standard crimp top vials ensure quality and reliability while maintaining sample integrity. They are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass and are packaged in shrink-wrapped trays of 100 for convenience and cleanliness. For 11 mm Aluminum E-Z Seals see bottom of this page. Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

12 x 32 Standard Opening Crimp Vial 223682 223682-01 223692 223692-01

1.5 mL Vial, Clear 1.5 mL Vial, Clear, with Writing Patch 1.5 mL Vial, Amber 1.5 mL Vial, Amber, with Writing Patch

100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000

— — —

100 100 1000

Limited Volume Insert 225260 225261 225350-531

0.10 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring 0.10 mL Polypropylene Insert with Bottom Spring 0.25 mL Glass Flat Bottom Insert

• • • • • •

40% larger opening than standard crimp vials Select from clear or amber borosilicate glass With or without writing patch Accepts snap cap (see page 90) or 11 mm aluminum seal (see page 89) Glass and polypropylene low volume inserts available Purchase vials and snap caps separately or together in Convenience Packs (page 90)

3PECIlCATIONS Diameter x Height ........................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial volume ........................................................................................ 1.8 mL Limited volume insert ............................................... 0.10, 0.25 and 0.35 mL Snap Cap/Crimp Cap size ................................................................... 11 mm

These E-Z Vials can use a plastic snap cap closure, which eliminates the need for crimping and decapping tools. The opening is 40% larger than standard 11 mm ďŹ nish vials. These vials also accept 11 mm aluminum crimp-top E-Z Seals. E-Z Vials are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass and are packaged in shrink-wrapped trays of 100 for convenience and cleanliness. Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

E-Z Vial 225179 225179-01 225179-02 225179-03

1.8 mL, Clear 1.8 mL, Clear, with Writing Patch 1.8 mL, Amber 1.8 mL, Amber, with Writing Patch

100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000

100 — — 200

200 100 100 1000

Limited Volume Inserts

MM!LUMINUM% :3EALS • • • •

Cat. No.

Š

For use with 12 x 32 mm crimp cap vials Large target diameter Available in 4 colors Choice of liner

Description

Shelf Pack

225255 225265 225257 225350-631

0.10 mL Glass Insert with Top Spring 0.25 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring 0.25 mL Polypropylene Insert with Bottom Spring 0.35 mL Glass Flat Bottom Insert

See the E-Z Vial with Snap Ring Closures in Convenience Packs listed on page 90.

Qty/Case

With 0.002 TeonŽ/0.038 Red Rubber Liner 224211-01 224211-05 224211-06 224211-07

Natural Aluminum Blue Aluminum Red Aluminum Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000

100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000

With 0.002 TeonŽ/0.038 Silicone Liner 224219-01 224219-05 224219-06 224219-07

Natural Aluminum Blue Aluminum Red Aluminum Green Aluminum

With 0.002 Red TeonŽ/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Red TeonŽ Liner 224231-01 224231-05 224231-06 224231-07

Natural Aluminum Blue Aluminum Red Aluminum Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000

100

1000

With 0.002 TeonŽ/0.037 Silicone Gray Butyl Liner 224235-01

Natural Aluminum

WHEATON

MM3NAP#APS • • • •

Eliminate the need for crimping and decapping tools Fits the Wheaton E-Z VialsÂŽ with Snap Ring Top Manufactured from polyethylene Choose from 5 colored caps and a variety of septa

Wheaton Snap Caps eliminate the need for crimping and decapping tools. Their unique design is engineered for a positive seal and easy removal. Wheaton Snap Caps are ideal for high-volume, quick turnaround sampling and provide a large target area for needle penetration. They are not recommended for long-term sample retention. Snap Caps are manufactured from polyethylene and are supplied in ďŹ ve different colors with a variety of septa. Caps with starburst slit allow for easy needle penetration.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials ¬MM¬3NAP¬#APS¬ Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Septa 242786 242786-01 242786-02 242786-04 242786-05

Natural Cap Blue Cap Green Cap Red Cap Yellow Cap

100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Septa 242775 242776 242776-01 242776-02 242776-04 242776-05

Natural Cap with Slit Natural Cap Blue Cap Green Cap Red Cap Yellow Cap

Organize your 12 x 32 mm vials in the Wheaton autoclavable polypropylene vial rack (Cat. No. 985800). See page 149 for details.

With 0.002 Red Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Red Teflon® Septa 242772 242772-01 242772-02 242772-04 242772-05 242772-06

Natural Cap Blue Cap Green Cap Red Cap Yellow Cap Natural Cap with Slit

100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

100

1000

Crimp or decap your 11 mm aluminum seals with the E-Z Crimper (Cat. No. W225301) and the E-Z Decapper (Cat. No. W225351). See page 96.

With 0.010 Teflon® Septa 242782

Natural Cap

ence Conveanciks P

12 x 32 mm Clear Vial with Snap Cap Cat. No. Description

#ONVENIENCE¬0ACKS • 12 x 32 E-Z Vials® & 11 mm Snap Caps packaged together • Choice of clear or amber vials with or without writing patch • Select from 5 colored caps and a variety of liners

The E-Z Vials and Snap Caps are available in Convenience Packs of 100. The clear and amber vials are made of Type I borosilicate glass. The Snap Caps are available in red, blue, yellow, green and natural colors.

WHEATON

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Liners W224620-01 Natural PE Cap W224620-0103 Red PE Cap W224620-0104 Blue PE Cap W224620-0105 Yellow PE Cap W224620-0107 Green PE Cap With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Liners W224620-02 Natural PE Cap W224620-0203 Red PE Cap W224620-0204 Blue PE Cap W224620-0205 Yellow PE Cap W224620-0207 Green PE Cap

Qty/Case

12 x 32 mm Amber Vial with Snap Cap Cat. No. Description

Qty/Case

100 100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Liners W224622-01 Natural PE Cap W224622-0103 Red PE Cap W224622-0104 Blue PE Cap W224622-0105 Yellow PE Cap W224622-0107 Green PE Cap

100 100 100 100 100

100 100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Liners W224622-02 Natural PE Cap W224622-0203 Red PE Cap W224622-0204 Blue PE Cap W224622-0205 Yellow PE Cap W224622-0207 Green PE Cap

100 100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Teflon® Liners W224620-03 Natural PE Cap 100 W224620-0303 Red PE Cap 100 W224620-0304 Blue PE Cap 100 W224620-0305 Yellow PE Cap 100 W224620-0307 Green PE Cap 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Teflon Liners W224622-03 Natural PE Cap W224622-0303 Red PE Cap W224622-0304 Blue PE Cap W224622-0305 Yellow PE Cap W224622-0307 Green PE Cap

100 100 100 100 100

12 x 32 mm Clear Vial with Patch and Snap Cap Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

12 x 32 mm Amber Vial with Patch and Snap Cap Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Liners W224621-01 Natural PE Cap W224621-0103 Red PE Cap W224621-0104 Blue PE Cap W224621-0105 Yellow PE Cap W224621-0107 Green PE Cap

100 100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Red Rubber Liners W224623-01 Natural PE Cap W224623-0103 Red PE Cap W224623-0104 Blue PE Cap W224623-0105 Yellow PE Cap W224623-0107 Green PE Cap

100 100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Liners W224621-02 Natural PE Cap W224621-0203 Red PE Cap W224621-0204 Blue PE Cap W224621-0205 Yellow PE Cap W224621-0207 Green PE Cap

100 100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.038 Silicone Liners W224623-02 Natural PE Cap W224623-0203 Red PE Cap W224623-0204 Blue PE Cap W224623-0205 Yellow PE Cap W224623-0207 Green PE Cap

100 100 100 100 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Teflon® Liners W224621-03 Natural PE Cap 100 W224621-0303 Red PE Cap 100 W224621-0304 Blue PE Cap 100 W224621-0305 Yellow PE Cap 100 W224621-0307 Green PE Cap 100

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.036 Silicone/0.002 Teflon® Liners W224623-03 Natural PE Cap 100 W224623-0303 Red PE Cap 100 W224623-0304 Blue PE Cap 100 W224623-0305 Yellow PE Cap 100 W224623-0307 Green PE Cap 100

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

90

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials

91

(EADSPACE¬6IALS

in

Avanilvaebnlieence Co

(EADSPACE¬6IAL¬ • • • • •

#ONVENIENCE¬0ACKS • Each Convenience Pack includes 100 vials and 100 aluminum seals • Choice of three liners

Packs

Cat. No

Manufactured from clear Type I borosilicate glass Round shoulder and bottom allows for even heating 6 – 20 mL size Accepts 20 mm aluminum seal Purchase vials separately or together with seals in Convenience Packs

W225278-01 W225278-02 W225278-03

Specifications: Diameter x Height 6 mL ................................................................................22 x 38 mm 10 mL ...............................................................................23 x 46 mm 20 mL ..............................................................................23 x 75 mm Aluminum seal size ............................................................................. 20 mm

Size (mL)

225277 225278 225280

6 10 20

Qty/Case

10 mL Vial with 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Teflon®/Silicone Septa 10 mL Vial with 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Teflon®/Gray Butyl Molded Septa 10 mL Vial with 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Aluminum Faced Silicone Septa

100 100 100

20 mL Headspace Vial W225280-01 W225280-02 W225280-03

Wheaton Headspace Vials feature rounded shoulders and bottoms, allowing for even heating and safer operation at higher pressures. The newly designed top provides a tighter seal with your septa. Vials are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass and accept 20 mm aluminum seals. Cat. No

Description

10 mL Headspace Vial

20 mL Vial with 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Teflon®/Silicone Septa 20 mL Vial with 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Teflon®/Gray Butyl Molded Septa 20 mL Vial with 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Aluminum Faced Silicone Septa

100 100 100

Qty/Case

100 100 100

(EADSPACE¬6IALS (EADSPACE¬0RESSURE¬2ELEASE¬3EALS ¬¬MM • • • •

These seals are special crimp closures with bridges and scorelines in the aluminum seal. This design is an added safety feature, allowing the internal pressure to be released when 3.0 +/-0.5 bar has been exceeded. The seals come with Teflon® faced silicone, Teflon® faced grey molded butyl, or aluminum faced silicone liners. They are offered in packs of 100 or can be purchased with vials in Convenience Packs. Description

W224215 W224216 W224217

20 mm Aluminum Seal with Teflon®/Silicone Septa 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Teflon®/Gray Butyl Molded Septa 20 mm Aluminum Seal with Aluminum Faced Silicone Septa

Qty/Case

100 100 100

Organize your headspace vials in the Wheaton autoclavable 36-position vial rack (Cat. No. 868805). See page 149 for details. WHEATON

Manufactured from clear Type I borosilicate glass 20 mL size Accepts 20 mm aluminum seal Seal, septa and stopper sold separately

Specifications: Diameter x Height ....................................................................23.5 x 75 mm Aluminum seal size ............................................................................ 20 mm

20 mm crimp closure with liner for headspace vials Score lines allow for internal pressure release Choice of three liner options Purchase seals separately or together with Vials in Convenience Packs

Cat. No

• • • •

This 20 mL vial fits most headspace analyzers. It is manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass and sold in convenient shrink-wrapped trays. Unlined aluminum seals are available in open top or center disc tear-out styles. Aluminum seals, stopper and septa are sold separately. Cat. No

Description

985688

20 mL Headspace Vial

Qty/Case

960

Unlined Aluminum Seals 224178-01 224183-01

20 mm Open Top 20 mm Center Disc Tear-Out

1000 1000

20 mm Gray Butyl Stopper 20 mm Teflon®/Silicone Septa 20 mm Teflon® Faced Gray Butyl Septa

1000 100 100

Stoppers/Septa 224100-181 224173 224168*

*This item is a specially molded septa with a Teflon® insert. The sealing surface of butyl and Teflon® effect a more positive seal than plain Teflon® faced septa.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials ,6)©¬6IALS

in

Avanilvaebnlieence Co

©

¬X¬¬MM¬,6) ¬6IAL • • • • •

Packs

Borosilicate glass vial with 300 μL glass limited volume insert Limited Volume Insert is fused to vial which prevents needle damage Writing patch on all vials Crimp or screw cap finish Purchase vials and caps separately or together in Convenience Packs

The LVI Vials are 12 x 32 mm large opening vials with a sealed-in, limited volume insert. The manufacturing process precisely controls the depth and position of the insert relative to the bottom of the vial. This allows more consistent sample recovery from vial to vial and reduces the possibility of autosampler needle damage. The insert has a slight flare at the top, providing a larger needle target area, which prevents needle damage. The LVI Vials have a 300 μL capacity with a residual volume of only 4 μL, depending on the solvent, needle style and depth adjustment of the autosampler. All LVI Vials are supplied with a white ceramic “write-on” patch for easier sample identification and are compatible with all autosamplers that use 12 x 32 mm vials. Inserts and clear vials are manufactured from ASTM Type I, Class A borosilicate glass. Amber vials are manufactured from borosilicate glass. The LVI Vials are available with either an 11 mm crimp top finish, which can be used with all standard 11 mm aluminum seals, or with Wheaton’s special 9 mm ABC screw thread. For 11 mm E-Z Seals™ see page 89, and for 9 mm ABC Screw Caps see page 94. Cat. No.

Description

225220-01 225221-01

0.3 mL LVI Vial, Clear with Writing Patch 0.3 mL LVI Vial, Amber with Writing Patch

Specifications:

9 mm ABC Screw Thread Vial

Diameter x Height ........................................................................... 12 x 32 mm Volume: Vial with insert .............................................................................300 μL Crimp Seal Size .......................................................................................11 mm ABC Screw Cap Size ..................................................................................9 mm

225326 225328

#ONVENIENCE¬0ACKS

Qty/Case

11 mm Crimp Top Vial

0.3 mL LVI Vial, Clear with Writing Patch 0.3 mL LVI Vial, Amber with Writing Patch

100 100 100 100

For 11 mm E-Z Seals see page 89, and for 9 mm ABC Screw Caps see page 94.

With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Gray Butyl Liners W225223-12 Natural Aluminum W225223-1203 Red Aluminum W225223-1204 Blue Aluminum W225223-1207 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

12 x 32 Amber LVI Vial with 11 mm E-Z Aluminum Seal Cat. No. Description Qty/Case With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Red Rubber Liners W225225-01 Natural Aluminum W225225-0103 Red Aluminum W225225-0104 Blue Aluminum W225225-0107 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.050 Silicone Liners W225225-02 Natural Aluminum W225225-0203 Red Aluminum W225225-0204 Blue Aluminum W225225-0207 Green Aluminum

100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone/0.005 Teflon® Liners W225326-03 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225326-0301 Black PP ABC Cap 100 With 0.005 Blue Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225326-04 Natural PP ABC Cap W225326-0401 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.010 Teflon® Liners W225326-06 Natural PP ABC Cap W225326-0601 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners with Slit W225326-08 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225326-0801 Black PP ABC Cap 100 12 x 32 Amber LVI Vial with 9 mm ABC Screw Cap Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Red Rubber Liners W225328-01 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225328-0101 Black PP ABC Cap 100 ™ • 12 x 32 LVI Vial & 11 mm Aluminum E-Z Seal With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.050 Silicone/0.005 Red Teflon® Liners W225328-0103 Red PP ABC Cap 100 • 12 x 32 LVI Vial & 9 mm ABC Screw Cap W225225-03 Natural Aluminum 100 W225328-0104 Blue PP ABC Cap 100 W225225-0303 Red Aluminum 100 W225328-0105 Yellow PP ABC Cap LVI Vials and 11 mm Aluminum Seals and/or 9 mm 100 W225225-0304 Blue Aluminum 100 W225328-0107 Green PP ABC Cap ABC Screw Caps are available together in 100 100 Convenience Packs of 100. The clear and amber vials W225225-0307 Green Aluminum With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners with a sealed-in, limited volume 300 μL insert are With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Gray Butyl Liners W225328-02 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 made of Type I borosilicate glass and have a white W225225-12 Natural Aluminum 100 W225328-0201 Black PP ABC Cap 100 ceramic “write-on” patch. W225225-1203 Red Aluminum 100 W225328-0203 Red PP ABC Cap 100 W225225-1204 Blue Aluminum 100 W225328-0204 Blue PP ABC Cap 100 W225225-1207 Green Aluminum 100 W225328-0205 Yellow PP ABC Cap 100 12 x 32 Clear LVI Vial with 11 mm E-Z Aluminum Seal W225328-0207 Green PP ABC Cap 100 12 x 32 Clear LVI Vial with 9 mm ABC Screw Cap Cat. No. Description Qty/Case With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone/0.005 Teflon® Liners Cat. No. Description Qty/Case With 0.002 Teflon®/0.037 Red Rubber Liners W225328-03 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225223-01 Natural Aluminum 100 With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Red Rubber Liners W225328-0301 Black PP ABC Cap 100 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225223-0103 Red Aluminum 100 W225326-01 With 0.005 Blue Teflon®/0.050 Silicone Liners 100 W225223-0104 Blue Aluminum 100 W225326-0101 Black PP ABC Cap W225328-04 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 100 W225223-0107 Green Aluminum 100 W225326-0103 Red PP ABC Cap W225328-0401 Black PP ABC Cap 100 W225326-0104 Blue PP ABC Cap 100 ® With 0.005 Red Teflon /0.050 Silicone Liners ® With 0.010 Teflon Liners 100 W225223-02 Natural Aluminum 100 W225326-0105 Yellow PP ABC Cap Natural PP ABC Cap 100 100 W225328-06 W225223-0203 Red Aluminum 100 W225326-0107 Green PP ABC Cap W225328-0601 Black PP ABC Cap 100 ® W225223-0204 Blue Aluminum 100 With 0.005 Red Teflon /0.035 Silicone Liners ® With 0.005 Red Teflon /0.035 Silicone Liners with Slit W225326-02 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225223-0207 Green Aluminum 100 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 100 W225328-08 With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.040 Silicone/0.005 Red Teflon® Liners W225326-0201 Black PP ABC Cap W225328-0801 Black PP ABC Cap 100 W225326-0203 Red PP ABC Cap 100 W225223-03 Natural Aluminum 100 W225326-0204 Blue PP ABC Cap 100 W225223-0303 Red Aluminum 100 100 W225223-0304 Blue Aluminum 100 W225326-0205 Yellow PP ABC Cap 100 W225223-0307 Green Aluminum 100 W225326-0207 Green PP ABC Cap

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

92

93

#HROMATOGRAPHY Autosampler Vials 0LASTIC6IALS XMM0OLYPROPYLENE 6IALWITH,)NSERT • • • •

Manufactured from polypropylene 300 ÎźL conical interior reduces sample size Available with snap/crimp or screw top ďŹ nish 100 vials per shelf pack/1000 vials per case 500 ÎźL Vial with Screw Cap Finish

500 ÎźL Vial with Snap Cap Finish

750 ÎźL Vial with Screw Cap

750 ÎźL Vial with Snap Cap Finish

ÂŹXÂŹÂŹ0OLYPROPYLENEÂŹ6IALÂŹWITHÂŹ)NSERT SpeciďŹ cations: Diameter x Height .......................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial Volume: ....................................................................................... 300 ÎźL Snap/Crimp Seal Size ........................................................................ 11 mm ABC Screw Cap Size ............................................................................ 9 mm Traditional Screw Cap Size ..................................................................8-425 Wheaton 12 x 32 mm polypropylene vials can be used in most standard gas and liquid chromatography autosamplers. These lightweight, economical vials are made from durable polypropylene which has good chemical resistance. The conical interior ensures maximum retrieval of contents without the hassle of using removable inserts. Vials are available with snap/crimp, ABC screw cap and traditional screw cap ďŹ nish. Cat. No

Closure Style

Closure Size

For Closures See

11 mm 9 mm 8-425

Page 89-90 Page 94 Page 95

Shelf Pack Qty/Case

Polypropylene Vial 225180 W225181 225185

Snap/Crimp Finish ABC Screw Top Cap Screw Top Cap

100 100 100

1000 1000 1000

X'LASS0LASTIC 6IALWITHM,)NSERT • • • •

• • • •

Manufactured from polypropylene 500 or 750 ÎźL conical interior reduces sample size Available with snap/crimp or screw top ďŹ nish 100 vials per shelf pack/1000 vials per case

SpeciďŹ cations: Diameter x Height .......................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial Volume ............................................................................. 500 or 750 ÎźL Snap/Crimp Seal Size ........................................................................ 11 mm Traditional Screw Cap Size ................................................................10-425 The Wheaton polypropylene snap cap vial uses either aluminum crimp seals or plastic snap cap closures, which eliminate the need for crimping and decapping tools, and provide a larger target area. The unique cone-shaped bottom ensures maximum sample retrieval. The snap/crimp top vial uses 11 mm seals. The traditional screw thread vials accept 10-425 screw thread caps. Cat. No

Closure Style

Closure Size

For Closures See

Shelf/Pack Qty/Case

Vial with 500 ÎźL Conical Interior W225186 W225187

Screw Thread Finish 10-425 Snap/Crimp Finish 11 mm

Page 96 Page 89-90

100 100

1000 1000

Page 89-90 Page 96

100 100

1000 1000

Vial with 750 ÎźL Conical Interior 225235 W225237

Snap/Crimp Finish 11 mm Screw Thread Finish 10-425

Thermoplastic polymer outer shell 0.1 mL Type I borosilicate glass insert Available with snap/crimp or screw top ďŹ nish 100 vials per case

SpeciďŹ cations: Diameter x Height .......................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial Volume: ....................................................................................... 100 ÎźL Snap/Crimp Seal Size ........................................................................ 11 mm Traditional Screw Cap Size ...................................................................8-425 Wheaton 0.1 mL plastic autosampler vials, with glass inner cone, combine Type I borosilicate glass and thermoplastic polymer outer vial shells. The glass is the only contact between your sample and the seal. The thermoplastic polymer provides not only excellent dimensional tolerance reliability for capping and instrumentation use, but safety from breakage as well. Vials are available with snap/crimp top or traditional screw cap ďŹ nish.

(IGHÂŹ2ECOVERYÂŹ6IAL ÂŹÂŹXÂŹÂŹMM

Cat. No

This High Recovery Vial features a one piece glass design with a conical bottom for complete sample recovery. Reactions and concentrations can be performed directly in the sampling vial, eliminating the need for sample transfer. Use the 9 mm ABC Screw Caps found on page 94 with the screw thread vial, and use the 11 mm Aluminum E-Z Seals™ on page 89 with the crimp top vial.

Closure Style

Closure Size

For Closures See

Qty/Case

Snap/Crimp Finish Screw Top Finish

11 mm 8-425

Page 89-90 Page 95

100 100

Snap/Crimp Finish Screw Top Finish

11 mm 8-425

Page 89-90 Page 95

100 100

Clear Vial 225190 225195

Amber Vial 225200 225205

WHEATON

• • • •

12 x 32 mm glass vial with conical bottom Ideal for use in autosamplers Screw cap or crimp cap ďŹ nish See closures on pages 89 and 94

Cat. No.

Description

W225149 W225171

1.5 mL, 9 mm ABC Screw Thread Finish 1.5 mL, 11 mm Crimp Top Finish

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

100 100

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials 3CREW¬#AP¬6IALS

!"#¬3CREW¬#APS • Manufactured from Polypropylene • Low extractable septa • 100/pack with 10 packs/case

in

Avanilvaebnlieence Co

ABC Vials & Caps

Packs

The closures for the ABC Vials feature the Wheaton “Super Septa”, low extractable septa that is optimal for GC/MS. Screw caps are available in natural, black, red, blue, yellow or green polypropylene. The screw caps are packaged 100 per shelf pack, 1000 per case.

Limited Volume Insert

¬X¬¬MM¬!"#¬6IAL© • • • • •

Cat. No.

40% larger opening than standard vials Manufactured from clear and amber Type I borosilicate glass Limited volume inserts 9 mm screw thread Use with Wheaton ABC Screw Caps

Wheaton ABC Vials have a 40% wider opening than standard screw top vials as well as superior thread design that allows for a more secure seal to the closure. The closures for the ABC Vials feature the Wheaton “Super Septa”, a low extractable septa that is optimal for GC/MS. ABC Vials have a capacity of 1.8 mL and are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass. Vials are packaged 100 per shelf pack and 10 packs per case. Specifications: Diameter x Height ........................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial volume ........................................................................................ 1.8 mL Limited volume insert ................................................... 0.10, 0.25 & 0.35 mL ABC cap size ......................................................................................... 9 mm Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

ABC Vial W225149 W225150 W225151 W225152 W225153

1.5 mL, Clear 1.8 mL, Clear 1.8 mL, Clear with Writing Patch 1.8 mL, Amber 1.8 mL, Amber with Writing Patch

— 100 100 100 100

100 1000 1000 1000 1000

— 100 — — 200

100 200 100 100 1000

Limited Volume Inserts W225171 225255 225265 225257 225350-631

1.5 mL, Clear with Aluminum Seal Finish 0.10 mL Glass Insert with Top Spring 0.25 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring 0.25 mL Polypropylene Insert with Bottom Spring 0.35 mL Glass Flat Bottom Insert

#ONVENIENCE¬0ACKS ABC Vials and 9 mm ABC Screw Caps are available together in convenience packs of 100. The clear and amber vials are made of Type I borosilicate glass. The 1.8 ml vials are packaged in a recyclable PETE clamshell case to help prevent particulate contamination. The ABC Screw Caps are available in six colors.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Red Rubber Liner W225331-01 W225331-0101 W225331-0103 W225331-0104 W225331-0105 W225331-0107

Natural PP ABC Cap Black PP ABC Cap Red PP ABC Cap Blue PP ABC Cap Yellow PP ABC Cap Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

100 100

1000 1000

100 100

1000 1000

100 100

1000 1000

100 100

1000 1000

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liner W225332-02 W225332-0201 W225332-0203 W225332-0204 W225332-0205 W225332-0207

Natural PP ABC Cap Black PP ABC Cap Red PP ABC Cap Blue PP ABC Cap Yellow PP ABC Cap Green PP ABC Cap

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Silicone/0.005 Teflon Liner W225333-03 W225333-0301

Natural PP ABC Cap Black PP ABC Cap

With 0.005 Blue Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liner W225334A-04 W225334A-0401

Natural PP ABC Cap Black PP ABC Cap

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liner with Slit W225338-08 W225338-0801

Natural PP ABC Cap Black PP ABC Cap

With 0.010 Teflon® Liner W225336-06 W225336-0601

Natural PP ABC Cap Black PP ABC Cap

12 x 32 Clear ABC Vials & 9 mm ABC Screw Caps Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

12 x 32 Clear ABC Vials & 9 mm ABC Screw Caps Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Red Rubber Liners W225150-01 Natural PP ABC Cap W225150-0101 Black PP ABC Cap W225150-0103 Red PP ABC Cap W225150-0104 Blue PP ABC Cap W225150-0105 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225150-0107 Green PP ABC Cap

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone/0.005 Red Teflon® Liners

100 100 100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225150-02 Natural PP ABC Cap W225150-0201 Black PP ABC Cap W225150-0203 Red PP ABC Cap W225150-0204 Blue PP ABC Cap W225150-0205 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225150-0207 Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

W225150-03 W225150-0301

Natural PP ABC Cap Black PP ABC Cap

With 0.005 Blue Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225154-04 Natural PP ABC Cap W225154-0401 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners with Slit W225150-08 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225150-0801 Black PP ABC Cap 100 With 0.010 Teflon® Liners W225150-06 Natural PP ABC Cap W225150-0601 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

ABC Vial Convenience Packs are continued on page 95. WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

94

95

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials

12 x 32 Clear ABC Vial with Patch & 9 mm ABC Screw Cap Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

12 x 32 Amber ABC Vial with 9 mm ABC Screw Cap Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

12 x 32 Amber ABC Vial with Patch & 9 mm ABC Screw Cap Cat. No. Description Qty/Case

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Red Rubber Liners W225151-01 Natural PP ABC Cap W225151-0101 Black PP ABC Cap W225151-0103 Red PP ABC Cap W225151-0104 Blue PP ABC Cap W225151-0105 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225151-0107 Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Red Rubber Liners W225152-01 Natural PP ABC Cap W225152-0101 Black PP ABC Cap W225152-0103 Red PP ABC Cap W225152-0104 Blue PP ABC Cap W225152-0105 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225152-0107 Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Teflon®/0.035 Red Rubber Liners W225153-01 Natural PP ABC Cap W225153-0101 Black PP ABC Cap W225153-0103 Red PP ABC Cap W225153-0104 Blue PP ABC Cap W225153-0105 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225153-0107 Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225151-02 Natural PP ABC Cap W225151-0201 Black PP ABC Cap W225151-0203 Red PP ABC Cap W225151-0204 Blue PP ABC Cap W225151-0205 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225151-0207 Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225152-02 Natural PP ABC Cap W225152-0201 Black PP ABC Cap W225152-0203 Red PP ABC Cap W225152-0204 Blue PP ABC Cap W225152-0205 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225152-0207 Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225153-02 Natural PP ABC Cap W225153-0201 Black PP ABC Cap W225153-0203 Red PP ABC Cap W225153-0204 Blue PP ABC Cap W225153-0205 Yellow PP ABC Cap W225153-0207 Green PP ABC Cap

100 100 100 100 100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon® 0.035 Silicone/ /0.005 Red Teflon® Liners W225151-03 Natural PP ABC Cap W225151-0301 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone /0.005 Red Teflon® Liners W225152-03 Natural PP ABC Cap W225152-0301 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone /0.005 Red Teflon® Liners W225153-03 Natural PP ABC Cap W225153-0301 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.005 Blue Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225151-04 Natural PP ABC Cap W225151-0401 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.005 Blue Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225156-04 Natural PP ABC Cap W225156-0401 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.005 Blue Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners W225157-04 Natural PP ABC Cap W225157-0401 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners with Slit W225151-08 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225151-0801 Black PP ABC Cap 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners with Slit W225152-08 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225152-0801 Black PP ABC Cap 100

With 0.005 Red Teflon®/0.035 Silicone Liners with Slit W225153-08 Natural PP ABC Cap 100 W225153-0801 Black PP ABC Cap 100

With 0.010 Teflon® Liners W225151-06 Natural PP ABC Cap W225151-0601 Black PP ABC Cap

With 0.010 Teflon® Liners W225152-06 Natural PP ABC Cap W225152-0601 Black PP ABC Cap

With 0.010 Teflon® Liners W225153-06 Natural PP ABC Cap W225153-0601 Black PP ABC Cap

100 100

100 100

100 100

in

Avanilvaebnlieence Co

Standard Screw Top Vial

¬X¬¬MM¬¬ 3CREW¬4OP¬6IAL ¬¬ 3TANDARD¬/PENING

Packs

Limited Volume Insert

• Manufactured from clear and amber Type I borosilicate glass • Limited volume inserts • Pre-assembled black polypropylene screw cap with septa • Screw cap and septa available separately • Purchase vials and caps separately or together in Convenience Packs

These glass vials are the original design used in most autosamplers requiring traditional screw top vials. The vials are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass. Vials are packaged 100 per shelf pack and 10 packs per case. Glass limited volume inserts are available with flat bottoms or springs. The black polypropylene screw caps can be purchased separately or preassembled. For quick and easy preparation, purchase vials and caps together in Wheaton Convenience Packs. Specifications: Diameter x Height ........................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial volume ........................................................................................ 1.8 mL Limited volume insert ........................................................... 0.10 & 0.25 mL Screw cap size .....................................................................................8-425

WHEATON

Cat. No.

Description

Cap Size

Shelf Pack

8-425 8-425

100 100

Qty/Case

12 x 32 mm Screw Top Vials W225900 W225910

1.8 mL, Clear 1.8 mL, Amber

Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

1000 1000 Qty/Case

Limited Volume Inserts 225260 0.10 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring 225350-531 0.25 mL Glass Flat Bottom Insert

— 200

100 1000

100

100

1000

8-425 Black Phenolic Cap 8-425 Black Phenolic Cap (Shimadzu)

— —

200 200

8 mm Red Teflon® Faced Silicone 8 mm Teflon® Faced Silicone

— —

100 100

Preassembled Open Top Caps and Septa 240602 242245

8-425 Black Polypropylene Cap with Teflon®/Silicone Liner 8-425 Black Top Seal Cap with Natural Polypropylene, 10 mil Septa

Open Top Caps W240506 W240507

Septa W240580 W240581

Convenience Packs 225170 224950

1.8 mL Clear Vial with Unassembled Cap and Septa 240 1.8 mL Clear Vial in Vial File with Preassembled Cap and Septa 60

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬Autosampler Vials

¬X¬¬MM¬3CREW¬4OP¬% :¬6IALš¬WITH¬3TEP¬ • • • •

¬X¬¬MM¬3CREW¬4OP¬6IAL

Manufactured from clear and amber Type I borosilicate glass Limited volume inserts Pre-assembled black polypropylene screw cap with septa Purchase vials and caps separately

Wheaton Screw Top E-Z Vials with Step, feature a large opening with a long neck for greater sample accessibility with reduced needle damage. Vial capacity has been increased to 1.8 mL. The innovative design of the vial and limited volume insert enables the insert to be precisely centered inside the neck of the vial. The Screw Top E-Z Vials with Step are designed to use 10-425 screw caps. Vials are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass and are packaged in shrink-wrapped trays of 100 for convenience and cleanliness. Screw caps and septa available separately. Specifications: Diameter x Height ........................................................................12 x 32 mm Vial volume ........................................................................................ 1.8 mL Limited volume insert ...................................................................... 0.25 mL Screw cap size....................................................................................10-425 Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

12 x 32 Screw Top E-Z Vials with Step 224626 224627 224628 224629

1.8 mL with Step, Clear 1.8 mL with Step, Clear with Writing Patch 1.8 mL with Step, Amber 1.8 mL with Step, Amber with Writing Patch

100 100 100 100

96

1000 1000 1000 1000

• • • •

Manufactured from clear and amber Type I borosilicate glass Limited volume inserts Pre-assembled black polypropylene screw cap with septa Purchase vials and caps separately

Specifications: Diameter x Height ........................................................................15 x 45 mm Vial volume ......................................................................................... 4.0 mL Limited volume insert ...................................................................... 0.30 mL Screw cap size....................................................................................13-425 Wheaton 15 x 45 Screw Top Vials are designed primarily for use in the Waters WISP® 48-position and other autosamplers. The vials are manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass and packaged in shrink-wrapped trays of 100 for convenience and cleanliness. Screw caps and septa available separately. Cat. No.

Description

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

15 x 45 mm Screw Top Vials 224794 224794-01 224795 224795-01 Cat. No.

4.0 mL, Clear 4.0 mL, Clear with Writing Patch 4.0 mL, Amber 4.0 mL, Amber with Writing Patch

100 100 100 100

Description

1000 1000 1000 1000 Qty/Case

Limited Volume Inserts Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

225258 225259

225268

0.30 mL Glass Insert with Bottom Spring

100

Preassembled Open Top Caps and Septa

Limited Volume Inserts 0.25 mL Glass Insert for Vial with Step 0.25 mL Polypropylene Insert for Vial with Step

100 100

242768 242247

13-425 Black Polypropylene Cap with PTFE/Silicone Liner 13-425 Top Seal Cap with Natural Polypropylene, 10 mil Septa

100 1000

Preassembled Open Top Caps and Septa 242760 242761 242762 242766

10-425 Black Polypropylene Cap with Teflon® Red Rubber 10-425 Black Polypropylene Cap with Teflon®/Silicone/Teflon® 10-425 Black Polypropylene Cap with Teflon®/Silicone 10-425 Top Seal with Natural Polypropylene, 10 mil Septa

100 100 100 1000

Solid Top Caps 242765

10-425 Black Polypropylene Unlined Cap

1000

#HROMATOGRAPHY¬!CCESSORIES % :¬#RIMPERS© • Crimps aluminum seals to autosampler vials • Cushioned ergonomic handle • Labeled with size for quick size identification • Polished crimping jaws for consistent sealing

% :¬$ECAPPERS©¬ • Removes aluminum seals from autosampler vials • Cushioned ergonomic handle • Labeled with size for quick size identification For more details on this product see page 35

For more details on this product see page 35

Cat. No.

Description

W225300 W225301 W225302 W225303

E-Z Crimper, 8 mm E-Z Crimper, 11 mm E-Z Crimper, 13 mm E-Z Crimper, 20 mm

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

Cat. No.

Description

W225350 W225351 W225352 W225353

Decapper, 8 mm Decapper, 11 mm Decapper, 13 mm Decapper, 20 mm

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

#HROMATOGRAPHY ¬LC & TLC

97

3TAINING¬*AR¬

,#¬#OLUMNS

• Manufactured from soda-lime glass • Holds 5 small TLC plates • Includes glass lid

The staining jar is designed with an extra tall lid to accept five single 25 x 75 mm to 25 x 100 mm slides or 10 slides back to back

#HROMATOGRAPHY¬#OLUMN • • • •

Manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass 13-425 screw threads on both ends 50 and 100 mm length Suitable for aqueous or organic applications

Cat. No.

Internal Dimensions, L x W x H (mm)

276840

26 x 26 x 90

ID x Length (mm)

265318 265320

8 x 50 8 x 100

Screw Thread Size

• Made from soda-lime glass • Holds 8 small TLC plates • Includes glass lid

Qty/Case

13-425 13-425

6

3TAINING¬$ISH¬

These general purpose columns are suitable for a wide variety of separations using either aqueous or organic solvents. They are manufactured from Type I, Class A borosilicate glass. Cat. No.

Qty/Case

1 1

$EVELOPING¬#HAMBERS This Hellendahl-type dish can be used for staining or as a TLC developing chamber. It holds eight individual 3” x 1” (75 mm x 25 mm) slides or, if necessary, 16 slides back-to-back.

-INI 4,#¬¬ $EVELOPING¬#HAMBER¬ • Manufactured from Type I borosilicate glass • Includes glass cover • Autoclavable

The Wheaton Mini-TLC is useful for developing pre-scored or smaller-size TLC plates. This chamber is ideal for pilot studies, monitoring organic reactions and determining mobile phase composition in HPLC separations. It is engineered to reduce the consumption of solvent necessary to saturate the chamber. The Mini-TLC Chamber is manufactured from Type I, Class A borosilicate glass. Cat. No.

Dia x H (mm)

276845 276850

60 x 105 60 x 205

Cat. No.

Internal Dimensions, L x W x H (mm)

900630

76 x 25 x 75

Qty/Case

6

¬ 3AMPLE¬2ECOVERY¬4UBES¬¬ ¬2EAGENT¬3PRAYERS 4,#¬¬ 3AMPLE¬2ECOVERY¬4UBE¬

Qty/Case

6 3

• Adjustable length • Grease-free Wheaton Connection®

4,#¬'LASS¬¬ $EVELOPING¬#HAMBER¬ • Holds plates up to 20 x 20 cm in size • Made from soda-lime glass • Ground glass cover securely fits chamber to reduce solvent evaporation • Autoclavable

This convenient, pencil-like device is designed for the removal of sample from a developed TLC plate by vacuum. The sample is trapped on the sealed-in frit and eluted with solvent for sample analyte recovery. All wetted parts are Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass (conforms ASTM Type I, Class A and USP Type I requirements) or Teflon®. All screw threads are 13-425 size. The length of the recovery tube is adjustable. The approximate pore size of the fritted funnel is 40 to 60 microns.

This sturdy chamber accommodates standard 20 x 20 cm thin layer chromatography plates. The top surface is ground to a precise tolerance to provide a secure sealing area and to ensure both chamber saturation and optimum plate development. It comes complete with a glass lid. Cat. No.

Internal Dimensions, L x W x H (cm)

276860

27 x 7 x 24

WHEATON

Qty/Case

Cat. No.

Description

1

277930 277935

TLC Sample Recovery Tube Replacement Glass Tip

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

1 2

#LOSURES¬¬#OMPOUND¬3TORAGE

E-Z Ex-Traction® High Recovery Vials

4,#¬2EAGENT¬3PRAYER¬ • • • •

Atomizes chromagenic reagents Finger vent provides spray control Available with 125 or 250 mL reservoir Wheaton Standard Taper 19/22 Clear-Seal® Joint

The TLC Reagent Sprayer atomizes chromagenic reagents into a very fine mist, making it ideal for spraying reagents on TLC and paper chromatograms. These sprayers come with a convenient finger vent for instant spray control. Requires 10 psi air pressure. Cat. No.

Description

279040 279045 635920 279041 635921

Complete Unit Sprayer Head Only Flask Only Complete Unit Flask Only

Size (mL)

Qty/Case

125 125 125 250 250

1 1 1 1 1

0RECISION¬¬ %NGINEERED¬#ONTAINERS¬¬ $ESIGNED¬FOR¬#OMPOUND¬-ANAGEMENT • Conical well design with exacting dimensions ensures maximum recovery of high value samples • Manufactured to extremely tight tolerances for reliable operation in automated sample handling and storage systems • SciLutions® customized services including bar coding, critical cleaning, surface treatment, and taring

#HROMATOGRAPHIC¬3PRAY¬"OTTLE¬ • Atomizes chromagenic reagents • Finger vent provides spray control • 65 mL reservoir

• Custom vial configurations available

This economical chromatographic sprayer produces the very fine uniform mist (with no droplets) that is required for TLC and paper chromatography. Made from Type I borosilicate glass, it features a convenient finger vent for instant spray control. Requires 10 psi air pressure. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

279050

65

Ideal for compound management applications, the new Wheaton E-Z Ex-Traction Vials® are available in 2, 4, 8,10, and 20 mL sizes. Also available in amber glass upon request.

Qty/Case

#LOSURES

1

For more information see page 143 or visit our web site www.wheatonvial.com.

For a complete list of aluminum seals, rubber stoppers, septa and screw caps, see the Cap and Closure Section on pages 31-42.

350%2)/2¬02/$5#43¬¬¬s¬¬¬02/6%.¬15!,)49 %8#%04)/.!,¬3500/24 WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

98

99

$ISPENSERS ¬Bottle Top

W

heaton/Socorex Bottle Top Dispensers have a sophisticated yet simple design that provides easy operation, superior safety, and low maintenance. They are accurate enough to use in research yet rugged enough to use in student labs. Our bottle top dispensers provide the following features: •

Solid Calibration® provides consistent volumes now and in the future

High chemical resistance- use with a wide range of liquids

Easily calibrated in your lab

User-friendly volume selection

Wide range of accessories

The dispenser delivers accuracy and long term reproducibility through Solid Calibration®. A series of calibrated permanent fixed stops make volume selection quick and repeatable, not dependent on operator skill. The wetted components are chemically inert with parts made of materials such as platinum-iridium, ceramics, borosilicate glass, and modern fluoropolymers. Our bottle top dispensers work well with acids, bases, and organic solvents. See the chemical resistance chart on page 102.

#ALIBREX©¬DIGITAL¬¬¬ • Superior chemical resistance • Long-lasting performance stability • Simple construction – no tool for disassembling • Instant volume setting • In-lab calibration • Autoclavable at 121°C/250°F fully assembled • One year warranty

Friendly digital volume setting

Fast and precise volume adjustment. Efficient click-stop mechanism prevents unwanted alteration. Large display is easy to read; the window adjusts to desired side of instrument body. Optimized working position

The instrument rotates 360° for adequate positioning on top of the bottle. In-lab calibration

Designed for performance handling of liquids from a large variety of bottles and flasks, the Calibrex™ dispensers combine the latest in dosing technology, high-tech materials and ergonomic design. Manufactured and tested to fully comply with current regulations. Three color-coded 520 models with adjustable volumes ranging from 0.25 – 2 mL, 1 – 5 mL and 1 – 10 mL. The Calibrex has a 32 mm screw thread and three adapters are included with the unit (28, 38, and 45 mm) and a 300 mm feed tube. Cat. No.

Color Code

Volume

844000 844002 844004

Green Yellow Blue

0.25 – 2 mL 1 – 5 mL 1 – 10 mL

Division

Inaccuracy (E%) Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

Imprecision (CV%) Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol. Qty/Case

0.05 mL 0.1 mL 0.25 mL

< ± 3.0% < ± 1.8% < ± 0.6% < ± 2.0% < ± 1.3% < ± 0.6% < ± 1.5% < ± 1.1% < ± 0.6%

< 0.5% < 0.35% < 0.1% < 0.5% < 0.35% < 0.1% < 0.5% < 0.35% < 0.1%

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (± 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance with EN ISO 8655. Each dispenser has a 32 mm screw thread and included with each unit are three adapters (28, 38, 45 mm) and a 300 mm feed tube.

See page 102 for chemical compatibility chart.

1 1 1

Calibrex™ dispensers are factory calibrated and can be easily recalibrated by means of a dedicated adjustment screw.

Superior Material Selection Parts

Material

Feed Tube Intake Valve Valve Balls Valve Spring Barrel Barrel Plate Plunger Outlet Valve Body Delivery jet assembly

PTFE Ceramic Pyrex® Glass Platinum-iridium Borosilicate Glass PTFE Glass with PFA coating

Ceramic ETFE PTFE/ETFE

Parts coming in contact with the liquid flow are chemically inert.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

$ISPENSERS ÂŹBottle Top #ALIBREXŠDIGITALÂŹÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Superior chemical resistance Long-lasting performance stability Comfortable and convenient in use Solid, yet simple construction Instant volume setting In-lab calibration Autoclavable at 121°C/250°F fully assembled One year warranty

A true digital system

Cylindrical cam with pre-calibrated steps â&#x20AC;&#x201C; one for each volume â&#x20AC;&#x201C; contributes to the long-term calibration stability. In-lab calibration

Three 521 sizes expand the Calibrexâ&#x201E;˘ line with larger dispensing volumes ranging from 2 to 20 mL, 10 to 50 mL and 10 to 100 mL. Similar to the 520 model in many respects, such as construction quality, sturdiness, chemical resistance, smooth plunger travel, in-lab calibration, autoclaving, the 521 model has a distinct black design. Also ďŹ tted with the Solid Calibration adjustment system, the Calibrexâ&#x201E;˘ 521 has an additional ďŹ ne-tuning ring. Each dispenser has a 32 mm screw thread and included with each unit are three adapters (38, 40, 45 mm) and a 300 mm feed tube (375 mm for Cat. No. 844023). Cat. No.

Volume

Division

844021 844022 844023

2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20 mL 10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 50 mL 10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 100 mL

0.1 1.0 1.0

Min. Vol

Inaccuracy (E%) Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

< Âą 1.5% < Âą 1.1% < Âą 0.6% < Âą 1.5% < Âą 1.1% < Âą 0.6% < Âą 1.5% < Âą 1.1% < Âą 0.6%

Imprecision (CV%) Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

Qty/Case

< 0.5% < 0.35% < 0.1% < 0.5% < 0.35% < 0.1% < 0.5% < 0.35% < 0.1%

1 1 1

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (¹ 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance with EN ISO 8655. Each dispenser has a 32 mm screw thread and included with each unit are three adapters (38, 40, 45 mm) and a 300 mm feed tube (375 mm for Cat. No. 844023).

See page 102 for chemical compatibility chart.

The Calibrexâ&#x201E;˘ dispensers are factory calibrated. Recalibration easily performed by means of a dedicated adjustment screw.

Superior Material Selection Parts

Material

Feed Tube Intake Valve Valve Balls Valve Spring Barrel Barrel Plate Plunger Outlet Valve Body Delivery jet assembly

PTFE Borosilicate Glass Ceramic, Ruby Platinum-iridium Borosilicate Glass PTFE Glass with PFA coating Ceramic ETFE PTFE/ETFE

Parts coming in contact with the liquid ďŹ&#x201A;ow are chemically inert.

!CUREXŠ COMPACTÂŹÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Integrated dosing mechanism Simple, robust construction Retractable graduated column reduces instrument height Fluid path materials excluding any metal Choice of reservoir sizes, amber glass and clear borosilicate glass â&#x20AC;˘ Fully autoclavable at 121°C/250°F â&#x20AC;˘ One year warranty

Space saving low proďŹ le

Compact dispensers for safe reagent handling, adapted to refrigerator storage as well as water bath heating. Dosing mechanism entirely protected inside reservoir. Manufactured and tested to fully comply with the latest regulations on instrument safety and precision. Volumes range from 0.2 to 30 mL. The Acurex 501 comes with an amber glass reservoir, and the 502 model comes with a borosilicate glass reservoir. 501 Amber Cat. No.

502 Borosilicate Cat. No.

844060 W844055 W844056 844062 W844057 W844058 844064 W844059 844068

â&#x20AC;&#x201D; W844061 â&#x20AC;&#x201D; W844063 W844065 W844066 â&#x20AC;&#x201D; W844067 â&#x20AC;&#x201D;

Volume

Division

Reservoir Capacity (mL)

0.2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2 mL 0.2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2 mL 0.2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2 mL 0.4 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5 mL 0.4 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5 mL 0.4 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5 mL 1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10 mL 1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10 mL 1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 30 mL

0.1 mL 0.1 mL 0.1 mL 0.2 mL 0.2 mL 0.2 mL 0.2 mL 0.2 mL 1.0 mL

250 1000 2000 500 1000 2000 1000 2000 2000

Imprecision (CV%) Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol. < 0.5% < 0.5% < 0.5% < 0.5% 1) < 0.5% 1) < 0.5% 1) < 0.5% < 0.5% < 0.5% 2)

< 0.35% < 0.35% < 0.35% < 0.35% < 0.35% < 0.35% < 0.35% < 0.35% < 0.35%

Qty/Case

< 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1% < 0.1%

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

The graduated column is retractable for height reduction, making the dispenser ideal for storage in refrigerators. Chemically inert materials

All parts in contact with the liquid are made from chemically inert materials: Parts

Materials

PyrexŽ glass and synthetic ruby Neutral glass PTFE-coated glass Amber glass or Borosilicate glass (resistant > 250°C/482°F) Delivery jet and union PVDF/FEP/PFA Valve Barrel Plunger Reservoir

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (¹ 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance with 2) measured at 3 mL EN ISO 8655. 1) measured at 0.5 mL

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

100

101

$ISPENSERS ¬Bottle Top 2EAGENT¬"OTTLE

!CCESSORIES¬

• Clear bottles are made from borosilicate glass • Amber bottles are square, round or with jug handle • Amber glass bottles are available safety coated • Square polyethylene bottles are available in 250 – 2500 mL size

"OTTLE¬4OP¬$ISPENSER¬¬ !DAPTERS • For the Calibrex 520 and 521 Dispensers • Made from PP (polypropylene) or PTFE

Both the Calibrex 520 and 521 Bottle Top Dispensers come standard with a 32 mm screw thread, and included with each dispenser are three polypropylene bottle neck adapters (28, 40, and 45 mm for the 520 model; and 38, 40, 45 mm for the 521 model). If replacement or different size adapters in different materials are needed they can be purchased separately.

This large selection of reagent bottles is supplied with screw caps and compatible with Socorex Calibrex 520 and 521 Dispensers. The different sized screw thread adapters that correspond to these bottles are supplied with each dispenser. Adapters can also be purchased separately. See the Adapters on this page.

Cat. No.

Cat No.

Screw Thread Size (mm)

Qty/Case

Shape

Volume

Screw Thread Size

Qty/Case

Square Square Square Square Round

100 mL 250 mL 500 mL 1000 mL 2500 mL

32 mm 32 mm 32 mm 45 mm 45 mm

1 1 1 1 1

2500 mL

45 mm

1

1000 mL 2500 mL

45 mm 45 mm

1 1

250 mL 500 mL 1000 mL 2000 mL

45 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm

1 1 1 1

500 mL

32 mm

1

250 mL 500 mL 1000 mL 2500 mL

25 mm 25 mm 32 mm 45 mm

1 1 1 1

Amber Glass

Threaded, PP W830000 W830002 844032 W830004 W830006 W830008 844035 W830010 844038

22 25 28 30 34 36 38 40 45

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

W832000 844025 844027 844029 844030

36 38 40 45

1 1 1 1

Clear Borosilicate Glass

Threaded, PTFE W830012 W830014 W830016 W830018 Cat. No.

Taper

Qty/Case

19/26 24/29 29/32 45/40

1 1 1 1

19/26 24/29 29/32

1 1 1

Amber Glass, with Handle W832004

Round

Polyethylene Coated Amber Glass W832006 W832008 W832010 W832012 W832014 W832016

Square Round Round Round Round Round

Clear Pyrex® Glass, with Connection Neck

Tapered, PP W830020 W830022 W830024 W830026

Tapered, PTFE W830029 W830031 W830032

844026

Round

Polyethylene Bottle W832018 W832020 W832022 W832024

Square Square Square Square

%XTENSION¬¬2EPLACEMENT¬4UBING¬ Autoclavable PTFE delivery Jet-Pen™ and extension tubing help dispense into vessels with maximum comfort within a 60 cm distance. Fits Calibrex™ 520/521 dispensers up to 20 mL. Replacement Feed Tubing

Each Calibrex™ digital dispenser is supplied with one PTFE feed tubing. Spare feed tubings are available to a standard size. Uncut by the meter is available by request. The latter is recommended when aspirating from remote bulk containers. Cat. No

Description

Length

Inside Dia.

Extension Tubing 844024

Extension tubing for dispensers up to 20 mL

600 mm

2.2 mm

300 mm 300 mm 300 mm 375 mm

5 mm 7.5 mm 10 mm 10 mm

Replacement Feed Tubing I051154 I050916 I050917 I050349

Replacement feed tubing, 520, 2, 5, 10 mL Replacement feed tubing, 521, 20 mL Replacement feed tubing, 521, 50 mL Replacement feed tubing, 521, 100 mL

WHEATON

$ISPENSER¬3TAND • Stabilizes dispenser creating a safe environment • Facilitates liquid intake from a remote container

The Dispenser Stand holds dispensers up to 50 mL when screwed on small size bottles. For bulk container aspiration, the Stand facilitates remote liquid intake dispensing up to 50 mL or 100 mL (< 10 m distance, < 2 m elevation). The dispenser and feed tube can be ordered separately. Cat. No.

Description

W832026 W832028 W832030

Stand for dispensers up to 50 mL Stand for remote liquid intake, dispensers up to 50 mL* Stand for remote liquid intake, dispensers 100 mL*

* Dispenser and feed tube not included, to be ordered separately

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Pk

1 1 1

$ISPENSERS ¬Bottle Top

%ASY¬MAINTENANCE Disassembling/reassembling is facilitated by the limited number of well connected parts - no tools needed.

$ISPENSER¬#HEMICAL¬2ESISTANCE¬ The following list includes most currently used chemicals. It provides useful information for the safe and adequate use of Acurex™ 501 and Calibrex™ 520/521 dispensers. However, safety precautions and recommendations in operating instructions must be followed carefully. Reagents

Acura 501

Calibrex 520 521

Reagents

Acura 501

Calibrex 520 521

Reagents

Acura 501

Calibrex 520 521

Acetic acid 100% Acetic acid diluted Acetone Acetonitrile Ascorbic acid Benzaldehyde Benzene Boric acid Bromine Butanol Butanone Carbon disulfide Chloroform Chloronitric acid 100% Chlorosulfuric acid 100% Chromic acid 100% Citric acid Cyclohexane Cyclohexanone Diethylene glycol Diethylether Dimethylformamide (DMF) Dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) Dioxane / Diethylene dioxide

A A A A A A A A B/2 A A A A B/2/3 B/2/3 B/2/3 A A A A A A A A

A A B/4 A A A B/4 A B/2 A B/4 A B/4 B/3 B/3 B/3 A A A A A B/4 A A

Ethanol Ether Ethyl acetate Ethylene glycol Formaldehyde (Formalin) Formic acid Gasoline Glycerin < 40% Hexane Hydrochloric acid 100% Hydrofluoric acid 100% (HF) Hydrogen peroxide Iodine Isopropanol Lactic acid Liquid ammonia Methanol Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) Methylmethacrylate (MMA) Mineral oil Nitric acid 100% Nitric acid dil. < 30% Oxalic acid Perchloric acid 100%

A A A A A A A A A B/2/3 C/5 A A A A A A A A A B/2/3 A A B/2/3

A B/4 A A A A A A A A C/5 A A A A A A B/4 A A B/3 A A B/3

Perchloric acid diluted Petrol benzene Petroleum ether Phenol Phosphoric acid 100% Potassium hydroxide Potassium permanganate Propronic acid Sodium chloride / cooking salt Sodium hydroxide Sodium hypochloride Sulfochromic acid 100% Sulfonitric acid 100% Sulfuric acid 100% Tetrahydrofuran (THF) Toluene Trichlorethylene Trichloroacetic acid Trichloroethane/methane Trichlortrifluoroethane Veg. / anim. / min. oil Xylene

A A A A A B/1 A A B/1 B/1 A B/2/3 B/2/3 B/2/3 B/2/4 A B/4 A B/4 B/4 A A

A A A B/4 A B/4 A A A A B/1 B/1 A A A A A A B/1 B/1 A A B/2/3 B/2/3 B/2/3 B/2/3 B/2 B/2 B/4/2 B/2/4 B/4 B/4 B/4 B/4 A A B/4 B/4 B/4 B/4 A A B/4 B/4

A = Good resistance B = Acceptable with limitations C = Not recommended

B/1 B/3 A A A A B/4 A C/2/4 A A A B/4 C/3 B/3 B/3 A A A A A A A B/4

A B/4 B/4 A A A A A A B/3 C/5 A A A A A A A A A C/3 A A B/3

1 = Possible crystallization – blockage (do not let dry plunger/barrel together). 2 = Swell of plunger protection layer, possible peeling. 3 = Acid vapors (better resistance with lower concentration). Do not leave instrument on bottle. 4 = Risk of softening or discoloration of external parts through vapors. Do not leave instrument on bottle. 5 = Chemical degradation of glass parts (plunger/barrel).

For automatic dispensing, see the Wheaton Omnispense Plus® peristaltic pump that can operate as a constant rate flow pump or as a programmed dose dispenser. For more details see page 126.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

102

103

$ISPENSERS ÂŹSelf-ReďŹ lling Syringe

Simple, natural movements

Both pistol-grip and two-ring handles ďŹ t any hand in a comfortable way. Activation performed with limited effort for efďŹ cient work even during long dispensing series.

Volume selection â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Reliable reproducibility Š

$OSYS ÂŹSYRINGESÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Optimal hand balance and ergonomics Fast and reliable volume setting Excellent reproducibility Plunger tightness without O-ring High chemical resistance Fully autoclavable at 121°C/250°F One year warranty

From the basic unit to the corrosion-resistant model, the laboratory dedicated syringe line offers precision instruments you can trust. Intended for safe and reliable liquid distribution, the selection of pistol-grip and two-ring instruments comes in a wide volume range.

Volume is set within seconds. It will not vary while activating the syringe, thanks to the safety-locking nut on the micrometric screw. Dose-by-dose reproducibility (CV) is excellent, as witnessed by performance ďŹ gures. Plunger tightness without O-ring

Smooth plunger travel and tightness achieved through high-precision stainless steel plunger and grounded glass barrel. No O-ring to mess with or replace.

$OSYSŠBASICÂŹSYRINGESÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Fill-by-ďŹ ll (automatic) through needle or cannula Supplied without valve system Luer Lock nozzle Two-ring and pistol-grip handle

Package includes syringe, PVC protection sleeve and operating instructions.

ÂŹ $OSYSŠCLASSICÂŹSYRINGESÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Self-reďŹ lling automatic Integrated valve system Luer Lock nozzle Two-ring and pistol-grip handle

Package includes syringe, one meter silicone feed tube, sinker, PVC protection sleeve, aspiration and vent cannulas, set of spare for valve, operating instructions.

ÂŹ $OSYSŠPREMIUMÂŹSYRINGESÂŹÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Self-reďŹ lling automatic Detachable valve system Enhanced corrosion resistance Luer Lock nozzle Two-ring and pistol grip handle

Package includes syringe, one meter silicone feed tube, sinker, PVC protection sleeve, aspiration, vent and dosing cannulas, set of spare for valve, operating instructions.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

$ISPENSERS ¬Self-Refilling Syringe ,IQUID¬0ATH¬-ATERIALS¬(for Chemical Resistance) Parts

Basic/classic models

Premium models

Feed tubing Barrel Washer, Barrel Plunger Valve system Washer, valve Spring and balls, valve Sinker, feed cannula

Silicone Borosilicate glass FPM Stainless steel DIN 304 Ni-Cr Brass PTFE Stainless steel, DIN 304 Ni-Cr Brass

Silicone Borosilicate glass FPM Stainless steel DIN 316L Stainless steel DIN 316L PTFE Stainless steel, DIN 304 Ni-Cr Brass

Cat. No.

Volume (mL)

Divisions (mL)

Min.Vol.

Imprecision (CV%) Mid.Vol. Max.Vol.

$OSYS©¬LABORATORY¬SYRINGES¬n¬¬ 5NLIMITED¬APPLICATIONS

Qty/Case

Dose-by-dose distribution

Dosys basic syringe 162 with Two-ring Handle W852000 W852002 W852004

0.1 – 1 0.3 – 2 0.5 – 5

0.05 0.1 0.5

< 0.7% < 0.6% < 0.5%

< 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.4%

< 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.2%

1 1 1

< 1.8% 1) < 1.2% < 0.7% < 0.6%

< 1.2% < 1.9% < 0.6% < 0.5%

< 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.4%

1 1 1 1

< 0.7 1) < 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.5%

< 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.4%

< 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.2% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1

< 0.7% < 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.5%

< 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.4%

< 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.2% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1

< 1.8% 1) < 1.2% < 0.7% < 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.5% < 0.5%

< 1.2% < 1.9% < 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.4%

< 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.2% < 0.2% < 0.4%

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

< 0.7% < 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.5%

< 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.4%

< 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.2% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1

Dosys classic syringe 163 with Two-ring Handle W852006 W852008 W852010 W852012

0.025 – 0.3 0.1 – 0.5 0.1 – 1 0.3 – 2

0.025 0.1 0.05 0.1

Dosys premium syringe 164 with Two-ring Handle W852014 W852016 W852018 W852020

0.1 – 1 0.3 – 2 0.5 – 5 1 – 10

0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0

Dispensing distribution

Dosys basic syringe 172 with Pistol-grip Handle W853000 W853002 W853004 W853006

0.1 – 1 0.3 – 2 0.5 – 5 1 – 10

0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0

Dosys classic syringe 173 with Pistol-grip Handle W853008 W853010 W853012 W853014 W853016 W853018 W853020

0.025 – 0.3 0.1 – 0.5 0.1 – 1 0.3 – 2 0.5 – 5 1 – 10 5 – 20

0.025 0.1 0.05 0.1 0.5 1.0 1.0

Sterile work

Dosys premium syringe 174 with Pistol-grip Handle 851371 851372 851373 851375

0.1 – 1 0.3 – 2 0.5 – 5 1 – 10

0.05 0.1 0.05 1.0

Tests performed with double distilled water, using stainless steel cannula (1.2 x 50 mm) at constant working speed.

1)

measured at 0.075 mL

Filtration at your nozzle tip

Aspiration with reverse modus valve

Few parts assembly – Low maintenance

Syringe stand

The automatic syringes are made of only six main parts, easy to disassemble. Fast access to all elements allows rapid and efficient cleaning. Spares are available at reasonable cost.

Stand holds syringe in ready-to-use position. Easy-to-clean material. Autoclavable.

WHEATON

Cat. No.

Description

W855008

Syringe Stand

Qty/Case

1

Animal injection

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

104

105

$ISPENSERS ¬Self-Refilling Syringe

!CCESSORIES¬FOR¬3ELF 2ElLLING¬3YRINGES¬ !LTERNATIVE¬&EED¬3OURCES Optional vial holder conversion set & reagent reservoirs for additional liquid feeding possibilities.

)NJECTION¬.EEDLES Cat. No.

Description

W860068

Vial holder conversion set for 163 & 173 models (except 20 mL) without vial Polypropylene bottle, 60 mL Polypropylene bottle, 125 mL Polypropylene bottle, 250 mL

W860086 W860088 W860090

Qty/Pk

1 1 1 1

!SPIRATION¬6ALVE Reverse modus valve set for liquid aspiration (ex. waste collection in separate container). Vented waste collector cap and enhanced tightness set recommended.

Cat. No.

Description

W860078 W860080

Reverse modus aspiration valve unit for 164/174 models Screw cap inside diameter 45 mm, with tubing connection and filtered air outlet

Qty/Pk

1 1

#LEANING¬"RUSHES Heavy-duty nylon brushes with tufted end and plastic handle for barrel cleaning.

Beveled, high-quality needles, stainless steel, autoclavable. Cat. No.

W860000 W860001 W860002 W860003 W860004 W860005 W860006 W860007 W860008 W860009 W860010 W860011 W860012 W860013 W860014 W860015 W860016 W860017 W860018 W860019 W860020 W860021 W860022

ID x L (mm)

0.6 x 4 0.6 x 5 0.6 x 8 0.6 x 13 0.7 x 4 0.7 x 6 0.7 x 7 0.7 x 10 0.7 x 13 0.8 x 10 0.8 x 20 0.8 x 30 0.8 x 40 0.9 x 7 0.9 x 10 0.9 x 13 1.0 x 10 1.0 x 13 1.0 x 15 1.0 x 20 1.0 x 30 1.2 x 10 1.2 x 15

Qty/Pk

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Cat. No.

ID x L (mm)

Qty/Pk

W860023 W860024 W860025 W860026 W860027 W860028 W860029 W860030 W860031 W860032 W860033 W860034 W860035 W860036 W860037 W860038 W860039 W860040 W860041 W860042 W860043 W860044

1.2 x 20 1.2 x 35 1.2 x 50 1.4 x 10 1.4 x 20 1.4 x 35 1.6 x 10 1.6 x 20 1.6 x 25 1.6 x 30 1.6 x 100 1.8 x 10 1.8 x 20 1.8 x 30 2.0 x 30 2.0 x 40 2.0 x 50 1.2 x 10 1.6 x 20 2.0 x 30 2.0 x 40 2.0 x 50

12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

-ICROTEST¬-ANIFOLDS Cat. No.

Description

W855000 W855002 W855004 W855006

For 0.3, 0.5, 1 mL barrels For 1, 2, 5 mL barrels For 5, 10, 20 mL barrels Set of 6 nylon brushes, 2 each

6 6 3 6

$RENCHERS For safe animal mouth and nose feeding. Stainless steel, autoclavable. Cat. No.

Inside Diameter x L

Qty/Pk

Drenchers, straight W855010 W855012 W855014 W855016

0.9 x 25 mm 1.2 x 51 mm 1.6 x 102 mm 3.0 x 203 mm

3 3 2 2

0.9 x 25 mm 1.2 x 51 mm 1.6 x 102 mm 3.0 x 203 mm

3 3 2 2

Cat. No.

Description

851380 851381 851382 851383 851388 851389

4 Position, Straight, 24 well 8 Position, Straight, 96 well 4 Position, Angular, 24 well 8 Position, Angular, 96 well 12 Position, Straight, 96 well 12 Position, Angular, 96 well

Center to Center (mm)

20 9 20 9 9 9

Qty/Cs

1 1 1 6 1 1

$ISPENSING¬#ANNULAS

Drenchers, bent W855018 W855020 W855022 W855024

Ideal for use with 24 or 96 well microplates, the stainless steel manifolds are available in both a straight "T" style and an angular style with an offset hub. This unique dispensing system enables you to perform sample in oculations, cell feedings, and washing faster and more efficiently under sterile conditions.

Qty/Pk

Blunt end superior cannulas, stainless steel, autoclavable. Cat. No.

Description

851411

Dispensing Cannula with Luer Lock 18 gauge x 2” for 1 mL and 2 mL Syringes Dispensing Cannula with Luer Lock 14 gauge x 4” for 5, 10 and 20 mL Syringes

851412

%NHANCED¬4IGHTNESS¬3ET The special clear glass barrel/O-ring fitted plunger enhance tightness when demanded by application (ex. filtration, aspiration, etc.). For 5 mL syringe only.

Qty/Pk

1 1

3PARE¬0ARTS¬FOR¬3ELF 2ElLLING¬3YRINGES¬ &EED¬4UBING (medical quality silicone)

Cat. No.

Description

W860072 W860074

Set includes one each plunger, O-ring, 5 mL barrel and grease Spare barrel for tightness set, 5 mL

WHEATON

Qty/Pk

Cat. No.

Description

1 6

851419 851424

Tube, syringes 0.3 - 10 mL, cut Tube, syringe 20 mL, cut

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Pk

1m 1m

%NVIRONMENTAL¬4ESTING !LL 'LASS¬3YRINGES¬WITH¬,UER¬,OCK¬.OZZLE Cat. No.

Description

W851008 W851010 W851011 W851012 W851014 W851016

Glass Syringe, 0.1 – 1 mL Glass Syringe, 0.5 – 2 mL Glass Syringe, 0.2 – 5 mL Glass Syringe, 1 – 10 mL Glass Syringe, 1 – 20 mL Glass Syringe, 1 – 50 mL

Qty/Pk

3 3 3 3 2 1

%NVIRONMENTAL¬4ESTING Wheaton has many products for environmental testing and for sample and liquid handling. Refer to the sections below when searching for these specific items. • BOD Bottles page 3

'ROUNDED¬'LASS¬"ARRELS Cat. No.

Description

W860048 W860049 851391 851392 851393 851395 W860051

Barrel, syringe, 0.3 mL Barrel, syringe, 0.5 mL Barrel, syringe, 1 mL Barrel, syringe, 2 mL Barrel, syringe, 5 mL Barrel, syringe, 10 mL Barrel, syringe, 20 mL

Qty/Pk

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

• Bottles for Sample Collection page 7 - 28 • Bottle Top Dispensers pages 99-100 • Chemistry Glassware pages 67-80 • Coliwasas & Other Sample Collection Devices page 129 • EPA Vials & Other Vials for Sample Collection

2EPLACEMENT¬0ISTONS

pages 142-152

Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Pk

851401 851402 851403 851405

Piston, 1 mL Premium Syringe Piston, 2 mL Premium Syringe Piston, 5 mL Premium Syringe Piston, 10 mL Premium Syringe

1 1 1 1

• Imhoff Cone for Solid Determination page 82 • Pipettors with volumes up to 10 mL pages 111-116

06#¬0ROTECTION¬3LEEVES Cat. No.

Description

W860052 W860054 W860056 W860058 W860060 W860062

Sleeve, 0.3, 0.5 mL barrels Sleeve, 1 mL barrels Sleeve, 2 mL barrels Sleeve, 5 mL barrels Sleeve, 10 mL barrels Sleeve, 20 mL barrels

Qty/Pk

6 6 6 6 6 3

• Safety Coated Bottles pages 16 - 17 • TCLP Extraction Bottles page 5

6ALVE¬!SSEMBLY¬0ARTS¬+ITS Cat. No.

Description

W860064 W860066 W851425 W851426 W851427 W851428 W851429 851430 851431

Kit for valve, syringe 0.3 mL Kit for valve, syringe 0.5 mL Kit for valve, syringe 1 mL Kit for valve, syringe 2 mL Kit for valve, syringe 5 mL Kit for valve, syringe 10 mL Kit for valve, syringe 20 mL Luer Lock Valve Assembly with three way valve for 1, 2, 5 & 10 mL syringes Luer Lock Valve Assembly with three way valve for 20 mL syringe

Qty/Pk

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Kit includes 1 spring, 2 balls, 2 washers for valve, and barrel washer.

6ENT¬AND¬&EED¬#ANNULAS Cat. No.

Description

851414 851421 851415 851422

Short vent cannula, chrome plated, for 10 mL syringe Short vent cannula, chrome plated, for 20 mL syringe Long feed cannula, chrome plated, for 0.3 to 10 mL syringes Long feed cannula, chrome plated, for 20 mL syringe

Qty/Pk

WHEATON

1 1 1 1

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

106

107

,YOPHILIZATION This section of the catalog includes most products used in freeze drying applications. Although these products appear in other sections of the catalog, we hope you find it convenient to have the products commonly used in the Lyophilization process located in one section of the catalog.





Components

L

yophilization, also known as “freeze drying”, is the process of removing all liquid (water in most cases) from a sample to prolong the shelf life of the product. Long term storage stability of biological materials has made this a preferred technique at biochemical/biotech and pharmaceutical companies and at universities and medical schools for samples such as blood plasma, vaccine, serum, tissue samples, enzymes, and microbial cultures. The food/beverage industry also uses this technique.



Stoppered for Lyo



Stoppered

Crimp Sealed

T

he primary containers used for lyophilization tray drying are serum bottles, serum vials, and to a much lesser extent ampules. The prime accessory is the 2 or 3 leg stopper (1) which has been designed to sit on the top of the container during the lyophilization process (2), and is inserted (3) during the stoppering step in the process. The closure (aluminum seal or threaded cap) is then applied (4). The split stopper is utilized when the dried product is sensitive to air or moisture and needs a rapid seal. Not all freeze dried materials are this sensitive or will require use with the split stopper. Wheaton can provide all the above mentioned product as well as crimpers to give your containers a secure seal.

6ACULEš¬,YOPHILIZATION¬¬ !MPULE ¬0RE 3CORED

!MPULES

• Ideal for freeze drying • Pre-scored to eliminate filing • Heat sealable only

6ACULEš ¬,YOPHILIZATION¬!MPULE¬¬¬¬ • Ideal for small volume lyophilization samples • Heat or stopper sealable

This small volume lyophilization ampule can be flame-sealed or stored with a stopper in place. They are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM Type I, Class A requirements. Stoppers can be purchased separately.

Cat. No.

Description

651446 W651450

2 mL Vacule 11 mm Stopper

Dia x H (mm)

*OD at Top (mm)

12 x 86 —

10 —

Qty/Case

144 144

* Approximate OD

!MPULE¬3EALING¬-ETHODS Standard Ampules Tip Seal Method: While holding the ampule body, insert the tip of the ampule stem into the sealing flame. Heat the tip approximately 3-4 mm from the top. Gently rotate the ampule while heating the tip until the melted glass fuses into a smooth dome.

These ampules are designed for freeze drying, protein hydrolysis, and microdetermination of ketones and amino acids. The long stem provides a convenient means for heat sealing under vacuum. The pre-scored feature allows for easy opening. They are manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I and ASTM Type I, Class A requirements. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

*OD at Top (mm)

651502 651506 651509 651510

1 2 5 10

10 x 108 11.8 x 122 16.5 x 133 19.5 x 154

10 11.75 9 10

* Approximate OD

For additional information on ampules see pages 1-2.

Funnel-Top Ampules Pull Seal Method: In addition to easier filling, the funnel-top ampule is easier to seal using the Pull Seal method. Hold the funnel top with one hand and the body of the ampule with the other hand. Insert the center of the ampule stem into the sealing flame. As the glass softens, rotate the ampule while pulling the funnel top off. This will require very little force and will allow the glass to seal itself. This method can be used for all ampule configurations.

WHEATON

Crimp or decap your aluminum seals with the Wheaton E-Z Crimper™ and the E-Z Decapper™. See pages 35-36 for more details.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

Qty/Case

144 144 144 144

,YOPHILIZATION "OTTLES

108

3CREW¬#APS¬FOR¬¬ 3CREW¬.ECK¬$IAGNOSTIC¬"OTTLES • • • •

Polypropylene screw caps in 5 colors Use with 224100-203 thin-flange stopper Screw cap size 20-400 Autoclavable

Solid Top Screw Cap

Use these unlined polypropylene caps with screw neck diagnostic bottles. These solid and open top caps come in five colors and can be used with thin flange lyophilization stoppers. Screw cap thread size 20-400. Cat. No.

Open Top Screw Cap

Color

Qty/Case

Black White Red Blue Yellow

300 300 300 300 300

Black White Red Blue Yellow

300 300 300 300 300

Solid Top Screw Caps

3CREW¬.ECK¬$IAGNOSTIC¬"OTTLE¬ • • • • •

240706-01 240706-02 240706-03 240706-04 240706-05

Alternative to serum bottles and vials Can be used for lyophilization Fits with I-Loc™ closure or screw cap with stopper Superior chemical resistance Autoclavable

Open Top Screw Caps

Screw Neck diagnostic bottles are an alternative to serum bottles and vials. Each bottle has a controlled ID which allows for fit with the I-Loc™ closure or with a 20-400 screw cap with thin flange stopper. The product is made from Wheaton 400 borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Cap Size

Qty/Case

5 10 20 50

21 x 48 25 x 61 32 x 66 42 x 80

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

480 480 480 288

5 10 20 50

21 x 48 25 x 61 32 x 66 42 x 80

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

480 480 480 288

240716-01 240716-02 240716-03 240716-04 240716-05

Clear 219360 219361 219362 219364

Amber 219370 219371 219372 219374

3TOPPER ¬4HIN¬&LANGE¬ • Use with screw caps for Screw Neck Diagnostic Bottles • Gray chlorobutyl/55 3-leg lyophilization stopper • Autoclavable

Use this gray chlorobutyl/55 three-leg lyophilization stopper with Wheaton screw neck diagnostic bottles, in conjunction with open top caps (240716-01 series) or solid top caps (240706-01 series). Cat. No.

Stopper Size

224100-203

Qty/Case

20 mm

300

,AB¬©¬'RADUATED¬"OTTLES Wheaton Lab 45 Media Bottles are ideal for freeze drying when used with 224100-503 or 224100-507 slotted stoppers and 240736 or 240746 screw caps. Lab 45s are manufactured from borosilicate glass and have a 45 mm screw thread finish, a writing area, and approximate volume graduations.

) ,OC©¬#LOSURE¬ • • • •

For use with Screw Neck Diagnostic Bottles Advantages of an aluminum seal with the convenience of a screw cap Polypropylene screw cap with gray bromobutyl/50 stoppers Autoclavable

These closures are specifically designed for diagnostic applications and offer all the advantages of an aluminum seal and stopper with the convenience of a screw cap. The unique combination of a stopper and screw cap ensures excellent sealing characteristics making them ideal for liquid reagents. The contents can be accessed using a syringe through the stopper or with a pipette after removing the screw cap. These polypropylene closures are available in black, white, red, blue and yellow. Tolerances in the stoppers are maintained to +/-.010. Cat. No.

Color

Cap Size

Qty/Case

240676-01 240676-02 240676-03 240676-04 240676-05

Black White Red Blue Yellow

20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400 20-400

100 100 100 100 100

WHEATON

The wide 45 mm finish facilitates filling and retrieving contents. Sloping shoulders allow for easy cleaning and complete drainage; the polypropylene pour ring eliminates drips. The bottles, caps, and pour rings are autoclavable. Cat. No.

Description

Size (mm)

Qty/Case

Bottle without Cap or Pour Ring 219915

Media Bottle, 100 mL, 56 x 103 mm (Dia x H)

45

12

Screw Cap, White PP, without Sealing Ring Screw Cap, White PP, with Center Hole Pour Ring, Polypropylene Pour Ring, Red ETFE Black Lyophilization Stopper, Halobutyl/60 Black Lyophilization Stopper, EPDM

45 45 45 45 43 43

12 12 12 10 12 12

Accessories 240736 240746 240756 240760 224100-503 224100-507

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

109

,YOPHILIZATION 3ERUM¬"OTTLE

#LOSURES

• Fits most lyophilization applications • Borosilicate glass conforms to USP Type I requirements • Shrink-wrapped partitioned modules reduce breakage

Serum bottles are ideal for long and short term sample storage, lyophilization and vaccine/injectable drug containers. These molded bottles have excellent wall strength and chemical tolerances, which are important for storage applications. Bottles are manufactured from Wheaton 400 borosilicate molded glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. Bottles are packaged in shrink-wrapped partitioned modules with the exception of 2 mL size, which has no partition. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

Fits Rack

Qty/Case

7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

17.5 x 35 23 x 47 25 x 54 32 x 58 37 x 63 43 x 73 41 x 91 52 x 95 54 x 107

868805 868805 868806 868615 868615 868615 868615 868617 —

288 288 288 288 288 288 144 144 144

13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

23 x 47 25 x 54 32 x 58 37 x 63 43 x 73 52 x 95

868805 868806 868615 868615 868615 868617

288 288 288 288 288 144

Open Top Unlined Seal

Center Disc Tear-Out Seal

Clear Serum Bottles 223712 223738 223739 223742 223743 223745 223746 223747 223748

2 5 10 20 30 50 60 100 125

Amber Serum Bottles 223760 223761 223762 223763 223764 223766

5 10 20 30 50 100

Note: Select aluminum seal and stopper size by using the mouth OD dimension of the bottle or vial.

Solid Top Unlined Seal

Tear Off Unlined Seal

5NLINED¬!LUMINUM¬3EALS We offer unlined aluminum seals in a wide range of styles and sizes in natural, blue, red and green aluminum. Cat. No.

Color

For Mouth OD (mm)

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

Open Top Unlined Aluminum Seals 224175-01 224175-05 224175-06 224175-07 224176-01 224176-05 224176-06 224176-07 224177-01 224177-05 224177-06 224178-01 224178-05 224178-06 224178-07

Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Natural Blue Red Green

8 8 8 8 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 20 20 20 20

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Center Disc Tear-Out Unlined Aluminum Seals The center disc tears out, exposing the top of the stopper to the syringe.

3ERUM¬4UBING¬6IAL¬ • Made from low extractable borosilicate glass • Special design adds strength for freeze drying applications • Shrink-wrapped modules reduce particulate contamination

The blowback feature in the neck and specially designed bottom radius for added strength are important for lyophilization applications. The clear vials are manufactured from low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to ASTM Type I, Class A and USP Type I requirements, and the amber vials are manufactured from low extractable borosilicate glass that conforms to USP Type I requirements. Vials are packaged in shrink-wrapped modules to greatly reduce particulate contamination. Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Dia x H (mm)

Fits Rack

Qty/Case

7 x 13 7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

15 x 32 17 x 38 22 x 40 24 x 50 30.5 x 58

868804 868810 868805 — —

144 144 144 144 120

7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20

15 x 32 22 x 40 24 x 50

868804 868805 —

144 144 144

Clear Tubing Vials 223683 223684 223685 223686 223687

2 3 5 10 20

Amber Tubing Vials 223693 223695 223696

2 5 10

WHEATON

224182-01 224182-05 224182-06 224182-07 224183-01 224183-05 224183-06 224183-07

Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Green

13 13 13 13 20 20 20 20

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Solid Top Unlined Aluminum Seals These seals are excellent for long-term storage of samples. 224189 224191

Natural Natural

11 20

100 100

1000 1000

Tear-Off Unlined Aluminum Seals This seal can be completely removed and the contents readily poured from bottle. 224192-01 224192-05 224192-06 224192-07 224193-01 224193-05 224193-06 224193-07

Natural Blue Red Green Natural Blue Red Green

13 13 13 13 20 20 20 20

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

,YOPHILIZATION

110

3TOPPERS

7HEATON¬0REMIUM¬3TOPPERS

3-Leg Straight Plug

New

3-Leg Lyophilization Stopper

2-Leg Lyophilization Stoppers

2-Leg Igloo

Wheaton’s premium stopper selection adds confidence with purity. There are three new styles to choose from. Two of the styles feature a new rubber formulation that redefines rubber purity. The third style is a stopper that is completely coated with a fluorinated polymer coating. This coating gives the stopper a chemical resistance similar to the chemical resistance of PTFE. As a result, this coating ensures sample purity. These stoppers are a good choice if you are using harsh chemicals that require high levels of purity.

5LTRA¬0URE¬3TOPPER Straight Plug Stopper Wheaton’s new Ultra Pure straight plug stoppers are made from a bromobutyl rubber compound containing the highest level of chemical purity. These stoppers are WFI compatible. They also have an ultra low level of extractables and they remain stable when exposed to gamma irradiation making them very well suited for Ready-for-Sterilization and Ready-for-Use applications. Lyophilization Stopper Wheaton’s new Ultra Pure lyophilization stoppers are made from a bromobutyl rubber compound containing the highest level of chemical purity. These stoppers demonstrate a very low level of moisture absorption and a low level of extractables. They are compatible with Water for Injection (WFI) applications and are not suitable for packaging applications. They are free from natural rubber or natural rubber latex. They are ideal for use in most lyophilization applications. Cat. No.

W224100-400 W224100-401 W224100-402 W224100-405 W224100-406 W224100-407 W224100-408

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Stopper Style

Stopper Material

7 x 13 7 x 13 7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20

Straight Plug 2-Leg Stopper Igloo Stopper Straight Plug 2-Leg Stopper 3-Leg Stopper Igloo Stopper

Gray Bromobutyl/47 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46 Gray Bromobutyl/46

Shelf Pack Qty/Case

100 100 100 100 100 100 100

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

Cat. No.

Stopper Material

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

2-Leg Lyophilization Stoppers This all-purpose design reduces the possibility of legs sticking to each other. 224100-092 224100-093 224100-192 W224100-193 224100-194 224100-282 224100-503 224100-507

7 x 13 7 x 13 13 x 20 13 x 20 13 x 20 20 x 28 31 x 43 31 x 43

Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene blend/50 Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Gray Chlorobutyl-Isoprene blend/50 Gray Chlorobutyl/46 Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Gray Chlorobutyl/50 Black Halobutyl/60 Black EPDM

100 100 100 100 100 100 — —

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 12 12

3-Leg Lyophilization Stoppers The 3-leg design provides stability during lyophilization and resists cocking. 224100-202

13 x 20

Gray Chlorobutyl/50

100

1000

3-Leg Thin Flange Lyophilization Stopper Can be used with open top caps (240716-01 series) or solid top caps (240706-01 series). 224100-203

13 x 20

Gray Chlorobutyl/55

300

6IALS

6ACULEš¬¬6IAL • • • •

Designed for lyophilization and freeze drying applications 4, 5 and 10 mL size Screw threads eliminate use of crimp seal Choice of solid or open top screw cap

#OMPLETE¬#OAT¬3TOPPER

Heavy wall construction designed for lyophilization and freeze drying. Manufactured from Wheaton 33 low extractable clear borosilicate glass that conforms to ASTM Type I, Class A and USP Type I requirements. Stoppers and accessories listed below.

Straight Plug Stopper

Cat. No.

Wheaton’s new Complete Coat stoppers are completely coated with a polymer that has barrier properties similar to PTFE. The fluorinated polymer coating is all that comes in contact with the sample. As a result, chemical reactions due to unwanted interference with the rubber itself are virtually eliminated. These stoppers are manufactured in a silicone-free environment. A specialized manufacturing process is used to produce extremely low levels of visible and subvisible particles. These stoppers provide users the greatest level of confidence in avoiding interference with samples.

Vacule Vial

Cat. No.

W224100-420 W224100-421

For Mouth ID x OD (mm)

7 x 13 13 x 20

Stopper Style

Stopper Material

Shelf Pack

Qty/Case

Straight Plug Straight Plug

Gray Bromobutyl/39 Gray Bromobutyl/39

100 100

1000 1000

For a broader selection of aluminum seals and rubber stoppers see the Caps and Closures Section, pages 32-34. WHEATON

651954 651905 651907 Cat. No.

Size (mL)

Dia x H (mm)

Accepts Cap Finish Size

Fits Rack

Qty/Case

4 5 10

17 x 45 22 x 40 22 x 55

15-425 22-350 22-350

868810 868805 868805

200 200 200

Description

Qty/Pack Qty/Case

Screw Caps and Stoppers for Cat. No. 651954, 4 mL Vacule 224100-080 224100-093 240209 W240509

Natural red rubber stopper Gray Chlorobutyl/50 stopper, 2-Leg Cap, solid top, rubber liner, 15-425 screw thread Cap, open top, without liner, 15-425 screw thread

100 100 200 200

1000 1000 200 200

Screw Caps and Stoppers for Cat. No. 651905 and 651907, 5 & 10 mL Vacule 224100-172 224100-194 224100-202 239853

Natural red rubber stopper Gray Chlorobutyl/50 stopper, 2-Leg Gray Chlorobutyl/50 stopper, 3-Leg Cap, solid top, without liner, 22-350 screw thread

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

100 100 100 500

1000 1000 1000 500

111

0IPETTES ¬Socorex

!CURAš¬manual¬¬0IPETTES -ODELS¬¬lXED ¬¬MICRO ¬¬MACRO ¬¬MULTI • • • • • • •

Digital display window for permanent volume visibility Exceptional, user-friendly ergonomics Shock, heat, chemicals and UV light resistance JusTip™ adjustable tip ejection mechanism Swift-set user calibration system Lightweight, 3 - 7 oz (88 - 203 g) depending on model Three year warranty

The Acura® manual are precision pipettes designed and built with the users in mind. They combine high-tech materials with exceptional, user-friendly ergonomics. Whether in research or routine applications, they bring much more than superior performance and make pipetting safe and agreeable. Entirely autoclavable at 121°C/250°F.

#OMFORTABLE¬PIPETTING The Acura® manual fits everybody’s hand with or without a glove. Ergonomic shape, light weight and ultra-soft plunger travel offers a pleasant pipetting feeling. The Acura manual models include fixed and adjustable volume pipettes. • • • • •

Swift-set Instant calibration The swift-set user calibration system with integrated key and locking mechanism makes tedious procedures a thing of the past. Easy and precise, it is in full compliance with international standards and recommendations.

815 fixed volumes (1 – 1000 μL) See page 113 835F fixed volumes (2 – 10 mL) See page 113 825 micro variable volumes (0.1 – 1000 μL) 835 macro variable volumes (0.2 – 10 mL) 855 multi 8 and 12 channel (0.5 – 350 μL)

Maximum comfort from ergonomic shape, lightweight feel, & ultra-soft plunger activation Reliable micrometric volume adjustment keeps gloves from tearing

Smart and reliable volume adjustment State-of-the-art micrometric volume setting is performed smoothly and precisely by turning push button. Finely machined click-stops and free rotating cap prevent any unwanted volume alteration.

Ergonomically positioned tip ejection allows for easy tip disposal

JusTip™ Tip ejection – easier than ever Ergonomically positioned, the large surface, soft padded ejector button provides for low-pressure activation. In addition to ease of tip ejection, the shaft height adjustment system called JusTip™ – controlled by efficient click-stops – allows a wide selection of tips to tightly fit the nozzle.

Digital display is visible at all times during pipetting Optimal working position In addition to ergonomic design and perfect hand fitting of the pipette, the multichannel volumetric module revolves for added user comfort.

Swift-set calibration system fully complies with international standards & recommendations

WHEATON

Adjustable tip ejector Position of tip ejector can be adjusted in no time within a 4 mm span to perfectly match to tip used. Bowed shape of ejector head guarantees effortless, easy sequential tip ejection.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

0IPETTES ¬Socorex For pipette tips and accessories see pages 119-120.

 Pipette Tips. Choose from a wide selection of tips made from high grade, virgin metal-free polypropylene.

  

Nozzle Filters

Pasteur Pipette Adapter

Nozzle Filters add protection from pipette contamination on Socorex Acura manual 810 dilution pipette, 835 (2, 5 and 10 mL), Calibra digital 832 (2 and 10 mL) and Acura electro 935 (5 and 10 mL) model pipettes. Pasteur Pipette Adapter allows for use of glass Pasteur pipets with Acura manual 835 5 mL model. Adapter is provided with Calibra digital 832 2 mL model.

Smartie Caps provide a way to color code your Socorex pipette with 14 different colors.

See the cost-effective Triopack on page 113.

Cat. No.

Volume

Division

Tip Style

Min. Vol

Inaccuracy (E%) Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

Imprecision (CV%) Qty/ Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol. Case

Acura® manual 825 micro W810300 W810302 W810304 W810306 W810308 W810310 W810312 W810314

0.1 – 2 μL 0.002 μL Ultra 10 μL 0.5 – 10 μL 0.01 μL Ultra 10 μL 1 – 10 μL 0.01 μL 200 μL 2 – 20 μL 0.02 μL 200 μL 5 – 50 μL 0.1 μL 200 μL 10 – 100 μL 0.1 μL 200 μL 20 – 200 μL 0.2 μL 200 μL 100 – 1000 μL 1 μL 1000 μL

< ± 6.0% 1) < ± 2.5% 2) < ± 2.5% < ± 2.5% < ± 1.5% < ± 1.5% < ± 1.5% < ± 1.5%

< ± 4.0% < ± 1.8% < ± 1.8% < ± 1.8% < ± 1.3% < ± 1.2% < ± 1.1% < ± 1.0%

< ± 2.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 0.8% < ± 0.6% < ± 0.5%

< 5.0% 1) < 1.8% 2) < 2.5% < 1.7% < 1.0% < 1.0% < 0.6% < 0.5%

< 3.3% < 1.2% < 1.6% < 1.1% < 0.7% < 0.6% < 0.4% < 0.4%

< 1.5% < 0.5% < 0.7% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.2% < 0.2% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

< 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.5% < 0.3% < 0.2%

1 1

Reagent Reservoirs are designed for maximum recovery of liquid reagents.

Acura® manual 835 macro W810316 W810318 Cat. No.

0.2 – 5 mL 1 – 10 mL

0.01 mL 0.01 mL

5 mL 10 mL

Volume

Division

Tip Style

< ± 1.5% < ± 1.1% < ± 0.6% < ± 1.5% < ± 0.7% < ± 0.5% Min. Vol

Inaccuracy (E%) Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

Imprecision (CV%) Qty/ Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol. Case

Acura® manual 855 8-channel W810600 W810602 W810603 W810604

0.5 – 10 μL 5 – 50 μL 20 – 200 μL 40 – 350 μL

0.01 μL Ultra 10 μL 0.1 μL 200 μL 0.2 μL 200 μL 0.4 μL 350 μL

< ± 3.5% 1) < ± 1.0% < ± 0.9% < ± 1.0%

< ± 2.5% < ± 0.9% < ± 0.8% < ± 0.9%

< ± 1.5% < ± 0.8% < ± 0.7% < ± 0.8%

< 3.0% 1) < 1.0% < 0.6% < 0.6%

< 2.0% < 0.7% < 0.5% < 0.5%

< 1.0% < 0.4% < 0.3% < 0.3%

1 1 1 1

< ± 3.5% 1) < ± 1.0% < ± 0.9% < ± 1.0%

< ± 2.5% < ± 0.9% < ± 0.8% < ± 0.9%

< ± 1.5% < ± 0.8% < ± 0.7% < ± 0.8%

< 3.0% 1) < 1.0% < 0.6% < 0.6%

< 2.0% < 0.7% < 0.5% < 0.5%

< 1.0% < 0.4% < 0.3% < 0.3%

1 1 1 1

Acura® manual 855 12-channel W810606 W810608 W810609 W810610

0.5 – 10 μL 5 – 50 μL 20 – 200 μL 40 – 350 μL

0.01 μL Ultra 10 μL 0.1 μL 200 μL 0.2 μL 200 μL 0.4 μL 350 μL

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (± 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance with 1) 2) measured at 0.5 μL measured at 1 μL EN ISO 8655.

When needing calibration and repair for your Socorex pipettes contact Wheaton Customer Service.

WHEATON

Model 337

Model 340

Work Stations provide a space saving storage place for all your pipettes, including other brand pipettes. How to Use a Socorex Pipette. Increase the longevity of your Socorex pipettes by helping students and new laboratory personnel learn the proper way to use and store pipettes. See page 162 for details.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

112

113

0IPETTES ÂŹSocorex !CURAÂ&#x161; ďŹ xed 0IPETTES -ODELSÂŹ& 

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

1 ÎźL to 10 mL Slim ergonomic design and light weight Ultra-soft plunger activation JusTipâ&#x201E;˘ adjustable tip ejection system User calibration with integrated key Color coding

Cat. No.

Volume

Tip style

Inaccuracy (E%)

Inprecision (CV%)

Ultra 10 ÎźL Ultra 10 ÎźL Ultra 10 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL

< Âą 2.0% < Âą 1.4% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.75% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.6%

< 1.0% < 1.0% < 0.7% < 0.8% < 0.5% < 0.5% < 0.6% < 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.35% < 0.3% < 0.3% < 0.4% < 0.3% < 0.3% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.3% < 0.3% < 0.3% < 0.2% < 0.2% < 0.2% < 0.2% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 mL 5 mL 5 mL 10 mL

< Âą 0.8% < Âą 0.8% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.5%

< 0.5% < 0.5% < 0.4% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1

Qty/Case

Acura ďŹ xed 815

&

3MARTIEÂŹ#APS Smartie Caps provide a way to color code your Socorex pipette with 14 different colors. See page 120 for details.

W810000 W810002 W810004 851206 W810006 W810008 W810010 W810012 W810014 W810016 W810018 W810020 W810022 W810024 W810026 W810028 W810030 W810032 W810034 W810036 W810038 W810040 W810042 W810044 W810046 W810048 W810050 W810052 W810054

1 ÎźL 5 ÎźL 10 ÎźL 10Y ÎźL 15 ÎźL 20 ÎźL 25 ÎźL 30 ÎźL 40 ÎźL 50 ÎźL 60 ÎźL 70 ÎźL 75 ÎźL 80 ÎźL 90 ÎźL 100 ÎźL 120 ÎźL 150 ÎźL 200 ÎźL 250 ÎźL 300 ÎźL 400 ÎźL 500 ÎźL 600 ÎźL 700 ÎźL 750 ÎźL 800 ÎźL 900 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL

Acura ďŹ xed 835F W810056 W810058 W810060 W810062

2 mL 2.5 mL 5 mL 10 mL

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (¹ 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance with EN ISO 8655.

!CURAÂ&#x161;ÂŹmanualÂŹ4RIOPACK â&#x20AC;˘ Three adjustable micropipettes â&#x20AC;˘ Large choice of volumes â&#x20AC;˘ Cost effective prices

This ready-to-use set includes three AcuraÂŽ manual adjustable pipettes, tip samples, QC certiďŹ cate and operating instructions. There are eight different Triopacks available, each covering speciďŹ c volumes. The full coverage stretches between 0.1 ÎźL and 10 mL. Triopack brings a major price/ quality advantage matching budget constraints.

Cat. No.

W810319 W810320 W810321

Contents (Micro/macropipette models)

2 ÎźL (0.1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2) 2 ÎźL (0.1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2) 10Y ÎźL (1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10)

10 ÎźL (0.5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10) 20 ÎźL (2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20) 50 ÎźL (5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 50)

WHEATON

50 ÎźL (5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 50) 200 ÎźL (20 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 200) 200 ÎźL (20 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 200)

Cat. No.

W810323 W810324 W810325

Contents (Micro/macropipette models)

10Y ÎźL (1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10) 20 ÎźL (2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20) 50 ÎźL (5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 50)

100 ÎźL (10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 100) 200 ÎźL (20 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 200) 200 ÎźL (20 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 200)

1000 ÎźL (100 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1000) 1000 ÎźL (100 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1000) 1000 ÎźL (100 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1000)

Cat. No.

W810326 W810327

Contents (Micro/macropipette models)

100 ÎźL (10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 100) 1000 ÎźL (100 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1000)

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

1000 ÎźL (100 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1000) 5 mL (0.5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5)

5 mL (0.5â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5) 10 mL (1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10)

0IPETTES ¬Socorex For pipette tips and accessories see pages 119-120.

Pipette Tips. Choose from a wide selection of tips made from high grade, virgin metal-free polypropylene.

!CURAš ¬$ILUTION¬0IPETTE -ODEL¬ • • • • • •

Nozzle Filters

Two pre-calibrated fixed volumes – no setting required Smooth activation, excellent ergonomics JusTip™ system for height adjustment of tip ejector Easy maintenance, cleaning and disinfection Fully autoclavable 121°C/250°F Three year warranty

Pasteur Pipette Adapter

Nozzle Filters add protection from pipette contamination on Socorex Acura manual 810 dilution pipette, 835 (2, 5 and 10 mL), Calibra digital 832 (2 and 10 mL) and Acura electro 935 (5 and 10 mL) model pipettes.

Air displacement pipette with two pre-calibrated steps allows subsequent pipetting of 1 and 0.1 mL of the same liquid. Metal nozzle fits long straw tip to aspirate from narrow or deep reservoirs (i.e. Stomacher® bags). Ideal alternative to the graduated glass pipettes when performing serial 1:10 dilutions in bacteriology. Cat. No.

Description

Volume

Inaccuracy (E%)

Inprecision (CV%)

Qty/Case

851343

Acura manual 810

1 mL 0.1 mL

< ± 0.4% < ± 2.0%

< ± 0.4% < ± 2.5%

1

Pasteur Pipette Adapter allows for use of glass Pasteur pipets with Acura manual 835 5 mL model. Adapter is provided with Calibra digital 832 2 mL model.

Accessories 851344

Straw Tips, Sterile, Polypropylene 190 mm in length

No setting required Two fixed volumes within one plunger travel. Innovative dual calibration Both volumes of 1 mL and 0.1 mL can be calibrated independently from each other.

1

2

20 x 25/pk

JusTip™ ejector Turn left or right to adjust ejector to strawtip position on the nozzle.

Smartie Caps provide a way to color code your Socorex pipette with 14 different colors.

Reagent Reservoirs are designed for maximum recovery of liquid reagents.

Straw tips First class polypropylene (L: 190 mm, Inside Dia: 4 mm) specially designed for narrow vials and Stomacher® bags. No blocking by particles in suspension.

3 Simple operation

WHEATON

1

Depress plunger button in full, then release slowly to aspirate 1.1 mL

2

Depress plunger button to first stop, thus dispensing 1 mL in Petri dish

3

Depress plunger button to second stop, thus dispensing residual 0.1 mL in next Petri dish

Model 337

Model 340

Work Stations provide a space saving storage place for all your pipettes, including other brand pipettes. How to Use a Socorex Pipette. Increase the longevity of your Socorex pipettes by helping students and new laboratory personnel learn the proper way to use and store pipettes. See page 162 for details.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

114

115

0IPETTES ¬Socorex

4HE¬!CURAš¬electro¬0IPETTES -ODELS¬¬MICRO ¬¬MACRO ¬¬MULTI



• • • • • • • •



Optimized ergonomics and working comfort Lightweight Easy, intuitive, self-teaching program Right or left display reading Swift-interchange battery pack Innovative, adjustable tip ejection Electronic control unit fits other volumetric modules One year warranty

The Acura® electro is making electronic pipetting simpler and safer than ever. The instrument includes a microprocessor-controlled motor and a rechargeable 4.8 V battery. Intuitive control software allows for quick access to five working modes and many volumes to select from.



• Model 925 (0.5 – 1000 uL) • Model 935 (0.25 – 10 mL) • Model 955 8 and 12 channel (0.5 – 350 uL)

Natural ergonomics

The Acura® electro offers shape, balance and working ergonomics resembling those of a manual instrument. Comfort is so greatly improved that pipetting and resulting consistency are outstanding! Unique “right or left” display reading

User converts displayed information for right or left side reading. All necessary elements are visible at a glance during programming, pipetting and calibration steps.

Variable working speed

Located on the front side, the speed selector allows instant change even during the pipetting process. In addition, slow speed can be activated at any time by gentle touch of the start button. Time efficient maintenance

Clever pipette construction limits maintenance to a minimum and requires no tool for disassembling the volumetric modules. Whenever sterilization is needed, the volumetric modules can be autoclaved at 121°C/250°F.

Tip ejection – easier than ever

Maximum efficiency is obtained with a large, ergonomically located ejector button. The shaft height adjustment system called JusTip™ (4 mm span) – controlled by efficient click-stops – allows a wide selection of tips for a tight nozzle fit.

Smart battery packs

The NiMH battery pack is located in the power handle. It can be removed and changed in a second. New 4.8V tension enables fast battery charging (<1.5 hours) and provides extended working autonomy (>3000 consecutive pipetting cycles). When unused, the Acura® electro automatically goes on energy saving stand-by.

On multichannel models, bowed shape of ejector head adds to effortless, easy sequential tip ejection.

Energy Star® qualified power supply for a better environment

Calibration

Control software provides for instant access to calibration menu. Adjustments are performed directly on the instrument’s keyboard. Any inaccurate plunger movement is detected by the microprocessor which warns the user with an error message. WHEATON

Pipette charging stand Stand allows charging and storing of up to three electronic pipettes or battery packs simultaneously. Each position is fitted with a red/green charging LED. It is supplied with every Acura® electro basic package.

Optional battery charging stand Space-saving stand holds up to three battery packs simultaneously. The ideal charging and storage accessory for spare batteries, which are then available at any time.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

0IPETTES ¬Socorex For pipette tips and accessories see pages 119-120.

Forward pipetting

Reverse pipetting

Step-wise pipetting

Dilution (up to 3 liquids)

Pipette Tips. Choose from a wide selection of tips made from high grade, virgin metal-free polypropylene. Powerful intelligence The “no gimmick” intuitive control software does not require any particular skills. Avoiding complicated programming steps, there are only a few buttons on the keyboard to give access to the various modes within seconds.

Mixing

)NTERCHANGEABLE¬6OLUMETRIC¬-ODULES To increase pipetting flexibility, one electronic control unit accommodates the other volumetric modules available separately. This alone contributes to make electronic pipetting affordable to all budgets. Initial calibration is necessary before very first use of each additional or replacement volumetric module. Instrument memory retains the calibration data.

Nozzle Filters

Pasteur Pipette Adapter

Nozzle Filters add protection from pipette contamination on Socorex Acura manual 810 dilution pipette, 835 (2, 5 and 10 mL), Calibra digital 832 (2 and 10 mL) and Acura electro 935 (5 and 10 mL) model pipettes. Pasteur Pipette Adapter allows for use of glass Pasteur pipets with Acura manual 835 5 mL model. Adapter is provided with Calibra digital 832 2 mL model.

"ASIC¬0ACKAGE Includes electronic pipette with individual QC certificate, pipette charging stand, fast charger with AC adapter and cord, one additional 4.8 V battery pack, Qualitips® pipette tips samples and operating instructions.

Smartie Caps provide a way to color code your Socorex pipette with 14 different colors. Fast charger with AC adapter Cat. No. Basic Pkg

Cat. No. Pipette

Cat. No. Volumetric Module Volume

Division

Tip Style

Min. Vol

Inaccuracy (E%) Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

Imprecision (CV%) Qty/ Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol. Case

Acura® electro 925 micro W810908-A W810910-A W810912-A W810914-A

W810900 W810902 W810904 W810906

W820015 0.5 – 10 μL W820016 2.5 – 50 μL W820017 10 – 200 μL W820018 50 – 1000 μL

0.05 μL Ultra 10 μL 0.25 μL 200 μL 1.0 μL 200 μL 5.0 μL 1000 μL

< ± 2.5%1) < ± 2.5%2) < ± 1.5%3) < ± 1.5%4)

< ± 1.8% < ± 1.6% < ± 1.1% < ± 1.0%

< ± 1.0% < ± 0.7% < ± 0.6% < ± 0.5%

< 1.8%1) < 1.5%2) < 0.7%3) < 0.5%4)

< 1.2% < 0.9% < 0.5% < 0.4%

< 0.5% < 0.3% < 0.2% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1

5 mL < ± 1.0%5) < ± 0.9% < ± 0.7% 10 mL < ± 0.8%6) < ± 0.7% < ± 0.5%

< 0.6%5) < 0.5% < 0.3% < 0.4%6) < 0.3% < 0.2%

1 1

0.05 μL Ultra 10 μL < ± 3.5%1) < ± 2.5% < ± 1.5% 0.25 μL 200 μL < ± 1.0%2) < ± 0.9% < ± 0.8% 5.0 μL 350 μL < ± 1.0%7) < ± 0.9% < ± 0.8%

< 3.0% 1) < 2.0% < 1.0% < 1.0% 2) < 0.7% < 0.4% < 0.6% 7) < 0.4% < 0.3%

1 1 1

0.05 μL Ultra 10 μL < ± 3.5%1) < ± 2.5% < ± 1.5% 0.25 μL 200 μL < ± 1.0%2) < ± 0.9% < ± 0.8% 5.0 μL 350 μL < ± 1.0%7) < ± 0.9% < ± 0.8%

< 3.0%1) < 2.0% < 1.0% < 1.0%2) < 0.7% < 0.4% < 0.6%7) < 0.4% < 0.3%

1 1 1

Reagent Reservoirs are designed for maximum recovery of liquid reagents.

Acura® electro 935 macro W810916-A W810916 W820024 W810918-A W810918 W820025

0.25 – 5 mL 0.5 – 10 mL

0.05 mL 0.05 mL

Acura® electro 955 8-channel W810924-A W810924 W820026 W810926-A W810926 W820027 W810928-A W810928 W820028

0.5 – 10 μL 2.5 – 50 μL 20 – 350 μL

Acura® electro 955 12-channel W810930-A W810932-A W810934-A

W810930 W820029 W810932 W820030 W810934 W820031

0.5 – 10 μL 2.5 – 50 μL 20 – 350 μL

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (± 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance with EN ISO 8655. Performance measured at 1) 1 μL 2) 5 μL 3) 20μL 4) 100 μL 5) 0.5 mL 6) 1 mL 7) 40 μL

!CCESSORIES Cat. No.

Description

W820019 W820020 W820021 W810929-A W820022-A

Pipette charging stand, 3 charging positions, holds micropipettes or power handles Compact charging stand, 3 charging positions, holds power handles only Spare battery pack (power handle) Spare battery pack (power handle) duo pack Power supply with AC adapter, 100-240 V and cord

WHEATON

Qty/Case

1 1 1 2 1

Model 337

Model 340

Work Stations provide a space saving storage place for all your pipettes, including other brand pipettes. How to Use a Socorex Pipette. Increase the longevity of your Socorex pipettes by helping students and new laboratory personnel learn the proper way to use and store pipettes. See page 162 for details.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

116

117

0IPETTES ¬Socorex

#ALIBRAš¬DIGITAL¬¬0IPETTES -ODELS¬¬MICRO ¬¬MACRO ¬¬MULTI

 

Comfort and safety Easy and glove friendly volume setting and tip ejection bring added comfort. No unwanted volume alteration or detipping while working.

Key volume adjustment Example: from 10 to 50 μL in half a revolution of the setting wheel placed in its normal position.

Fine-tuning adjustment Example: from 50 to 55.5 μL in half a revolution of the setting wheel in pulled position.

• • • • • • •

Wind-free instant volume adjustment Unsurpassed performance and calibration stability Robust, long-lasting construction Shock, heat, chemicals and UV light resistance Reliable user calibration Autoclavable at 121°C/250°F fully assembled Three year warranty • Model 822 micro (0.2 – 1000 μL) • Model 832 macro (0.2 – 10 mL) • Model 852 8 (1 – 200 μL) and 12 channel (10 – 200 μL)

Color coding Attractive colored plates and ejector buttons for easy identification of volume range and tip style. Easy in-lab calibration The calibration screw is located under the rubber pad. Engraved divisions help calibrate instrument quickly and precisely. Calibration key supplied with the instrument.

A highly reliable pipette line with instant volume adjustment. The combination of mechanical precision, comfort and ease of use in the same instrument makes the Calibra® digital one of the smartest high-end micropipettes in the market. Instant volume setting Major feature of the Calibra® line, the twin cam system is fitted with pre-calibrated steps providing for true digital volume entry and numerical display. The dual incrementation allows fast volume setting without tedious winding.

WHEATON

Pasteur Pipette Adapter PVDF adapter fits pipette nozzle to accommodate standard glass Pasteur pipettes. FPM O-rings care for effective tightness. Included with each 2 mL Calibra® model.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

0IPETTES ¬Socorex For pipettes tips and accessories see pages 119-120.

#ALIBRA ¬DIGITAL¬¬0IPETTES š

-ODEL¬¬MULTI Pipette Tips. Choose from a wide selection of tips made from high grade, virgin metal-free polypropylene.



Nozzle Filters

Pasteur Pipette Adapter

Nozzle Filters add protection from pipette contamination on Socorex Acura manual 810 dilution pipette, 835 (2, 5 and 10 mL), Calibra digital 832 (2 and 10 mL) and Acura electro 935 (5 and 10 mL) model pipettes. Pasteur Pipette Adapter allows for use of glass Pasteur pipets with Acura manual 835 5 mL model. Adapter is provided with Calibra digital 832 2 mL model.

Smartie Caps provide a way to color code your Socorex pipette with 14 different colors.

360° rotation In addition to ergonomic hand fitting, the pipette volumetric module (lower assembly) revolves for added user comfort.

Alternative ejector head Improved compatibility with long neck tips.

Sequential tip ejection Special shape of ejector head guarantees effortless, sequential easy tip ejection. Cat. No.

Volume

Division

Tip Style

Reagent Reservoirs are designed for maximum recovery of liquid reagents. Min. Vol

Inaccuracy (E%) Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

Imprecision (CV%) Qty/ Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol Case

Calibra® digital 822 micro 851160 851162 851163 851164 851166 851168

0.2 – 2 μL 0.1 μL Ultra 10 μL 1 – 10 μL 0.05 μL Ultra 10 μL 2 – 20 μL 0.1 μL 200 μL 10 – 100 μL 0.5 μL 200 μL 20 – 200 μL 1.0 μL 200 μL 100 – 1000 μL 5.0 μL 1000 μL

< ± 6.0%1) < ± 2.0% < ± 2.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 0.7%

< ± 4.0% < ± 1.5% < ± 1.5% < ± 0.9% < ± 0.9% < ± 0.6%

< 5.0%1) < 2.0% < 1.7% < 1.0% < 0.6% < 0.5%

< 3.3% < 1.3% < 1.1% < 0.6% < 0.4% < 0.4%

< ± 1.5% < ± 1.5%

< ± 1.0% < ± 0.5% < ± 1.0% < ± 0.5%

< 0.5% < 0.3%

< 0.3% < 0.2% < 0.3% < 0.15%

1 1

< ± 3.5% < ± 1.0% < ± 0.9%

< ± 2.5% < ± 1.5% < ± 0.9% < ± 0.7% < ± 0.9% < ± 0.7%

< 3.0% < 1.0% < 0.6%

< 2.0% < 1.0% < 0.7% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.3%

1 1 1

< ± 1.0% < ± 0.9%

< ± 0.9% < ± 0.7% < ± 0.9% < ± 0.7%

< 1.0% < 0.6%

< 0.7% < 0.4% < 0.4% < 0.3%

1 1

< ± 2.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 1.0% < ± 0.8% < ± 0.8% < ± 0.5%

< 1.5% < 0.5% < 0.5% < 0.2% < 0.2% < 0.2%

1 1 1 1 1 1

Calibra® digital 832 macro 851340 851345

0.2 – 2 mL 1 – 10 mL

0.01 mL 0.1 mL

2 mL 10 mL

Calibra® digital 852 8-channel W851180-2 1 – 10 μL 851183-2 10 – 100 μL 851187-2 20 – 200 μL

0.05 μL Ultra 10 μL 0.5 μL 200 μL 1.0 μL 200 μL

Calibra® digital 852 12-channel 851184-2 851188-2

10 – 100 μL 20 – 200 μL

0.5 μL 1.0 μL

200 μL 200 μL

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (± 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance /with EN ISO 8655. 1) measured at 0.5 μL

When needing calibration and repair for your Socorex pipettes contact Wheaton Customer Service. WHEATON

Model 337

Model 340

Work Stations provide a space saving storage place for all your pipettes, including other brand pipettes. How to Use a Socorex Pipette. Increase the longevity of your Socorex pipettes by helping students and new laboratory personnel learn the proper way to use and store pipettes. See page 162 for details.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

118

119

0IPETTES ÂŹSocorex 0IPETTEÂŹ4IPS Bulk or rack availability High-density ďŹ lter prevents aerosol contamination DNase and RNase-free ďŹ lter tips Pyrogen-free sterile ďŹ lter tips

835/935

822

855/955

832

852

1 to 10 ÎźL

1 to 10 mL

0.2 to 2 mL

20 to 200 ÎźL

0.1 to 2 ÎźL

100 to 1000 ÎźL

0.4 mm gel seq, 4 racks of 200 800

20 to 200 ÎźL

851178

10 to 100 ÎźL

X

2 to 20 ÎźL

X

1 to 10 ÎźL

X

0.2 to 2 ÎźL

X

40 to 350 ÎźL

X X

20 to 200 ÎźL

N N X

5 to 50 ÎźL

N

0.5 to 10 ÎźL

N

1 to 10 mL

0.2 mm gel seq, 4 racks of 200 800

0.5 to 5 mL

X

851176

2 mL, 2.5 mL

X

100 to 1000 ÎźL

X

X

10 to 100 ÎźL

X

X

5 to 50 ÎźL

X

X X

2 to 20 ÎźL

X X

N N X

1 to 10 ÎźL (Y)

N N X

N

0.5 to 10 ÎźL

N

N

250 to 1000 ÎźL

N

800

120 to 200 ÎźL

1000

Long Tip, 4 racks of 200

25 to 100 ÎźL

Short Tip, 10 racks of 100

851174

ÂŹ

10Y/15/20 ÎźL

851172

ÂŹ

up to 10 ÎźL

Description

Sterile

Cat No.

-ICROTIPS ÂŹÂŹÂŤ,ÂŹ

Pyrogen Free

Filtered

825/925

DNase, RNase Free

815

#ALIBRAÂ&#x161;ÂŹdigital

20 to 200 ÎźL

!CURAÂ&#x161;ÂŹmanual!CURAÂ&#x161;ÂŹelectro

10 to 100 ÎźL

â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘ Made from high grade, virgin, metal-free polypropylene â&#x20AC;˘ Wide selection, superior quality â&#x20AC;˘ Precision injection molding care for air-tight ďŹ t â&#x20AC;˘ Lot-by-lot consistency

ÂŹ Qty/Case X

N

N

N N X

X X

X

X

X

X

W851239-01 10 racks of 96 tips

960

N

N

N N X

X X

X

X

X

X

W851239-02 10 racks of 96 tips

960

N

N

N Y

X

X X

X

X

X

X

W851239-03 Bulk pack of 1000 tips

1000

N

N

N N X

X X

X

X

X

X

-ICROTIPS ÂŹÂŹÂŤ,ÂŹÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

Cat No.

Description

851179-01

Individually wrapped

Qty/Case 1000

Y

Y

Y

Y

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

851179-02

10 racks of 96 tips

960

Y

Y

Y

Y

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

-ICROTIPS ÂŹÂŹÂŤ,ÂŹÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

Cat No.

Description

851246

10 racks of 96 tips

Qty/Case 960

N

N

N N

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

851247

10 racks of 96 tips

960

N

N

N Y

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

851248

Bulk pack of 1000 tips

1000

N

N

N N

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

851271

Bulk pack of 1000 tips

1000

N

N

N N

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

851272

10 racks of 96 tips

960

N

N

N N

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X X

-ICROTIPS ÂŹÂŹÂŤ,ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

ÂŹ

Cat No.

Description

Qty/Case

851181-01

Bulk pack of 1000 tips

1000

Y

Y

N N

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X X1)

X

X

X

851181-02

10 racks of 96 tips

960

Y

Y

N N

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X X1)

X

X

X

X X

851181-03

Individually wrapped

1000

Y

Y

Y

Y

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X X1)

X

X

X

X X

851181-04

10 racks of 96 tips

960

Y

Y

Y

Y

X

X

X

X

X

X X

X

X

X X1)

X

X

X

X X

-ICROTIPS ÂŹÂŹÂŤ,ÂŹ Cat No.

Description

851276

Bulk pack of 1000 tips

Qty/Case 1000

N

N

N N

X

X

X

851277

10 racks of 100 tips

1000

N

N

N N

X

X

X

851180-01

Individually wrapped

1000

N

Y

N Y

X

X

X

851180-02

10 racks of 96 tips

960

N

Y

N N

X

X

X

-ACROTIPS ÂŹ ÂŹ ÂŹÂŹM, Cat No.

Description

851355

2 mL - bulk pack of 250 tips

Qty/Case 250

N

N

N N

851357

5 mL - bulk pack of 250 tips

250

N

N

N N

851358

10 mL - bulk pack of 100 tips

100

N

N

N N

W851362

5 mL - 2 bulk packs of 250 tips 500

N

N

N N

X

W851363

5 mL - 2 racks of 50 tips

N

N

N N

X

100

X

X X X

1) Tip capacity is 300 ÎźL

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

X

0IPETTES ¬Socorex

120

!CCESSORIES

Reagent Reservoirs Nozzle Filters for Pipettes Add protection against liquid fill or pipette contamination. Filters are interchangeable, non sterile, non autoclavable. Fits Socorex macro model pipettes. Cat. No.

Fits

Material

Qty/Bag

851341 W851342

Calibra® manual 832, 2 mL Acura® manual 835, 2 and 5 mL Acura® electro 935, 5 mL Calibra® digital 832, 10 mL Acura® electro 935, 10 mL Acura® manual 835, 10 mL

Cellulose Cellulose

250 250

PP fibers

100

851346

Pasteur Pipette Adapter

Cat. No.

Style

W851364 W851365 W851239 W851368 851249 851250

PP, V-shaped, no lid PP, V-shaped, hinged lid PS, 8-channel, no lid PS, 12-channel, no lid PP, V-shaped, no lid PP, V-shaped, no lid

Volume (mL)

Sterile

70 125 40 40 75 75

No No Yes Yes No Yes

Size (mm) Qty/Pack

58 x 132 x 25 83 x 121 x 34 83 x 126 x 13 83 x 126 x 13 48 x 127 x 32 48 x 127 x 32

20 20 10 10 10 10

Materials are PP (Polypropylene) and PS (Polystyrene).

Disposable Pasteur Pipette

Pasteur Pipette Adapter PVDF adapter fits pipette nozzle to accommodate standard glass Pasteur pipettes. FPM O-rings care for effective tightness. Included with each 2 mL Calibra® model. Optional for Acura® manual 835 and Acura® electro 935 5 mL models. Cat. No.

Description

W820023

For model 835 and 935, 5 mL

Qty/Pack

1

Disposable Pasteur Pipettes

Work Station 337

Cat. No. Overall Length (mm) Tip Length (mm) Body Length (mm) Shelf Pack

357331 357335

146 228

45 108

101 120

Work Station 340

Qty/Case

200 200

1000 1000

7ORK¬3TATIONS 7-position work station Space-saving pipette stand holds up to seven single-channel pipettes of most brands. Made of sturdy polyamid material, easy to clean. Anti-slip pads guarantee bench stability. The work station fits new and old generations of Socorex and other brand pipettes. 3-position multi- and single- channel pipette work station Innovative design fits all Calibra®and Acura® models. Easy reach of each instrument. Heavy bottom plate and anti-slip pads guarantee high stability. Made of polyamid material, easy to clean.

Smartie Caps The Acura® pipettes have color-coded display windows and smarties button caps. Other color combinations are desirable for individual, lab or department identification; choose among 14 colors of smarties, or pick the smartie mix which contains all colors. Cat. No.

Color

Qty/Pack

Cat. No.

Color

Qty/Pack

Smarties plunger caps W820000 W820001 W820002 W820003 W820004 W820005 W820006

White Grey Vanilla Lemon Yellow Orange Red

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

W820007 W820008 W820009 W820010 W820011 W820012 W820013

Rose Pink Purple Ice blue Blue Mint Green

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Work station 340 also fits the Acura® 810 dilution pipette and Acura® 865 microdispenser pipettes. Cat. No.

Color code

Fits

W851361 W851354 W851356 W851359 W851360

Light grey Ice blue Vanilla yellow Mint green Pastel rose

7 single-channel pipette 7 single-channel pipette 7 single-channel pipette 7 single-channel pipette 7 single-channel pipette

1 1 1 1 1

3 multi- or single-channel pipette

1

Work station model 340 W851369

Light grey

Smartie mix W820014

Assorted colors

14

WHEATON

Qty/Pack

Universal work station model 337

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

0IPETTES ÂŹSocorex

121

!CURAÂ&#x161;ÂŹPOSITIVEÂŹÂŹ$ISPLACEMENTÂŹ0IPETTEÂŹ -ODELÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Color coding Pipette, plunger tip and glass capillary bear color coding for easy volume identiďŹ cation.

Step-wise volume adjustment Interchangeable plunger and glass capillary Matching color codes on pipette, plunger and capillary Stainless steel, PTFE-tipped plunger Three year warranty

Work station

For two positive displacement pipettes

Pipettes with PTFE-tipped plunger provide for positive displacement of sample in a precision capillary tube. Optimal accuracy and reproducibility when pipetting high-density, viscous, foaming or volatile liquids. Five models cover a range from 1 to 200 ÎźL. Cat. No. Volume

851295 851299 851303 851307 851311

Color Code

1-2-3-4-5 ÎźL White 5-10-15-20-25 ÎźL 2x white 10-20-30-40-50 ÎźL Green 60-75-80-90-100 ÎźL Blue 100-120-150-175-200 ÎźL Red

Inaccuracy (E%) Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

Min. Vol

< Âą 3.0% < Âą 1.4% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7%

< Âą 2.3% < Âą 1.0% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7%

< Âą 2.0% < Âą 0.8% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.7%

Imprecision (CV%) Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.Qty/Case

< 2.0% < 0.8% < 0.7% < 0.3% < 0.3%

< 1.4% < 0.6% < 0.5% < 0.3% < 0.3%

< 0.8% < 0.4% < 0.3% < 0.3% < 0.3%

Cat. No.

Color

Qty/Pk

W830030

Red

1

1 1 1 1 1

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (¹ 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C /in accordance with EN ISO 8655.

!CCESSORIESÂŹ Cat. No.

Color code

Qty/Pack

851321 851322 851323 851324 851325

Cat. No.

Color code

Qty/Pack

Spare Plungers

Spare Glass Capillaries White 2x white Green Blue Red

200 200 200 200 100

851330 851331 851332 851333 851334

Steel White Green Blue Red

5 5 5 5 5

Color coding Ecostepâ&#x201E;˘ syringe and elector button bear color coding to eliminate any setting error.

4HE3TEPPERŠ

p Fingverattiion Acti

2EPEATERÂŹ0IPETTE â&#x20AC;˘ 4-ďŹ nger activation â&#x20AC;˘ Setting knobs bear clear indication of volume and number of aliquots â&#x20AC;˘ Three positive displacement syringes, color coded â&#x20AC;˘ Self-locking mechanism â&#x20AC;˘ One year warranty

Stand sold separately

Highly comfortable pipette intended for reliable repeat dispensing within 10 to 5000 ÎźL. Unique trigger action mechanism eliminates thumb fatigue. Selected materials offer good shock resistance. Compact shape greatly limits internal instrument contamination. Large selection among 53 different volumes; up to 73 doses per ďŹ lling. Cat. No.

Description

851601 851625 W835010

Stepperâ&#x201E;˘ 411 incl. 3 color coded selector buttons, adapter, Ecostepâ&#x201E;˘ syringe samples Replacement adapter for red Ecostepâ&#x201E;˘ syringe Stand for one Stepper

Qty/Pack

Cat. No.

Volume

Color

/PPG BMJRVPUT

7PMVNF Ä&#x203A;-

7PMVNF Ä&#x203A;-

7PMVNF Ä&#x203A;-

73 49 36 29 24 20 18 15 14 12 11 10 9 8 8 7 7 7 6

10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100

50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475 500

500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 4250 4500 4750 5000

1 5 1

Syringe Sterile Performance Capacity Ind. Wrapped at Inaccuracy (E%) Imprecision

Qty/Case

0.75 mL 0.75 mL 3.75 mL 3.75 mL 37.5 mL 37.5 mL

100/box 100/box 100/box 100/box 100/box 100/box

Ecostep Syringes 851604 851616 851608 851620 851612 851624

10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 100 ÎźL 10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 100 ÎźL 50 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 500 ÎźL 50 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 500 ÎźL 500 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5000 ÎźL 500 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 5000 ÎźL

Yellow Yellow Blue Blue Red Red

no yes no yes no yes

20 ÎźL 100 ÎźL 100 ÎźL 500 ÎźL 1000 ÎźL 5000 ÎźL

< Âą 2.0% < Âą 1.0% < Âą 1.0% < Âą 0.7% < Âą 0.5% < Âą 0.5%

< 2.3% < 0.6% < 1.8% < 0.4% < 1.2% < 0.4%

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (¹ 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C.

WHEATON

Clear setting indication After inserting disposable syringe, select appropriate volume. Markings on interchangeable selector buttons allow direct reading of set volume and corresponding number of aliquots.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

0IPETTES ¬Socorex 1

 2 Excellent ergonomics Instrument shape and lightweight offer convenient pipetting comfort. Smooth plunger activation drastically reduces hand fatigue.

3

New Convenient dispensing Reliable valve system ensures high performance dispensing, dose after dose. It revolves to allow selection of the best working position.

!CURAš¬MANUAL¬¬3ELF 2ElLLING¬¬ -ICRODISPENSER¬0IPETTE¬ -ODEL¬ • • • • • • •

Excellent ergonomics Soft plunger activation Versatile feeding through bottle, tubing or syringe No need for consumables Swift-set in-lab calibration Autoclavable fully assembled at 121°C/250°F Three year warranty

Swift-set calibration Easy and precise system with integrated key and locking mechanism, making tedious procedures a thing of the past.

Hand-held, self-refilling microdispenser intended for repeat distribution of microliter volumes. Carefully selected materials ensure durability and resistance to aggressive media. The Acura® manual 865 combines easy handling of a regular micropipette with the flexibility of a repeater pipette. There is no need for plastic tips or consumables, which may represent substantial savings. Includes: 90 cm silicone tubing, SS blunt end cannula, female Luer inlet valve cap, Q.C. certificate and operating instructions. Cat. No.

W835001 W835002 W835004

Volume

Division

Min. Vol

5-50 μL 20-200 μL 100-1000 μL

0.1 μL 0.2 μL 1.0 μL

< ± 5.0% < ± 2.5% < ± 1.5%

Inaccuracy (E%) Mid. Vol. Max. Vol.

< ± 3.5% < ± 1.8% < ± 1.1%

< ± 1.5% < ± 1.0% < ± 0.6%

Imprecision (CV%) Min. Vol Mid. Vol. Max. Vol. Qty/Case

< 2.0% < 1.5% < 0.6%

< 1.4% < 1.0% < 0.4%

< 0.4% < 0.3% < 0.2%

1 1 1

Performance values obtained with double distilled water at constant temperature (± 0.5°C) comprised between 20 and 25°C in accordance with EN ISO 8655.

Choice of feeding sources Supplied with a 90 cm silicone tubing, the instrument also fits optional feeding sources:

1 bottle 2 vial 3 syringe Great distribution flexibility Outlet nozzle fits any Luer Lock needles and cannulas. Optional PTFE cannula provides enhanced chemical resistance. Use 4- or 8-channel manifold when dispensing into microplates.

!CCESSORIES¬ Cat. No.

Description

W835012 W835008 W835014 W835016 W851369

Reservoir*, 30 mL, PTFE, Luer PTFE delivery cannula Manifold*, 4-channel, 20 mm spacing, Luer lock, stainless steel Manifold*, 8-channel, 9 mm spacing, Luer lock, stainless steel Work station 340 for 3 pipettes

Qty/Pack

1 1 1 1 1

*Autoclavable

See needles and cannulas on page 105. WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

122

123

0IPETTES ¬Socorex 4HE¬0ROlLLER©¬electro¬ 

• • • • • • • •

Powerful pump – fills 25 mL in 3 seconds Simple, fast operation Comfortable finger triggers Low battery light NiMH battery rechargeable during use Interchangeable protection membrane filter Stand suitable for bench or wall mounting One year warranty

This pipette controller fits any hand in a very comfortable way. The shape is ideal for working with glass or plastic pipettes within laminar flow hoods or microbiological safety cabinet. A powerful, yet quiet motor with a switch to set aspiration and dispensing speeds; this enables maximal working efficiency even with large pipetting volumes.

New 

Cat. No.

Description

W851438 W851436 WI050950 W851444 W835022 W851454 W835024 W835026 W835028

Profiller™ electro 446 Spare bench stand for Profiller™ electro 446 Replacement 1.2V NiMH battery Fast charger and cord, USA plug Membrane filter, 0.45μm PTFE membrane filter, 0.2μm Silicone pipette holder Nose cone – white Alternative nose cones pink, violet, green (1 each)

Qty/Pack

1 1 1 1 5 5 1 3 3

Finger triggers Suction and dispensing are controlled through two ergonomically positioned finger triggers. They provide a comfortable grip with minimum activation effort.

Variable speed Switch enables selection of fast or slow aspiration and dispensing (with blow-out). Fast speed filling up to 25 mL in under 3 seconds. Gravity dispense mode is designed for use with ’To Deliver’ (TD) pipettes. Ordering information – Instrument Supplied with charger, two spare hydrophobic filters (0.45 μm and 0.2 μm), bench / wall stand and instruction manual.



Battery charge Instrument plug enables charging battery either in storage position or during use.

Convenient stand Suitable for bench or wall mounting, stand houses Profiller™ electro with or without a pipette in place. WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

0IPETTES ÂŹSocorex 0ROlLLERŠmanualÂŹÂŹÂŹÂŹ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘ â&#x20AC;˘

Large capacity bulb Soft action lever button EfďŹ cient blow-out system PTFE protection membrane ďŹ lter Maintenance free Alternative color-coded nose cones One year warranty

Robust and easy to use, both models offer ergonomic shape and are lightweight. They provide smooth control in both aspirating and dispensing, using glass or plastic pipettes of volume up to 100 mL. Cat. No.

Description

W835000 W851434 W835022 W851454 W835024 W835026 W835028

ProďŹ llerâ&#x201E;˘ manual 435, egg style grey bulb ProďŹ llerâ&#x201E;˘ manual 436, ďŹ&#x201A;at shaped blue bulb PTFE membrane ďŹ lter, 0.45 Îźm PTFE membrane ďŹ lter, 0.2 Îźm Spare silicone pipette holder Replacement nose cone - white Alternative nose cones pink, violet, green (1 each)

Dear Partner in Science,

Qty/Pack

1 1 5 5 1 3 3

Protection ďŹ lter Interchangeable hydrophobic membrane ďŹ lter guarantees effective protection against airborne contamination during aspiration and dispensing. Color coding cones Nose cone can be changed for individual, laboratory or department identiďŹ cation. Choose among regular white or a bunch of three colors. Pipette holder Conical shape of silicone pipette holder tightly ďŹ ts graduated glass or plastic pipettes. Autoclavable.

Welcome to Socorex - a world of expertise in precision liquid handling. Having our products in the new Wheaton catalog will mean a lot to you when it comes to choosing the best liquid handling products for your applications. Pages 99-106 and 111-124 will guide you through a wide selection of innovative, ergonomic and safe instruments, engineered and designed with excellence in mind for the most demanding scientists. As an early leader, Socorex was the ďŹ rst manufacturer to obtain the EN ISO 9001 certiďŹ cation in this ďŹ eld, back in February 1991. This is only one of the many milestones having made total quality a company tradition and a cultural way-of-life for our management and staff members all together. Wheaton, our exclusive agent in the U.S., is well trained and equipped to provide professional advice and technical support on all the Socorex products. And, all the Socorex products can be purchased through your local laboratory distributor.

Squeezable bulb Simply squeeze large capacity silicone bulb for efďŹ cient aspiration. If additional aspiration is needed, it can be squeezed even during pipetting. 436 model has a distinct ďŹ&#x201A;at-shaped bulb.

Millions of CalibraÂŽ and AcuraÂŽ pipettors and other famous Socorex instrument brands in use throughout the world would mean little, be it for our ever-growing number of customers and their proven satisfaction. Thank you for your trust, we are committed to stay your quality partner in liquid handling.

Precise control Thumb lever button for left- and right-handed users to easily control both aspiration and dispensing speeds. Liquid blow-out Press large button to expel residual liquid when using blow-out type pipettes.

Sylvain Christen, CEO

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

124

125

0UMPS

7HEATON¬0ERISTALTIC¬0UMP¬$ISPENSERS (ELP¬WITH¬9OUR¬-OST¬#OMPLEX¬&ILLING¬4ASKS Benefits of Peristaltic Pumps • • • • •

No contamination of fluid or the pump Sterile tubing means a sterile pump No tedious cleaning; fluid is confined to the tube Self-priming Pump chemical compatibility is limited to the chemical compatibility of the tubing

Our pumps allow multiple dispensing of larger volumes and they can be used in a variety of applications – filling plates & tubes, transferring reagents, dispensing additive, and general filling applications. The Wheaton pump dispenser can replace a variety of other pumps in your lab due to its versatility and range of features. It can dispense solvents ranging in viscosity from organic solvents to medium syrups. The liquid being dispensed remain in the tubing, allowing for quick, non-contaminating changes and easy clean up.

Peristaltic Pumps…How they work You can choose from two styles of Wheaton peristaltic pumps. These dispensing pumps can be used for filling applications in the laboratory and in the production area. When the pumps are in use, they are designed to prohibit contamination of the fluid or pump. To operate simply thread the tubing through the pump head and set your pump parameters. The pump is now ready to fill. The Wheaton pumps are easy to operate and cost effective. If you do need some help when setting and operating your pump, don’t hesitate to contact our Technical Service Department at 800.225.1437, or +1.856.225.1100. All pumps have a one year warranty.

The pump head squeezes the tubing. As the pump head continues its rotation, the tubing is able to recover its normal shape and size, drawing fluid into the tubing.

Fluid is being pushed along the tubing by the pump head.

The pump head finally forces the fluid out of the tubing.

0ERISTALTIC¬0UMP¬#OMPARISON¬ ¬ Omnispense® Plus

Model Pump

Unispense® μP

Electrical

100 - 240 VAC, 50 / 60 Hz, 37 watts

120 - 240 VAC, 50 / 60 Hz, 140 watts

Operating Speed

41 - 417 RPM

100 RPM

Available Tubing Sizes

2, 3, 6, and 8 mm ID

2, 3, 6, and 8 mm ID

1 - 2,400,000 mL 1.5 - 3,300,000 mL 2.2 - 10,500,000 mL 3.5 - 17,000,000 mL

— 1.0 - 900 mL 2.5 - 3,000 mL 4.0 - 5,000 mL

0.34 - 2.9 mL/sec 0.67 - 5.9 mL/sec 2.19 - 19.6 mL/sec 3.34 - 29.1 mL/sec

— 2.0 mL/sec 9.0 mL/sec 18 mL/sec

Accuracy

As high as ±1% midrange

As high as ±1% midrange

Delay Time

0.5 to 25.5 seconds in automatic mode

0.5 to 60 seconds in automatic mode

Dispense Ranges for Tubing Size: 2mm 3mm 6mm 8mm Flow Rate Ranges for Tubing Size: 2mm 3mm 6mm 8mm

Optional Pump Head Support Stack up to 3 pump heads Stacking Pump Head for 2.3 mm Wall Tubing Pump Head for 1.6 mm Wall Tubing Stacking Pump Head for 1.6 mm Wall Tubing 5-channel Pump Head for Small-Bore Tubing with Fixed Stops Weight

17 lb (7.7 kg)

11 lb (5 kg)

12.75 x 7.75 x 15 inches 32.4 x 19.7 x 38.1 cm

6.5 x 12.5 x 10 inches 16.5 x 32 x 25.4 cm

Dimensions with Pumphead (H x W x D)

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

0UMPS

/MNISPENSEš¬0LUS¬0ERISTALTIC¬0UMP • • • • • • • • •

Built-in constant flow rate dispenser Multi-language display prompts External connection for remote start/stop Store up to 100 settings Lightweight design Attach up to 3 pump heads Self-prompting LCD display Conformance to UL, CSA and CE standards 1 year warranty

The Omnispense Plus is a premium automatic dispenser known for its versatility and variable speed. This pump features a reverse-flow option for various dispensing and aspirating operations. It is perfectly suited for accurately dispensing liquids ranging in viscosity from aqueous solutions to medium syrups. The built-in constant flow rate dispenser is fully programmable for delivery of a preset volume over a specific period of time with a display of the cumulative volume delivered. With its lightweight design, this pump can be easily moved between work stations. Integrated tubing support conveniently holds the tubing for filling containers. The hand held tubing holder with a start and stop switch is excellent for remote filling or for use when working in a fume hood. The pump can accommodate operating speeds up to 417 RPM. There are bright, selfprompting LCD displays in English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese, or Spanish. Pump is supplied with (1) 3 mm and (1) 6 mm ID Silicone tubing assembly. Each assembly is 5 feet (1.5 m) long with a borosilicate glass sinker on one end and a polypropylene nozzle on the other end. The silicone tubing assemblies are fully autoclavable.

126

Specifications Electrical ................................................... 100 - 240VAC, 50/60 Hz, 37 watts Operating Speed .......................................................................41 - 417 RPM Available Tubing Sizes .................................................... 2, 3, 6, and 8 mm ID Dispense Ranges for Tubing Size: 2mm ............................................................... 1 - 2,400,000 mL 3mm ............................................................ 1.5 - 3,300,000 mL 6mm .......................................................... 2.2 - 10,500,000 mL 8mm .......................................................... 3.5 - 17,000,000 mL Flow Rate Ranges for Tubing Size: 2mm ...............................................................0.34 - 2.9 mL/sec 3mm ...............................................................0.67 - 5.9 mL/sec 6mm .............................................................2.19 - 19.6 mL/sec 8mm .............................................................3.34 - 29.1 mL/sec Accuracy....................................................................As high as 1% midrange Delay Time ....................................................................... 0.5 to 25.5 seconds Optional Pump Head Support Stack up to 3 pump heads Stacking Pump Head for 2.3 mm Wall Tubing Pump Head for 1.6 mm Wall Tubing Stacking Pump Head for 1.6 mm Wall Tubing 5-channel Pump Head for Small-Bore Tubing with Fixed Stops Weight ....................................................................................... 17 lb (7.7 kg) Dimensions with Pumphead (H x W x D) .......................... 12.75 x 7.75 x 15 in 32.4 x 19.7 x 38.1 cm Cat. No.

Plug Style

Voltage

Qty/Case

W375020-A W375020-B W375020-C W375020-D W375020-F W375020-G W375020-J

North America Japan Continental Europe United Kingdom Australia/China Italy/Chile India

120 VAC 100 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC 240 VAC 230 VAC 230 VAC

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

!CCESSORIES¬FOR¬/MNISPENSEš¬0LUS¬ Cat. No,

Description

W375022 W375023

Optional Stacking Pump Head for 2.3 mm Wall Tubing Optional Pump Head for 1.6 mm Wall Tubing (tubing not available from Wheaton) Optional Stacking Pump Head for 1.6 mm Wall Tubing (tubing not available from Wheaton) Optional 5-Channel Pump Head for use with Small Bore Tubing with fixed stops (tubing not available from Wheaton)

W375024 W375025

Qty/Case

1 1 1 1

For more information on plug styles see page 188.

&OOTSWITCH Utilize the convenience of hands-free pump operation by installing the optional footswitch for the Omnispense Plus. This footswitch enables better control with its start and stop feature. This footswitch can remotely start and/or stop the dispense cycle when used with the Ominspense® Plus.

Hand held tubing holder

Cat. No

Description

Qty/Case

I050694

Footswitch

1

For a list of pump tubing and other accessories see pages 127-128.

WHEATON

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

127

0UMPS 0UMP¬4UBING¬¬!CCESSORIES Tubing Compatibility Viton®

Silicone

5NISPENSEš¬«0¬-ICROPROCESSOR¬ #ONTROLLED¬$ISPENSER¬ • • • • •

Acids No Bases No Organic Solvents No Sterile Fluids Yes Concentrated Solvents No Oils No Low Temperature Yes Autoclaving Yes Gas Permeability High Other Characteristics Excellent biocompatibility

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Low Extremely chemical resistant

Accuracy as high as ±1% midrange Operating speed fixed at 100 RPM Compact size; easily fits on bench-tops, in flow-hoods and cabinets Self-prompting LCD display 1 year warranty

The Unispense μP is an accurate “easy-2-use” peristaltic pump that accommodates liquids ranging from aqueous solutions to medium syrups. With its small footprint, this pump fits well on bench-tops, in flow hoods and cabinets. Fluid is confined to the tube, therefore tedious cleaning is needless. Pump chemical compatibility is limited to the chemical compatibility of the tubing. Set-up parameters are stored in memory for easy recall. The LCD display and one-step volume calibration ensure quick and easy setup. The pump operating speed is approximately 100 RPM. Pump is supplied with (1) 3 mm and (1) 6 mm ID Silicone tubing assembly. Each assembly is 5 feet (1.5 m) long with a borosilicate glass sinker on one end and a polypropylene nozzle on the other end. The silicone tubing assemblies are fully autoclavable. Specifications Electrical ................................................120 - 240 VAC, 50 / 60 Hz, 140 watts Operating Speed .............................................................................. 100 RPM Available Tubing Sizes......................................................... 3, 6, and 8 mm ID Dispense Ranges for Tubing Size: 3mm ...................................................................... 1.0 - 900 mL 6mm ................................................................... 2.5 - 3,000 mL 8mm ................................................................... 4.0 - 5,000 mL Flow Rate Ranges for Tubing Size: 3mm ......................................................................... 2.0 mL/sec 6mm ......................................................................... 9.0 mL/sec 8mm .......................................................................... 18 mL/sec Accuracy ................................................................. As high as ±1% midrange Delay Time ..............................................0.5 to 60 seconds in automatic mode Weight...........................................................................................11 lb (5 kg) Dimensions with Pumphead (H x W x D) .....................6.5 x 12.5 x 10 inches ......................................................................................16.5 x 32 x 25.4 cm Cat. No.

Voltage

4UBING¬!SSEMBLY The tubing assembly consists of 1.5 m (5-foot) section silicone or Viton® tubing with a wall thickness of 2.3 mm and borosilicate glass sinker on one end and a polypropylene delivery nozzle on the other end. Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

Silicone Tubing Assembly, 2.3 mm wall thickness 374310 374311 374313 374314

2 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m) 3 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m) 6 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m) 8 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m)

1 1 1 1

Viton® Tubing Assembly, 2.3 mm wall thickness 374315 374316 374318 374319

2 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m) 3 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m) 6 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m) 8 mm ID, 5-ft section (1.5 m)

1 1 1 1

Qty/Case

Unispense® with Standard Pump Head 374301 374302

110 VAC 220 VAC

1 1

4UBING ¬"ULK¬ Cat. No.

Description

Qty/Case

Silicone Tubing, 2.3 mm wall thickness 374304 374305 374306 374308

&OOTSWITCH

2 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m) 3 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m) 6 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m) 8 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m)

1 1 1 1

Viton® Tubing*, 2.3 mm wall thickness

Utilize the convenience of hands free pump operation by installing the optional footswitch for the Unispense. This footswitch enables better control with its start and stop feature. This footswitch can remotely start and/or stop the dispense cycle when used with the Unispense® Pump Dispenser. Cat. No

Description

Qty/Case

I050694

Footswitch

1

WHEATON

I054342 I054343 I054346 I054348

2 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m) 3 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m) 6 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m) 8 mm ID, 25 ft (7.62 m)

*Viton® tubing is for use with caustic reagents, organic solvents and scintillation cocktails. Viton tubing is sold in 1 foot (0.3 m) increments.

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

1 1 1 1

2OLLERÂŹ2ACKS

Glass Sinker

Hose Barb/Luer Adapter

Polypropylene Nozzle

2OLLERÂŹ#ULTUREÂŹ!PPARATUS

4UBINGÂŹ!CCESSORIES Cat. No.

Description

374320 374321 374322 374324 374326 374328

Small Glass Sinker (ďŹ ts 2 and 3 mm ID tubing) Large Glass Sinker (ďŹ ts 6 and 8 mm ID tubing) Hose Barb/Luer Adapter for attaching manifold (2 mm and 3 mm) 2 and 3 mm Polypropylene Nozzle 6 mm Polypropylene Nozzle 8 mm Polypropylene Nozzle

Qty/Case

6 6 1 6 6 6

For a complete selection of Roller Culture Apparatus see pages 58 - 63 of the Cell Culture section. For Glass Roller Bottles, see page 15 of the Bottle section. â&#x20AC;˘ Bench Top Rollers page 58 â&#x20AC;˘ Incubators page 64 â&#x20AC;˘ R2P pages 62 - 63

4UBINGÂŹ3UPPORTÂŹ3TAND Optional tubing support conveniently holds the tubing in place for ďŹ lling operations. Cat. No

Description

I054106

Tubing Support Stand

Cat. No. 374325

Qty/Case

1

Cat. No. 374330

)6ÂŹ!DDITIVEÂŹ0UMPÂŹ#HAMBERÂŹ!SSEMBLIES â&#x20AC;˘ For use with UnispenseÂŽ and OmnispenseÂŽ Plus Pump Dispensers

Cat. No. 374325 is comprised of silicone tubing with female Luer and male Luer lock ďŹ tting on opposing ends. Sterile, individually packaged. Length: 42â&#x20AC;? (106.7 cm). (Vented spike not included). Cat. No. 374330 is comprised of high volume silicone and PVC tubing with vented spike and drip chamber and male Luer lock ďŹ tting on opposing ends. Sterile, individually packaged. Length: 5 ft. (1.5 m). Cat. No.

Description

374325 374330

3 mm I.V. Additive Pump Chamber Assembly 6 mm I.V. Additive Pump Chamber Assembly

Qty/Case

WHEATON

10 10

1.800.225.1437 (U.S. & Canada only) | +1.856.825.1100 | +1.856.825.1368 (F) | www.wheatonsci.com

128

129

3AMPLE¬#OLLECTION

3AMPLE¬#OLLECTION¬$EVICES¬

W

heaton offers a variety of sampling devices for industrial and QC applications, environmental compliance hazardous/toxic materials evaluation and site evaluation/remediation work. Sampling devices are offered for liquids, solids, sludges, earth/soil, water, etc. They are ideal for sampling from barrels, drums, water reservoirs, sub-surface effluents and are efficient and easy to use. Most of Wheaton’s sampling devices help meet EPA standards and regulations.

"OMB¬3AMPLER • Ideal for sub-surface liquid sampling • Stainless steel • 500 mL capacity

#OLIWASA¬3AMPLER ¬'LASS¬ • • • •

These units are constructed of corrosion resistant Type 302 stainless steel. A weighted plunger with a Viton® “O” ring seals the reservoir chamber at the bottom. Use a cable to lower sampler to desired depth. A negligible amount of liquid will enter during descent. Pull second cable to operate the sampling valve and release to reseal the chamber. This unit is not supplied with cables. We recommend use of a cable that can support 50 pounds or more and is made from stainless or Teflon® coated stainless steel. Cat. No.

Capacity (mL)

Dia x Length

885200

500

2.5 x 10 in (6.35 x 25.4 cm)

Qty/Case

1

Easy to use Disposable or reusable units available Liquid-tight Teflon® seal eliminates sample leakage Teflon® seal design permits sampling to within 1/2” of drum bottom

Glass Coliwasa Samplers are used to collect composite liquid samples from top to bottom in drums, tanks and reservoirs. After a sample has been collected, lower and press lightly on the inner tube, which positively seats the Teflon® seal, locking the sample column into place. This unit has a tapered bottom with an approximate diameter opening of 1/2”, (1.3 cm) and a sample capacity of 200 mL. Prescored samplers make disposal easier. Dimensions: Diameter 7/8” x Length 42”, (2.25 cm x 106.5 cm) Cat. No.

Description

Material

Qty/Case

Prescored

Soda-Lime Glass

12

Unscored Prescored

Borosilicate Glass Borosilicate Glass

12 12